THEOPHILUS of ANTIOCH
 
APOLOGY (to Autolycus)
 

 


Theophilus of Antioch. (1885). A. Roberts, J. Donaldson, & A. C. Coxe (Eds.), & M. Dods (Trans.), Ante Nicene Fathers, Fathers of the Second Century: Hermas, Tatian, Athenagoras, Theophilus, and Clement of Alexandria (Entire) (Vol. 2, pp. 89–93).  J. P. Migne, PG 6. 1023–1168


 


 

 

Theophilus to Autolycus Book I

ΘΕΟΦΙΛΟΥ ΠΡΟΣ ΑΥΤΟΛΥΚΟΝ

chap. i.—autolycus an idolater and scorner of christians

I

A fluent tongue and an elegant style afford pleasure and such praise as vainglory delights in, to wretched men who have been corrupted in mind; the lover of truth does not give heed to ornamented speeches, but examines the real matter of the speech, what it is, and what kind it is. Since, then, my friend, you have assailed me with empty words, boasting of your gods of wood and stone, hammered and cast, carved and graven, which neither see nor hear, for they are idols, and the works of men’s hands; and since, besides, you call me a Christian, as if this were a damning name to bear, I, for my part, avow that I am a Christian,1 and bear this name beloved of God, hoping to be serviceable2 to God. For it is not the case, as you suppose, that the name of God is hard to bear; but possibly you entertain this opinion of God, because you are yourself yet unserviceable to Him.

1. Στωμύλον μὲν οὖν στόμα καὶ φράσις εὐεπὴς τέρψιν παρέχει καὶ ἔπαινον πρὸς κενὴν δόξαν ἀθλίοις ἀνθρώποις ἔχουσι τὸν νοῦν κατεφθαρμένον· ὁ δὲ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐραστὴς οὐ προσέχει λόγοις μεμιαμμένοις, ἀλλὰ ἐξετάζει τὸ ἔργον τοῦ λόγου τί καὶ ὁποῖόν ἐστιν. ἐπειδὴ οὖν, ὦ ἑταῖρε, κατέπληξάς με λόγοις κενοῖς καυχησάμενος ἐν τοῖς θεοῖς σου τοῖς λιθίνοις καὶ ξυλίνοις, ἐλατοῖς τε καὶ χωνευτοῖς καὶ πλαστοῖς καὶ γραπτοῖς, <οἳ οὔτε βλέπουσιν οὔτε ἀκούουσιν> (εἰσὶ γὰρ <εἴδωλα> καὶ <ἔργα χειρῶν ἀνθρώπων>), ἔτι δὲ φῄς με καὶ χριστιανὸν ὡς κακὸν τοὔνομα φοροῦντα, ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν ὁμολογῶ εἶναι χριστιανός, καὶ φορῶ τὸ θεοφιλὲς ὄνομα τοῦτο ἐλπίζων εὔχρηστος εἶναι τῷ θεῷ. οὐ γὰρ ὡς σὺ ὑπολαμβάνεις, χαλεπὸν εἶναι τοὔνομα τοῦ θεοῦ, οὕτως ἔχει· ἴσως δὲ ἔτι αὐτὸς σὺ ἄχρηστος ὢν τῷ θεῷ περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ οὕτως φρονεῖς.

chap. ii.—that the eyes of the soul must be purged ere god can be seen

 

But if you say, “Show me thy God,” I would reply, “Show me yourself,3 and I will show you my God.” Show, then, that the eyes of your soul are capable of seeing, and the ears of your heart able to hear; for as those who look with the eyes of the body perceive earthly objects and what concerns this life, and discriminate at the same time between things that differ, whether light or darkness, white or black, deformed or beautiful, well-proportioned and symmetrical or disproportioned and awkward, or monstrous or mutilated; and as in like manner also, by the sense of hearing, we discriminate either sharp, or deep, or sweet sounds; so the same holds good regarding the eyes of the soul and the ears of the heart, that it is by them we are able to behold God. For God is seen by those who are enabled to see Him when they have the eyes of their soul opened: for all have eyes; but in some they are overspread,4 and do not see the light of the sun. Yet it does not follow, because the blind do not see, that the light of the sun does not shine; but let the blind blame themselves and their own eyes. So also thou, O man, hast the eyes of thy soul overspread by thy sins and evil deeds.

2. Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐὰν φῇς· “Δεῖξόν μοι τὸν θεόν σου”, κἀγώ σοι εἴποιμι ἄν· “Δεῖξόν μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπόν σου κἀγώ σοι δείξω τὸν θεόν μου.” ἐπεὶ δεῖξον βλέποντας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ τὰ ὦτα τῆς καρδίας σου ἀκούοντα. ὥσπερ γὰρ οἱ βλέποντες τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς τοῦ σώματος κατανοοῦσι τὴν τοῦ βίου καὶ ἐπίγειον πραγματείαν, ἅμα δοκιμάζοντες τὰ διαφέροντα, ἤτοι φῶς ἢ σκότος, ἢ λευκὸν ἢ μέλαν, ἢ ἀειδὲς ἢ εὔμορφον, ἢ εὔρυθμον καὶ εὔμετρον ἢ ἄρυθμον καὶ ἄμετρον ἢ ὑπέρμετρον ἢ κόλουρον, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὰ ὑπ' ἀκοὴν πίπτοντα, ἢ ὀξύφωνα ἢ βαρύφωνα ἢ ἡδύφωνα, οὕτως ἔχοι ἂν καὶ περὶ τὰ ὦτα τῆς καρδίας καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοὺς τῆς ψυχῆς δύνασθαι θεὸν θεάσασθαι. βλέπεται γὰρ θεὸς τοῖς δυναμένοις αὐτὸν ὁρᾶν, ἔπαν ἔχωσι τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνεῳγμένους τῆς ψυχῆς. πάντες μὲν γὰρ ἔχουσι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, ἀλλὰ ἔνιοι ὑποκεχυμένους καὶ μὴ βλέποντας τὸ φῶς τοῦ ἡλίου. καὶ οὐ παρὰ τὸ μὴ βλέπειν τοὺς τυφλοὺς ἤδη καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν τὸ φῶς τοῦ ἡλίου φαῖνον, ἀλλὰ ἑαυτοὺς αἰτιάσθωσαν οἱ τυφλοὶ καὶ τοὺς ἑαυτῶν ὀφθαλμούς. οὕτως καὶ σύ, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ἔχεις ὑποκεχυμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς ψυχῆς σου ὑπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων καὶ τῶν πράξεών σου τῶν πονηρῶν.

As a burnished mirror, so ought man to have his soul pure. When there is rust on the mirror, it is not possible that a man’s face be seen in the mirror; so also when there is sin in a man, such a man cannot behold God. Do you, therefore, show me yourself, whether you are not an adulterer, or a fornicator, or a thief, or a robber, or a purloiner; whether you do not corrupt boys; whether you are not insolent, or a slanderer, or passionate, or envious, or proud, or supercilious; whether you are not a brawler, or covetous, or disobedient to parents; and whether you do not sell your children; for to those who do these things God is not manifest, unless they have first cleansed themselves from all impurity.

Ὥσπερ ἔσοπτρον ἐστιλβωμένον, οὕτως δεῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἔχειν καθαρὰν ψυχήν. ἔπαν οὖν ᾖ ἰὸς ἐν τῷ ἐσόπτρῳ, οὐ δύναται ὁρᾶσθαι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῷ ἐσόπτρῳ· οὕτως καὶ ὅταν ᾖ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, οὐ δύναται ὁ τοιοῦτος ἄνθρωπος θεωρεῖν τὸν θεόν. δεῖξον οὖν καὶ σὺ σεαυτόν, εἰ οὐκ εἶ μοιχός, εἰ οὐκ εἶ πόρνος, εἰ οὐκ εἶ κλέπτης, εἰ οὐκ εἶ ἅρπαξ, εἰ οὐκ εἶ ἀποστερητής, εἰ οὐκ εἶ ἀρσενοκοίτης, εἰ οὐκ εἶ ὑβριστής, εἰ οὐκ εἶ λοίδορος, εἰ οὐκ ὀργίλος, εἰ οὐ φθονερός, εἰ οὐκ ἀλαζών, εἰ οὐχ ὑπερόπτης, εἰ οὐ πλήκτης, εἰ οὐ φιλάργυρος, εἰ οὐ γονεῦσιν ἀπειθής, εἰ οὐ τὰ τέκνα σου πωλεῖς. τοῖς γὰρ ταῦτα πράσσουσιν ὁ θεὸς οὐκ ἐμφανίζεται, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον <ἑαυτοὺς καθαρίσωσιν ἀπὸ παντὸς μολυσμοῦ>.

All these things, then, involve you in darkness, as when a filmy defluxion on the eyes prevents one from beholding the light of the sun: thus also do iniquities, O man, involve you in darkness, so that you cannot see God.

 Καὶ σοὶ οὖν ἅπαντα ἐπισκοτεῖ, καθάπερ ὕλης ἐπιφορὰ ἐπὰν γένηται τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς πρὸς τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι ἀτενίσαι τὸ φῶς τοῦ ἡλίου· οὕτως καὶ σοί, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ἐπισκοτοῦσιν αἱ ἀσέβειαι πρὸς τὸ μὴ δύνασθαί σε ὁρᾶν τὸν θεόν.

chap. iii.—nature of god

 

You will say, then, to me, “Do you, who see God, explain to me the appearance of God.” Hear, O man. The appearance of God is in effable and indescribable, and cannot be seen by eyes of flesh. For in glory He is incomprehensible, in greatness unfathomable, in height inconceivable, in power incomparable, in wisdom  unrivalled, in goodness inimitable, in kindness unutterable. For if I say He is Light, I name but His own work; if I call Him Word, I name but His sovereignty; if I call Him Mind, I speak but of His wisdom; if I say He is Spirit, I speak of His breath; if I call Him Wisdom, I speak of His offspring; if I call Him Strength, I speak of His sway; if I call Him Power, I am mentioning His activity; if Providence, I but mention His goodness; if I call Him Kingdom, I but mention His glory; if I call Him Lord, I mention His being judge; if I call Him Judge, I speak of Him as being just; if I call Him Father, I speak of all things as being from Him;1 if I call Him Fire, I but mention His anger. You will say, then, to me, “Is God angry?”Yes; He is angry with those who act wickedly, but He is good, and kind, and merciful, to those who love and fear Him; for He is a chastener2 of the godly, and father of the righteous; but he is a judge and punisher of the impious.

3. Ἐρεῖς οὖν μοι· “Σὺ ὁ βλέπων διήγησαί μοι τὸ εἶδος τοῦ θεοῦ.” ἄκουε, ὦ ἄνθρωπε· τὸ μὲν εἶδος τοῦ θεοῦ ἄρρητον καὶ ἀνέκφραστόν ἐστιν, μὴ δυνάμενον ὀφθαλμοῖς σαρκίνοις ὁραθῆναι. δόξῃ γάρ ἐστιν ἀχώρητος, μεγέθει ἀκατάληπτος, ὕψει ἀπερινόητος, ἰσχύϊ ἀσύγκριτος, σοφίᾳ ἀσυμβίβαστος, ἀγαθωσύνῃ ἀμίμητος, καλοποιΐᾳ ἀνεκδιήγητος. εἰ γὰρ φῶς αὐτὸν εἴπω, ποίημα αὐτοῦ λέγω· εἰ λόγον εἴπω, ἀρχὴν αὐτοῦ λέγω· νοῦν ἐὰν εἴπω, φρόνησιν αὐτοῦ λέγω· πνεῦμα ἐὰν εἴπω, ἀναπνοὴν αὐτοῦ λέγω· σοφίαν ἐὰν εἴπω, γέννημα αὐτοῦ λέγω· ἴσχυν ἐὰν εἴπω, κράτος αὐτοῦ λέγω· δύναμιν ἐὰν εἴπω, ἐνέργειαν αὐτοῦ λέγω· πρόνοιαν ἐὰν εἴπω, ἀγαθωσύνην αὐτοῦ λέγω· βασιλείαν ἐὰν εἴπω, δόξαν αὐτοῦ λέγω· κύριον ἐὰν εἴπω, κριτὴν αὐτὸν λέγω· κριτὴν ἐὰν εἴπω, δίκαιον αὐτὸν λέγω· πατέρα ἐὰν εἴπω, τὰ πάντα αὐτὸν λέγω· πὺρ ἐὰν εἴπω, τὴν ὀργὴν αὐτοῦ λέγω.  Ἐρεῖς οὖν μοι· “Ὀργίζεται θεός;” μάλιστα· ὀργίζεται τοῖς τὰ φαῦλα πράσσουσιν, ἀγαθὸς δὲ καὶ χρηστὸς καὶ οἰκτίρμων ἐστὶν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας καὶ φοβουμένους αὐτόν· παιδευτὴς γάρ ἐστιν τῶν θεοσεβῶν καὶ πατὴρ τῶν δικαίων, κριτὴς δὲ καὶ κολαστὴς τῶν ἀσεβῶν.

chap. iv.—attributes of god

 

And He is without beginning, because He is unbegotten; and He is unchangeable, because He is immortal. And he is called God [Θεός] on account of His having placed [τεθεικέναι] all things on security afforded by Himself; and on account of [θέειν], for θέειν means running, and moving, and being active, and nourishing, and foreseeing, and governing, and making all things alive. But he is Lord, because He rules over the universe; Father, because he is before all things; Fashioner and Maker, because He is creator and maker of the universe; the Highest, because of His being above all; and Almighty, because He Himself rules and embraces all.

4. Ἄναρχος δέ ἐστιν, ὅτι ἀγένητός ἐστιν· ἀναλλοίωτος δέ, καθότι ἀθάνατός ἐστιν. θεὸς δὲ λέγεται διὰ τὸ τεθεικέναι τὰ πάντα ἐπὶ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ <ἀσφαλείᾳ>, καὶ διὰ τὸ θέειν· τὸ δὲ θέειν ἐστὶν τὸ τρέχειν καὶ κινεῖν καὶ ἐνεργεῖν καὶ τρέφειν καὶ προνοεῖν καὶ κυβερνᾶν καὶ ζωοποιεῖν τὰ πάντα. κύριος δέ ἐστιν διὰ τὸ κυριεύειν αὐτὸν τῶν ὅλων, πατὴρ δὲ διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν πρὸ τῶν ὅλων, δημιουργὸς δὲ καὶ ποιητὴς διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν εἶναι κτίστην καὶ ποιητὴν τῶν ὅλων, ὕψιστος δὲ διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν ἀνώτερον τῶν πάντων, παντοκράτωρ δὲ ὅτι αὐτὸς τὰ πάντα κρατεῖ καὶ ἐμπεριέχει.

For the heights of heaven, and the depths of the abysses, and the ends of the earth, are in His hand, and there is no place of His rest. For the heavens are His work, the earth is His creation, the sea is His handiwork; man is His formation and His image; sun, moon, and stars are His elements, made for signs, and seasons, and days, and years, that they may serve and be slaves to man; and all things God has made out of things that were not3 into things that are, in order that through His works His greatness may be known and understood.

<Τὰ> γὰρ <ὕψη> τῶν οὐρανῶν καὶ τὰ βάθη τῶν ἀβύσσων καὶ <τὰ πέρατα> τῆς οἰκουμένης <ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ> ἐστιν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν <τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεως> αὐτοῦ. οὐρανοὶ μὲν γὰρ ἔργον αὐτοῦ εἰσιν, γῆ ποίημα αὐτοῦ ἐστιν, θάλασσα κτίσμα αὐτοῦ ἐστιν, ἄνθρωπος πλάσμα καὶ εἰκὼν αὐτοῦ ἐστιν, ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη καὶ ἀστέρες στοιχεῖα αὐτοῦ εἰσιν, <εἰς σημεῖα καὶ εἰς καιροὺς καὶ εἰς ἡμέρας καὶ εἰς ἐνιαυτοὺς> γεγονότα, πρὸς ὑπηρεσίαν καὶ <δουλείαν ἀνθρώπων>· καὶ τὰ πάντα <ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων> εἰς τὸ εἶναι, ἵνα διὰ τῶν ἔργων γινώσκηται καὶ νοηθῇ τὸ μέγεθος αὐτοῦ.

chap. v.—the invisible god perceived through his works

 

For as the soul in man is not seen, being invisible to men, but is perceived through the motion of the body, so God cannot indeed be seen by human eyes, but is beheld and perceived through His providence and works. For, in like manner, as any person, when he sees a ship on the sea rigged and in sail, and making for the harbour, will no doubt infer that there is a pilot in her who is steering her; so we must perceive that God is the governor [pilot] of the whole universe, though He be not visible to the eyes of the flesh, since He is incomprehensible. For if a man cannot look upon the sun, though it be a very small heavenly body, on account of its exceeding heat and power, how shall not a mortal man be much more unable to face the glory of God, which is unutterable? For as the pomegranate, with the rind containing it, has within it many cells and compartments which are separated by tissues, and has also many seeds dwelling in it, so the whole creation is contained by the spirit4 of God, and the containing spirit is along with the creation contained by the hand of God. As, therefore, the seed of the pomegranate, dwelling inside, cannot see what is outside the rind, itself being within; so neither can man, who along with the whole creation is enclosed by the hand of God, behold God.

5. Καθάπερ γὰρ ψυχὴ ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ οὐ βλέπεται, ἀόρατος οὖσα ἀνθρώποις, διὰ δὲ τῆς κινήσεως τοῦ σώματος νοεῖται ἡ ψυχή, οὕτως ἔχοι ἂν καὶ τὸν θεὸν μὴ δύνασθαι ὁραθῆναι ὑπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν ἀνθρωπίνων, διὰ δὲ τῆς προνοίας καὶ τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ βλέπεται καὶ νοεῖται. ὃν τρόπον γὰρ καὶ πλοῖον θεασάμενός τις ἐν θαλάσσῃ κατηρτισμένον καὶ τρέχον καὶ κατερχόμενον εἰς λιμένα δῆλον ὅτι ἡγήσεται εἶναι ἐν αὐτῷ κυβερνήτην τὸν κυβερνῶντα αὐτό, οὕτως δεῖ νοεῖν εἶναι τὸν θεὸν κυβερνήτην τῶν ὅλων, εἰ καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖται ὀφθαλμοῖς σαρκίνοις διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν ἀχώρητον εἶναι. εἰ γὰρ τῷ ἡλίῳ ἐλαχίστῳ ὄντι στοιχείῳ οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἀτενίσαι διὰ τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν θέρμην καὶ δύναμιν, πῶς οὐχὶ μᾶλλον τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ δόξῃ ἀνεκφράστῳ οὔσῃ ἄνθρωπος θνητὸς οὐ δύναται ἀντωπῆσαι; ὃν τρόπον γὰρ ῥόα, ἔχουσα φλοιὸν τὸν περιέχοντα αὐτήν, ἔνδον ἔχει μονὰς καὶ θήκας πολλὰς διαχωριζομένας διὰ ὑμένων καὶ πολλοὺς κόκκους ἔχει τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ κατοικοῦντας, οὕτως ἡ πᾶσα κτίσις περιέχεται ὑπὸ πνεύματος θεοῦ, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ περιέχον σὺν τῇ κτίσει περιέχεται ὑπὸ χειρὸς θεοῦ· ὥσπερ οὖν ὁ κόκκος τῆς ῥόας ἔνδον κατοικῶν οὐ δύναται ὁρᾶν τὰ ἔξω τοῦ λέπους, αὐτὸς ὢν ἔνδον, οὕτως οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπος ἐμπεριεχόμενος μετὰ πάσης τῆς κτίσεως ὑπὸ χειρὸς θεοῦ οὐ δύναται θεωρεῖν τὸν θεόν.

Then again, an earthly king is believed to exist, even though he be not seen by all, for he is recognised by his laws and ordinances, and authorities, and forces, and statues; and are you unwilling that God should be recognised by His works and mighty deeds?

Εἶτα βασιλεὺς μὲν ἐπίγειος πιστεύεται εἶναι, καίπερ μὴ πᾶσιν βλεπόμενος, διὰ δὲ νόμων καὶ διατάξεων αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξουσιῶν καὶ δυνάμεων καὶ εἰκόνων νοεῖται. τὸν δὲ θεὸν οὐ βούλει σὺ νοεῖσθαι διὰ ἔργων καὶ δυνάμεων;

chap. vi.—god is known by his works

 

Consider, O man, His works,—the timely rotation of the seasons, and the changes of temperature; the regular march of the stars; the well-ordered course of days and nights, and months, and years; the various beauty of seeds, and plants, and fruits; and the divers species5 of quadrupeds, and birds, and reptiles, and fishes, both of the rivers and of the sea; or consider the instinct implanted in these animals to beget and rear offspring, not for their own profit, but for the use of man; and the providence with which God provides nourishment for all flesh, or the subjection in which He has ordained that all things subserve mankind. Consider, too, the flowing of sweet fountains and never-failing rivers, and the seasonable supply of dews, and showers, and rains; the manifold movement of the heavenly bodies, the morning star rising and heralding the approach of the perfect luminary; and the constellation of Pleiades, and Orion, and Arcturus, and the orbit of the other stars that circle through the heavens, all of which the manifold wisdom of  God has called by names of their own.

6. Κατανόησον, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ, καιρῶν μὲν κατὰ χρόνους ἀλλαγὴν καὶ ἀέρων τροπάς, στοιχείων τὸν εὔτακτον δρόμον, ἡμερῶν τε καὶ νυκτῶν καὶ μηνῶν καὶ ἐνιαυτῶν τὴν εὔτακτον πορείαν, σπερμάτων τε καὶ φυτῶν καὶ καρπῶν τὴν διάφορον καλλονήν, τήν τε πολυποίκιλον γονὴν κτηνῶν τετραπόδων καὶ πετεινῶν καὶ ἑρπετῶν καὶ νηκτῶν, ἐνύδρων τε καὶ ἐναλίων, ἢ τὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς ζώοις δεδομένην σύνεσιν πρὸς τὸ γεννᾶν καὶ ἐκτρέφειν, οὐκ εἰς ἰδίαν χρῆσιν, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὸ ἔχειν τὸν ἄνθρωπον, τήν τε πρόνοιαν ἣν ποιεῖται ὁ θεὸς ἑτοιμάζων τροφὴν πάσῃ σαρκί, ἢ τὴν ὑποταγὴν ἣν ὥρικεν ὑποτάσσεσθαι τὰ πάντα τῇ ἀνθρωπότητι, πηγῶν τε γλυκερῶν καὶ ποταμῶν ἀενάων ῥύσιν, δρόσων τε καὶ ὄμβρων καὶ ὑετῶν τὴν κατὰ καιροὺς γινομένην ἐπιχορηγίαν, τὴν οὐρανίων παμποίκιλον κίνησιν, Ἑωσφόρον ἀνατέλλοντα μὲν καὶ προσημαίνοντα ἔρχεσθαι τὸν τέλειον φωστῆρα, <σύνδεσμόν τε Πλείαδος καὶ Ὠρίωνος, Ἀρκτοῦρόν> τε καὶ τὴν λοιπῶν ἄστρων χορείαν γινομένην ἐν τῷ κύκλῳ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, οἷς <ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία τοῦ θεοῦ> πᾶσιν ἴδια <ὀνόματα κέκληκεν>.

He is God alone who made light out of darkness, and brought forth light from His treasures, and formed the chambers of the south wind,1 and the treasure-houses of the deep, and the bounds of the seas, and the treasuries of snows and hail-storms, collecting the waters in the store-houses of the deep, and the darkness in His treasures, and bringing forth the sweet, and desirable, and pleasant light out of His treasures; “who causeth the vapours to ascend from the ends of the earth: He maketh lightnings for the rain;”2 who sends forth His thunder to terrify, and foretells by the lightning the peal of the thunder, that no soul may faint with the sudden shock; and who so moderates the violence of the lightning as it flashes out of heaven, that it does not consume the earth; for, if the lightning were allowed all its power, it would burn up the earth; and were the thunder allowed all its power, it would overthrow all the works that are therein.

7. Οὗτος θεὸς μόνος <ὁ ποιήσας ἐκ σκότους φῶς>, ὁ ἐξαγαγὼν φῶς ἐκ θησαυρῶν αὐτοῦ, <ταμεῖά> τε <νότου> καὶ <θησαυροὺς ἀβύσσου> καὶ ὄρια θαλασσῶν <χιόνων τε καὶ χαλαζῶν θησαυρούς>, συνάγων ὕδατα ἐν θησαυροῖς ἀβύσσου καὶ συνάγων τὸ σκότος ἐν θησαυροῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ <ἐξάγων τὸ φῶς> τὸ γλυκὺ καὶ τὸ ποθεινὸν καὶ ἐπιτερπὲς <ἐκ θησαυρῶν αὐτοῦ, ἀνάγων νεφέλας ἐξ ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς> καὶ <ἀστραπὰς> πληθύνων <εἰς ὑετόν>, ὁ ἀποστέλλων τὴν βροντὴν εἰς φόβον καὶ προκαταγγέλλων τὸν κτύπον τῆς βροντῆς διὰ τῆς ἀστραπῆς, ἵνα μὴ ψυχὴ αἰφνιδίως ταραχθεῖσα ἐκψύξῃ, ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τῆς ἀστραπῆς τῆς κατερχομένης ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν τὴν αὐτάρκειαν ἐπιμετρῶν πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἐκκαῦσαι τὴν γῆν· εἰ γὰρ λάβοι τὴν κατεξουσίαν ἡ ἀστραπή, ἐκκαύσει τὴν γῆν, εἰ δὲ καὶ ἡ βροντή, καταστρέψει τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ.

chap. vii.—we shall see god when we put on immortality

 

This is my God, the Lord of all, who alone stretched out the heaven, and established the breadth of the earth under it; who stirs the deep recesses of the sea, and makes its waves roar; who rules its power, and stills the tumult of its waves; who founded the earth upon the waters, and gave a spirit to nourish it; whose breath giveth light to the whole, who, if He withdraw His breath, the whole will utterly fail.

Οὗτός μου θεὸς ὁ τῶν ὅλων κύριος, <ὁ τανύσας τὸν οὐρανὸν μόνος> καὶ <θεὶς τὸ εὖρος τῆς ὑπ' οὐρανόν, ὁ συνταράσσων τὸ κύτος τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ ἠχῶν τὰ κύματα αὐτῆς, ὁ δεσπόζων τοῦ κράτους αὐτῆς καὶ τὸν σάλον τῶν κυμάτων καταπραΰνων, ὁ θεμελιώσας τὴν γῆν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑδάτων> καὶ δοὺς πνεῦμα τὸ τρέφον αὐτήν, οὗ ἡ πνοὴ ζωογονεῖ τὸ πᾶν, <ὃς ἐὰν συσχῇ τὸ πνεῦμα παρ' ἑαυτῷ ἐκλείψει τὸ πᾶν>.

By Him you speak, O man; His breath you breathe, yet Him you know not. And this is your condition, because of the blindness of your soul, and the hardness of your heart. But, if you will, you may be healed. Entrust yourself to the Physician, and He will couch the eyes of your soul and of your heart. Who is the Physician? God, who heals and makes alive through His word and wisdom. God by His own word and wisdom made all things; for “by His word were the heavens made, and all the host of them by the breath of His mouth.”3 Most excellent is His wisdom. By His wisdom God founded the earth; and by knowledge He prepared the heavens; and by understanding were the fountains of the great deep broken up, and the clouds poured out their dews.

Τοῦτον λαλεῖς, ἄνθρωπε, τούτου τὸ πνεῦμα ἀναπνεῖς, τοῦτον ἀγνοεῖς. τοῦτο δέ σοι συμβέβηκεν διὰ τὴν τύφλωσιν τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ πήρωσιν τῆς καρδίας σου. ἀλλὰ εἰ βούλει, δύνασαι θεραπευθῆναι· ἐπίδος σεαυτὸν τῷ ἰατρῷ καὶ παρακεντήσει σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τῆς καρδίας. τίς ἐστιν ὁ ἰατρός; ὁ θεός, ὁ θεραπεύων καὶ ζωοποιῶν διὰ τοῦ λόγου καὶ τῆς σοφίας. ὁ θεὸς διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς σοφίας ἐποίησε τὰ πάντα· <τῷ> γὰρ <λόγῳ αὐτοῦ ἐστερεώθησαν οἱ οὐρανοὶ καὶ τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ πᾶσα ἡ δύναμις αὐτῶν>. κρατίστη ἐστὶν ἡ σοφία αὐτοῦ· <ὁ θεὸς τῇ σοφίᾳ ἐθεμελίωσε τὴν γῆν, ἡτοίμασε δὲ οὐρανοὺς φρονήσει, ἐν αἰσθήσει ἄβυσσοι ἐρράγησαν, νέφη δὲ ἐρρύησαν δρόσους>.

If thou perceivest these things, O man, living chastely, and holily, and righteously, thou canst see God. But before all let faith and the fear of God have rule in thy heart, and then shalt thou understand these things. When thou shalt have put off the mortal, and put on incorruption, then shall thou see God worthily. For God will raise thy flesh immortal with thy soul; and then, having become immortal, thou shalt see the Immortal, if now you believe on Him; and then you shall know that you have. spoken unjustly against Him.

Εἰ ταῦτα νοεῖς, ἄνθρωπε, ἁγνῶς καὶ ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως ζῶν, δύνασαι ὁρᾶν τὸν θεόν. πρὸ παντὸς δὲ προηγείσθω σου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ πίστις καὶ φόβος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ τότε συνήσεις ταῦτα. ὅταν ἀπόθῃ τὸ θνητὸν καὶ ἐνδύσῃ τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν, τότε ὄψῃ κατὰ ἀξίαν τὸν θεόν. ἀνεγείρει γάρ σου τὴν σάρκα ἀθάνατον σὺν τῇ ψυχῇ ὁ θεός· καὶ τότε ὄψῃ γενόμενος ἀθάνατος τὸν ἀθάνατον, ἐὰν νῦν πιστεύσῃς αὐτῷ καὶ τότε ἐπιγνώσῃ ὅτι ἀδίκως κατελάλησας αὐτοῦ.

chap. viii.—faith required in all matters

 

But you do not believe that the dead are raised. When the resurrection shall take place, then you will believe, whether you will or no; and your faith shall be reckoned for unbelief, unless you believe now. And why do you not believe? Do you not know that faith is the leading principle in all matters? For what husbandman can reap, unless he first trust his seed to the earth? Or who can cross the sea, unless he first entrust himself to the boat and the pilot? And what sick person can be healed, unless first he trust himself to the care of the physician? And what art or knowledge can any one learn, unless he first apply and entrust himself to the teacher? If, then, the husbandman trusts the earth, and the sailor the boat, and the sick the physician, will you not place confidence in God, even when you hold so many pledges at His hand? For first He created you out of nothing, and brought you into existence (for if your father was not, nor your mother, much more were you yourself at one time not in being), and formed you out of a small and moist substance, even out of the least drop, which at one time had itself no being; and God introduced you into this life. Moreover, you believe that the images made by men are gods, and do great things; and can you not believe that the God who made you is able also to make you afterwards?4

8. Ἀλλὰ ἀπιστεῖς νεκροὺς ἐγείρεσθαι. ὅταν ἔσται, τότε πιστεύσεις θέλων καὶ μὴ θέλων· καὶ ἡ πίστις σου εἰς ἀπιστίαν λογισθήσεται, ἐὰν μὴ νῦν πιστεύσῃς. πρὸς τί δὲ καὶ ἀπιστεῖς; ἢ οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἁπάντων πραγμάτων ἡ πίστις προηγεῖται; τίς γὰρ δύναται θερίσαι γεωργός, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον πιστεύσῃ τὸ σπέρμα τῇ γῇ; ἢ τίς δύναται διαπερᾶσαι τὴν θάλασσαν, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον ἑαυτὸν πιστεύσῃ τῷ πλοίῳ καὶ τῷ κυβερνήτῃ; τίς δὲ κάμνων δύναται θεραπευθῆναι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον ἑαυτὸν πιστεύσῃ τῷ ἰατρῷ; ποίαν δὲ τέχνην ἢ ἐπιστήμην δύναταί τις μαθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον ἐπιδῷ ἑαυτὸν καὶ πιστεύσῃ τῷ διδασκάλῳ; εἰ οὖν γεωργὸς πιστεύει τῇ γῇ καὶ ὁ πλέων τῷ πλοίῳ, καὶ ὁ κάμνων τῷ ἰατρῷ, σὺ οὐ βούλει ἑαυτὸν πιστεῦσαι τῷ θεῷ, τοσούτους ἀρραβῶνας ἔχων παρ' αὐτοῦ; πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι ἐποίησέν σε ἐξ οὐκ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι. εἰ γὰρ ὁ πατήρ σου οὐκ ἦν οὐδὲ ἡ μήτηρ, πολὺ μᾶλλον οὐδὲ σὺ ἦς ποτε. καὶ ἔπλασέν σε ἐξ ὑγρᾶς οὐσίας μικρᾶς καὶ ἐλαχίστης ῥανίδος, ἥτις οὐδὲ αὐτὴ ἦν ποτε· καὶ προήγαγέν σε ὁ θεὸς εἰς τόνδε τὸν βίον. εἶτα πιστεύεις τὰ ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων γινόμενα ἀγάλματα θεοὺς εἶναι καὶ ἀρετὰς ποιεῖν. τῷ δὲ ποιήσαντί σε θεῷ ἀπιστεῖς δύνασθαί σε καὶ μεταξὺ ποιῆσαι;

chap. ix.—immoralities of the gods

 

And, indeed, the names of those whom you say you worship, are the names of dead men. And these, too, who and what kind of men were they? Is not Saturn found to be a cannibal, destroying and devouring his own children? And if you name his son Jupiter, hear also his deeds and conduct—first, how he was suckled by a goat on Mount Ida, and having slain it, according to the myths, and flayed it, he made himself a coat of the hide. And his other deeds,—his incest, and adultery, and lust,—will be better recounted by Homer and the rest of the poets. Why should I further speak of his sons? How Hercules burnt himself; and about the drunk and raging Bacchus; and of Apollo fearing and fleeing from Achilles, and falling in love with Daphne, and being unaware of the fate of Hyacinthus; and of Venus wounded, and of  Mars, the pest of mortals; and of the ichor flowing from the so-called gods.

9. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὀνόματα ὧν φῂς σέβεσθαι θεῶν ὀνόματά ἐστιν νεκρῶν ἀνθρώπων. καὶ τούτων τίνων καὶ ποταπῶν; οὐχὶ Κρόνος μὲν τεκνοφάγος εὑρίσκεται καὶ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ τέκνα ἀναλίσκων; εἰ δὲ καὶ Δία τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ εἴποις, κατάμαθε κἀκείνου τὰς πράξεις καὶ τὴν ἀναστροφήν. πρῶτον μὲν ἐν Ἴδῃ ὑπὸ αἰγὸς ἀνετράφη, καὶ ταύτην σφάξας κατὰ τοὺς μύθους καὶ ἐκδείρας ἐποίησεν ἑαυτῷ ἔνδυμα. τὰς δὲ λοιπὰς πράξεις αὐτοῦ, περί τε ἀδελφοκοιτίας καὶ μοιχείας καὶ παιδοφθορίας, ἄμεινον Ὅμηρος καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ποιηταὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐξηγοῦνται. τί μοι τὸ λοιπὸν καταλέγειν περὶ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ, Ἡρακλέα μὲν ἑαυτὸν καύσαντα, Διόνυσον δὲ μεθύοντα καὶ μαινόμενον, καὶ Ἀπόλλωνα τὸν Ἀχιλλέα δεδιότα καὶ φεύγοντα καὶ τῆς Δάφνης ἐρῶντα καὶ τὸν Ὑακίνθου μόρον ἀγνοοῦντα, ἢ Ἀφροδίτην τὴν τιτρωσκομένην, καὶ Ἄρεα τὸν <βροτολοιγόν>, ἔτι δὲ καὶ <ἰχῶρα ῥέοντα> τούτων τῶν λεγομένων <θεῶν>;

And these, indeed, are the milder kinds of legends; since the god who is called Osiris is found to have been torn limb from limb, whose mysteries are celebrated annually, as if he had perished, and were being found, and sought for limb by limb. For neither is it known whether he perished, nor is it shown whether he is found. And why should I speak of Atys mutilated, or of Adonis wandering in the wood, and wounded by a boar while hunting; or of Æsculapius struck by a thunderbolt; or of the fugitive Serapis chased from Sinope to Alexandria; or of the Scythian Diana, herself, too, a fugitive, and a homicide, and a huntress, and a passionate lover of Endymion?

Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν μέτριον εἰπεῖν, ὅπου γε θεὸς εὑρίσκεται μεμελισμένος ὁ καλούμενος Ὄσιρις, οὗ καὶ κατ' ἔτος γίνονται τελεταὶ ὡς ἀπολλυμένου καὶ εὑρισκομένου καὶ κατὰ μέλος ζητουμένου· οὔτε γὰρ εἰ ἀπόλλυται νοεῖται, οὔτε εἰ εὑρίσκεται δείκνυται. τί δέ μοι λέγειν Ἄττιν ἀποκοπτόμενον ἢ Ἄδωνιν ἐν ὕλῃ ῥεμβόμενον καὶ κυνηγετοῦντα καὶ τιτρωσκόμενον ὑπὸ συός, ἢ Ἀσκληπιὸν κεραυνούμενον, καὶ Σάραπιν τὸν ἀπὸ Σινώπης φυγάδα εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν γεγονότα, ἢ τὴν Σκυθίαν Ἄρτεμιν καὶ αὐτὴν φυγάδα γεγονυῖαν καὶ ἀνδροφόνον καὶ κυνηγέτιν καὶ τοῦ Ἐνδυμίωνος ἐρασθεῖσαν;

Now, it is not we who publish these things, but your own writers and poets.

Ταῦτα γὰρ οὐχ ἡμεῖς φαμεν, ἀλλὰ οἱ καθ' ὑμᾶς συγγραφεῖς καὶ ποιηταὶ κηρύσσουσιν.

chap. x.—absurdities of idolatry

 

Why should I further recount the multitude of animals worshipped by the Egyptians, both reptiles, and cattle, and wild beasts, and birds and river-fishes; and even wash-pots1 and disgraceful noises?2 But if you cite the Greeks and the other nations, they worship stones and wood, and other kinds of material substances,—the images, as we have just been saying, of dead men. For Phidias is found in Pisa making for the Eleians the Olympian Jupiter, and at Athens the Minerva of the Acropolis.

10. Τί μοι λοιπὸν καταλέγειν τὸ πλῆθος ὧν σέβονται ζώων Αἰγύπτιοι, ἑρπετῶν τε καὶ κτηνῶν καὶ θηρίων καὶ πετεινῶν καὶ ἐνύδρων νηκτῶν, ἔτι δὲ καὶ ποδόνιπτρα καὶ ἤχους αἰσχύνης; εἰ δὲ καὶ Ἕλληνας εἴποις καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ἔθνη, σέβονται λίθους καὶ ξύλα καὶ τὴν λοιπὴν ὕλην, ὡς ἔφθημεν εἰρηκέναι, ἀπεικονίσματα νεκρῶν ἀνθρώπων. Φειδίας μὲν γὰρ εὑρίσκεται ἐν Πείσῃ ποιῶν Ἠλείοις τὸν Ὀλύμπιον Δία, καὶ Ἀθηναίοις ἐν ἀκροπόλει τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν.

And I will inquire of you, my friend, how many Jupiters exist. For there is, firstly, Jupiter surnamed Olympian, then Jupiter Latiaris, and Jupiter Cassius, and Jupiter Tonans, and Jupiter Propator, and Jupiter Pannychius, and Jupiter Poliuchus, and Jupiter Capitolinus; and that Jupiter, the son of Saturn, who is king of the Cretans, has a tomb in Crete, but the rest, possibly, were not thought worthy of tombs. And if you speak of the mother of those who are called gods, far be it from me to utter with my lips her deeds, or the deeds of those by whom she is worshipped (for it is unlawful for us so much as to name such things), and what vast taxes and revenues she and her sons furnish to the king.

Πεύσομαι δέ σου κἀγώ, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, πόσοι Ζῆνες εὑρίσκονται· Ζεὺς μὲν γὰρ ἐν πρώτοις προσαγορεύεται Ὀλύμπιος καὶ Ζεὺς Λατεάριος καὶ Ζεὺς Κάσσιος καὶ Ζεὺς Κεραύνιος καὶ Ζεὺς Προπάτωρ καὶ Ζεὺς Παννύχιος καὶ Ζεὺς Πολιοῦχος καὶ Ζεὺς Καπετώλιος. καὶ ὁ μὲν Ζεὺς παῖς Κρόνου, βασιλεὺς Κρητῶν γενόμενος, ἔχει τάφον ἐν Κρήτῃ· οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ ἴσως οὐδὲ ταφῆς κατηξιώθησαν. εἰ δὲ καὶ εἴποις τὴν μητέρα τῶν λεγομένων θεῶν, μή μοι γένοιτο διὰ στόματος τὰς πράξεις αὐτῆς ἐξειπεῖν (ἀθέμιτον γὰρ ἡμῖν τὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ ὀνομάζειν), ἢ τῶν θεραπόντων αὐτῆς τὰς πράξεις ὑφ' ὧν θεραπεύεται, ὁπόσα τε τέλη καὶ εἰσφορὰς παρέχει τῷ βασιλεῖ αὐτή τε καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτῆς.

For these are not gods, but idols, as we have already said, the works of men’s hands and unclean demons. And such may all those become who make them and put their trust in them!

Οὐ γάρ εἰσιν θεοί, ἀλλὰ <εἴδωλα>, καθὼς προειρήκαμεν, <ἔργα χειρῶν ἀνθρώπων> καὶ <δαιμόνια> ἀκάθαρτα. <γένοιντο> δὲ <τοιοῦτοι οἱ ποιοῦντες αὐτὰ> καὶ οἱ ἐλπίζοντες ἐπ' αὐτοῖς.

chap. xi.—the king to be honoured, god to be worshipped

 

Wherefore I will rather honour the king [than your gods], not, indeed, worshipping him, but praying for him. But God, the living and true God, I worship, knowing that the king is made by Him. You will say, then, to me, “Why do you not worship the king?”Because he is not made to be worshipped, but to be reverenced with lawful honour, for he is not a god, but a man appointed by God, not to be worshipped, but to judge justly. For in a kind of way his government is committed to him by God: as He will not have those called kings whom He has appointed under Himself; for “king” is his title, and it is not lawful for another to use it; so neither is it lawful for any to be worshipped but God only.

11. Τοιγαροῦν μᾶλλον τιμήσω τὸν βασιλέα, οὐ προσκυνῶν αὐτῷ, ἀλλὰ εὐχόμενος ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ. θεῷ δὲ τῷ ὄντως θεῷ καὶ ἀληθεῖ προσκυνῶ, εἰδὼς ὅτι ὁ βασιλεὺς ὑπ' αὐτοῦ γέγονεν. ἐρεῖς οὖν μοι· “Διὰ τί οὐ προσκυνεῖς τὸν βασιλέα;” ὅτι οὐκ εἰς τὸ προσκυνεῖσθαι γέγονεν, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὸ τιμᾶσθαι τῇ νομίμῳ τιμῇ. θεὸς γὰρ οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλὰ ἄνθρωπος, ὑπὸ θεοῦ τεταγμένος, οὐκ εἰς τὸ προσκυνεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὸ δικαίως κρίνειν. τρόπῳ γάρ τινι παρὰ θεοῦ <οἰκονομίαν πεπίστευται>· καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς οὓς ἔχει ὑφ' ἑαυτὸν τεταγμένους οὐ βούλεται βασιλεῖς καλεῖσθαι· τὸ γὰρ βασιλεὺς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ὄνομα, καὶ οὐκ ἄλλῳ ἐξόν ἐστιν τοῦτο καλεῖσθαι· οὕτως οὐδὲ προσκυνεῖσθαι ἀλλ' ἢ μόνῳ θεῷ.

Wherefore, O man, you are wholly in error. Accordingly, honour the king, be subject to him, and pray for him with loyal mind; for if you do this, you do the will of God. For the law that is of God, says, “My son, fear thou the Lord and the king, and be not disobedient to them; for suddenly they shall take vengeance on their enemies.” 3

Ὥστε κατὰ πάντα πλανᾶσαι, ὦ ἄνθρωπε. <τὸν δὲ βασιλέα τίμα> εὐνοῶν αὐτῷ, ὑποτασσόμενος αὐτῷ, εὐχόμενος ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ. τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν ποιεῖς <τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ>. λέγει γὰρ ὁ νόμος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ· “Τίμα υἱὲ θεὸν καὶ βασιλέα, καὶ μηδένι αὐτῶν ἀπειθὴς ᾖς· ἐξαίφνης γὰρ τίσονται τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν.”

chap. xii.—meaning of the name christian

 

And about your laughing at me and calling me “Christian,” you know not what you are saying. First, because that which is anointed4 is sweet and serviceable, and far from contemptible. For what ship can be serviceable and seaworthy, unless it be first caulked [anointed]? Or what castle or house is beautiful and serviceable when it has not been anointed? And what man, when he enters into this life or into the gymnasium, is not anointed with oil? And what work has either ornament or beauty unless it be anointed and burnished? Then the air and all that is under heaven is in a certain sort anointed by light and spirit; and are you unwilling to be anointed with the oil of God? Wherefore we are called Christians on this account, because we are anointed with the oil of God.5

12. Περὶ δὲ τοῦ σε καταγελᾶν μου, καλοῦντά με χριστιανόν, οὐκ οἶδας ὃ λέγεις. πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι τὸ χριστὸν ἡδὺ καὶ εὔχρηστον καὶ ἀκαταγέλαστόν ἐστιν. ποῖον γὰρ πλοῖον δύναται εὔχρηστον εἶναι καὶ σώζεσθαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον χρισθῇ; ἢ ποῖος πύργος ἢ οἰκία εὔμορφος καὶ εὔχρηστός ἐστιν, ἐπὰν οὐ κέχρισται; τίς δὲ ἄνθρωπος εἰσελθὼν εἰς τόνδε τὸν βίον ἢ ἀθλῶν οὐ χρίεται ἐλαίῳ; ποῖον δὲ ἔργον ἢ κόσμιον δύναται εὐμορφίαν ἔχειν, ἐὰν μὴ χρισθῇ καὶ στιλβωθῇ; εἶτα ἀὴρ μὲν καὶ πᾶσα ἡ ὑπ' οὐρανὸν τρόπῳ τινὶ χρίεται φωτὶ καὶ πνεύματι. σὺ δὲ οὐ βούλει χρισθῆναι ἔλαιον θεοῦ; τοιγαροῦν ἡμεῖς τούτου εἵνεκεν καλούμεθα χριστιανοὶ ὅτι χριόμεθα ἔλαιον θεοῦ.

chap. xiii.—the resurrection proved by examples

 

Then, as to your denying that the dead are raised—for you say,6“Show me even one who has been raised from the dead, that seeing I may believe,”—first, what great thing is it if you believe when you have seen the thing done? Then, again, you believe that Hercules, who burned himself, lives; and that Æsculapius, who  was struck with lightning, was raised; and do you disbelieve the things that are told you by God?

13. Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἀρνεῖσθαί σε νεκροὺς ἐγείρεσθαι· φῂς γάρ· “Δεῖξόν μοι κἂν ἕνα ἐγερθέντα ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἵνα ἰδὼν πιστεύσω”· πρῶτον μὲν τί μέγα, εἰ θεασάμενος τὸ γεγονὸς πιστεύσῃς; εἶτα πιστεύεις μὲν Ἡρακλέα καύσαντα ἑαυτὸν ζῆν καὶ Ἀσκληπιὸν κεραυνοθέντα ἐγηγέρθαι. τὰ δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ σοι λεγόμενα ἀπιστεῖς; ἴσως καὶ ἐπιδείξω σοι νεκρὸν ἐγερθέντα καὶ ζῶντα, καὶ τοῦτο ἀπιστήσεις.

But, suppose I should show you a dead man raised and alive, even this you would disbelieve. God indeed exhibits to you many proofs that you may believe Him. For consider, if you please, the dying of seasons, and days, and nights, how these also die and rise again. And what? Is there not a resurrection going on of seeds and fruits, and this, too, for the use of men? A seed of wheat, for example, or of the other grains, when it is cast into the earth, first dies and rots away, then is raised, and becomes a stalk of corn. And the nature of trees and fruit-trees,—is it not that according to the appointment of God they produce their fruits in their seasons out of what has been unseen and invisible? Moreover, sometimes also a sparrow or some of the other birds, when in drinking it has swallowed a seed of apple or fig, or something else, has come to some rocky hillock or tomb, and has left the seed in its droppings, and the seed, which was once swallowed, and has passed though so great a heat, now striking root, a tree has grown up. And all these things does the wisdom of God effect, in order to manifest even by these things, that God is able to effect the general resurrection of all men.

Ὁ μὲν οὖν θεός σοι πολλὰ τεκμήρια ἐπιδείκνυσιν εἰς τὸ πιστεύειν αὐτῷ. εἰ γὰρ βούλει, κατανόησον τὴν τῶν καιρῶν καὶ ἡμερῶν καὶ νυκτῶν τελευτήν, πῶς καὶ αὐτὰ τελευτᾷ καὶ ἀνίσταται. τί δὲ καὶ οὐχὶ ἡ τῶν σπερμάτων καὶ καρπῶν γινομένη ἐξανάστασις, καὶ τοῦτο εἰς τὴν χρῆσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; εἰ γὰρ τύχοι εἰπεῖν, κόκκος σίτου ἢ τῶν λοιπῶν σπερμάτων, ἐπὰν βληθῇ εἰς τὴν γῆν, πρῶτον ἀποθνήσκει καὶ λύεται, εἶτα ἐγείρεται καὶ γίνεται στάχυς. ἡ δὲ τῶν δένδρων καὶ ἀκροδρύων φύσις, πῶς οὐχὶ κατὰ πρόσταγμα θεοῦ ἐξ ἀφανοῦς καὶ ἀοράτου κατὰ καιροὺς προσφέρουσιν τοὺς καρπούς; ἔτι μὴν ἐνίοτε καὶ στρουθίον ἢ τῶν λοιπῶν πετεινῶν, καταπιὸν σπέρμα μηλέας ἢ συκῆς ἤ τινος ἑτέρου, ἦλθεν ἐπί τινα λόφον πετρώδη ἢ τάφον καὶ ἀφώδευσεν, κἀκεῖνο δραξάμενον ἀνέφυ δένδρον, τό ποτε καταποθὲν καὶ διὰ τοσαύτης θερμασίας διελθόν. <ταῦτα> δὲ <πάντα ἐνεργεῖ ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ σοφία>, εἰς τὸ ἐπιδεῖξαι καὶ διὰ τούτων ὅτι δυνατός ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς ποιῆσαι τὴν καθολικὴν ἀνάστασιν ἁπάντων ἀνθρώπων.

And if you would witness a more wonderful sight, which may prove a resurrection not only of earthly but of heavenly bodies, consider the resurrection of the moon, which occurs monthly; how it wanes, dies, and rises again. Hear further, O man, of the work of resurrection going on in yourself, even though you are unaware of it. For perhaps you have sometimes fallen sick, and lost flesh, and strength, and beauty; but when you received again from God mercy and healing, you picked up again in flesh and appearance, and recovered also your strength. And as you do not know where your flesh went away and disappeared to, so neither do you know whence it grew, or whence it came again. But you will say, “From meats and drinks changed into blood.” Quite so; but this, too, is the work of God, who thus operates, and not of any other.

Εἰ δὲ καὶ θαυμασιώτερον θέαμα θέλεις θεάσασθαι γινόμενον πρὸς ἀπόδειξιν ἀναστάσεως, οὐ μόνον τῶν ἐπιγείων πραγμάτων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐν οὐρανῷ, κατανόησον τὴν ἀνάστασιν τῆς σελήνης τὴν κατὰ μῆνα γενομένην, πῶς φθίνει ἀποθνήσκει ἀνίσταται πάλιν. ἔτι ἄκουσον καὶ ἐν σοὶ αὐτῷ ἔργον ἀναστάσεως γινόμενον, κἂν ἀγνοεῖς, ὦ ἄνθρωπε. ἴσως γάρ ποτε νόσῳ περιπεσὼν ἀπώλεσάς σου τὰς σάρκας καὶ τὴν ἰσχὺν καὶ τὸ εἶδος, ἐλέους δὲ τυχὼν παρὰ θεοῦ καὶ ἰάσεως πάλιν ἀπέλαβές σου τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὸ εἶδος καὶ τὴν ἰσχύν· καὶ ὥσπερ οὐκ ἔγνως ποῦ ἐπορεύθησάν σου αἱ σάρκες ἀφανεῖς γενόμεναι, οὕτως οὐκ ἐπίστασαι οὐδὲ πόθεν ἐγένοντο ἢ πόθεν ἦλθον. ἀλλὰ ἐρεῖς· “Ἐκ τροφῶν καὶ χυμῶν ἐξαιματουμένων.” καλῶς ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτο ἔργον θεοῦ καὶ οὕτω δημιουργήσαντος, καὶ οὐκ ἄλλου τινός.

chap. xiv.—theophilus an example of conversion

 

Therefore, do not be sceptical, but believe; for I myself also used to disbelieve that this would take place, but now, having taken these things into consideration, I believe. At the same time, I met with the sacred Scriptures1 of the holy prophets, who also by the Spirit of God foretold the things that have already happened, just as they came to pass, and the things now occurring as they are now happening, and things future in the order in which they shall be accomplished.

14. <Μὴ> οὖν <ἀπίστει, ἀλλὰ πίστευε>. καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼ ἠπίστουν τοῦτο ἔσεσθαι, ἀλλὰ νῦν κατανοήσας αὐτὰ πιστεύω, ἅμα καὶ ἐπιτυχὼν ἱεραῖς γραφαῖς τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν, οἳ καὶ προεῖπον διὰ πνεύματος θεοῦ τὰ προγεγονότα ᾧ τρόπῳ γέγονεν καὶ τὰ ἐνεστῶτα τίνι τρόπῳ γίνεται καὶ τὰ ἐπερχόμενα ποίᾳ τάξει ἀπαρτισθήσεται.

Admitting, therefore, the proof which events happening as predicted afford, I do not disbelieve, but I believe, obedient to God, whom, if you please, do you also submit to, believing Him, lest if now you continue unbelieving, you be convinced hereafter, when you are tormented with eternal punishments; which punishments, when they had been foretold by the prophets, the later-born poets and philosophers stole from the holy Scriptures, to make their doctrines worthy of credit. Yet these also have spoken beforehand of the punishments that are to light upon the profane and unbelieving, in order that none be left without a witness, or be able to say, “We have not heard, neither have we known.”

ἀπόδειξιν οὖν λαβὼν τῶν γινομένων καὶ προαναπεφωνημένων <οὐκ ἀπιστῶ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύω> πειθαρχῶν θεῷ· ᾧ, εἰ βούλει, καὶ σὺ ὑποτάγηθι πιστεύων αὐτῷ, μὴ νῦν ἀπιστήσας πεισθῇς ἀνιώμενος, τότε ἐν αἰωνίοις τιμωρίαις.Ὧν τιμωριῶν προειρημένων ὑπὸ τῶν προφητῶν μεταγενέστεροι γενόμενοι οἱ ποιηταὶ καὶ φιλόσοφοι ἔκλεψαν ἐκ τῶν ἁγίων γραφῶν, εἰς τὸ δόγματα αὐτῶν ἀξιόπιστα γενηθῆναι. πλὴν καὶ αὐτοὶ προεῖπον περὶ τῶν κολάσεων τῶν μελλουσῶν ἔσεσθαι ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς καὶ ἀπίστους, ὅπως ᾖ ἐμμάρτυρα πᾶσιν, πρὸς τὸ μὴ εἰπεῖν τινας ὅτι οὐκ ἠκούσαμεν οὐδὲ ἔγνωμεν.

But do you also, if you please, give reverential attention to the prophetic Scriptures,2 and they will make your way plainer for escaping the eternal punishments, and obtaining the eternal prizes of God. For He who gave the mouth for speech, and formed the ear to hear, and made the eye to see, will examine all things, and will judge righteous judgment, rendering merited awards to each.

Εἰ δὲ βούλει, καὶ σὺ ἔντυχε φιλοτίμως ταῖς προφητικαῖς γραφαῖς· καὶ αὐταί σε τρανότερον ὁδηγήσουσιν πρὸς τὸ ἐκφυγεῖν τὰς αἰωνίους κολάσεις καὶ τυχεῖν τῶν αἰωνίων ἀγαθῶν τοῦ θεοῦ. <ὁ> γὰρ <δοὺς στόμα εἰς τὸ λαλεῖν καὶ πλάσας οὖς εἰς τὸ ἀκούειν καὶ ποιήσας ὀφθαλμοὺς εἰς τὸ ὁρᾶν> ἐξετάσει τὰ πάντα καὶ κρινεῖ τὸ δίκαιον, <ἀποδιδοὺς ἑκάστῳ κατὰ ἀξίαν τῶν μισθῶν.

To those who by patient continuance in well-doing3 seek immortality, He will give life everlasting, joy, peace, rest, and abundance of good things, which neither hath eye seen, nor ear heard, nor hath it entered into the heart of man to conceive.4 But to the unbelieving and despisers, who obey not the truth, but are obedient to unrighteousness, when they shall have been filled with adulteries and fornications, and filthiness, and covetousness, and unlawful idolatries, there shall be anger and wrath, tribulation and anguish,5 and at the last everlasting fire shall possess such men.

τοῖς> μὲν <καθ' ὑπομονὴν διὰ ἔργων ἀγαθῶν ζητοῦσι τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν δωρήσεται ζωὴν αἰώνιον>, χαράν, εἰρήνην, ἀνάπαυσιν καὶ πλήθη ἀγαθῶν, <ὧν οὔτε ὀφθαλμὸς εἶδεν οὔτε οὖς ἤκουσεν οὔτε ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου ἀνέβη>· τοῖς δὲ ἀπίστοις καὶ καταφρονηταῖς καὶ <ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ>, ἐπὰν ἐμφύρωνται μοιχείαις καὶ πορνείαις καὶ ἀρσενοκοιτίαις καὶ πλεονεξίαις καὶ ταῖς <ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρείαις>, ἔσται <ὀργὴ καὶ θύμος, θλίψις καὶ στενοχωρία>· καὶ τὸ τέλος τοὺς τοιούτους καθέξει πῦρ αἰώνιον.

Since you said, “Show me thy God,” this is my God, and I counsel you[1] fear Him and believe [in] Him.

Ἐπειδὴ προσέθηκας, ὦ ἑταῖρε, “Δεῖξόν μοι τὸν θεόν σου”, οὗτός μου θεός, καὶ συμβουλεύω σοι φοβεῖσθαι αὐτὸν καὶ πιστεύειν αὐτῷ.

 

 

Book II

II

chap. i.—occasion of writing this book

 

When we had formerly some conversation, my very good friend Autolycus, and when you inquired who was my God, and for a little paid attention to my discourse, I made some explanations to you concerning my religion; and then having bid one another adieu, we went with much mutual friendliness each to his own house, although at first you had borne somewhat hard upon me. For you know and remember that you supposed our doctrine was foolishness. As you then afterwards urged me to do, I am desirous, though not educated to the art of speaking, of more accurately demonstrating, by means of this tractate, the vain labour and empty worship in which you are held; and I wish also, from a few of your own histories which you read, and perhaps do not yet quite understand, to make the truth plain to you.

1. Ἐπειδὴ πρὸ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐγένετο λόγος ἡμῖν, ὦ ἀγαθώτατε Αὐτόλυκε, πυθομένου σου τίς μου ὁ θεὸς καὶ δι' ὀλίγου παρασχόντος σου τὰ ὦτα τῇ ὁμιλίᾳ ἡμῶν, περὶ τῆς θεοσεβείας μου ἐξεθέμην σοι· ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἀποταξάμενοι ἑαυτοῖς μετὰ πλείστης φιλίας ἐπορεύθημεν ἕκαστος εἰς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ οἶκον, καίπερ σκληρῶς τὰ πρῶτά σου ἔχοντος πρὸς ἡμᾶς· οἶδας γὰρ καὶ μέμνησαι ὅτι ὑπέλαβες μωρίαν εἶναι τὸν λόγον ἡμῶν. σοῦ οὖν μετὰ ταῦτα προτρεψαμένου με, κἂν <ἰδιώτης ὦ τῷ λόγῳ>, πλὴν βούλομαί σοι καὶ νῦν διὰ τοῦδε τοῦ συγγράμματος ἀκριβέστερον ἐπιδεῖξαι τὴν ματαιοπονίαν καὶ ματαίαν θρησκείαν ἐν ᾗ κατέχῃ, ἅμα καὶ δι' ὀλίγων τῶν κατά σε ἱστοριῶν ὧν ἀναγινώσκεις, ἴσως δὲ οὐδέπω γινώσκεις, τὸ ἀληθὲς φανερόν σοι ποιῆσαι.

chap. ii.—the gods are despised when they are made; but become valuable when bought

 

And in truth it does seem to me absurd that statuaries and carvers, or painters, or moulders, should both design and paint, and carve, and mould, and prepare gods, who, when they are produced by the artificers, are reckoned of no value; but as soon as they are purchased1 by some and placed in some so-called temple, or in some house, not only do those who bought them sacrifice to them, but also those who made and sold them come with much devotion, and apparatus of sacrifice, and libations, to worship them; and they reckon them gods, not seeing that they are just such as when they were made by themselves, whether stone, or brass, or wood, or colour, or some other material.

2. Καὶ γὰρ γέλοιόν μοι δοκεῖ λιθοξόους μὲν καὶ πλάστας ἢ ζωγράφους ἢ χωνευτὰς πλάσσειν τε καὶ γράφειν καὶ γλύφειν καὶ χωνεύειν καὶ θεοὺς κατασκευάζειν, οἵ, ἔπαν γένωνται ὑπὸ τῶν τεχνιτῶν, οὐδὲν αὐτοὺς ἡγοῦνται· ὅταν δὲ ἀγορασθῶσιν ὑπό τινων καὶ ἀνατεθῶσιν εἰς ναὸν καλούμενον ἢ οἶκόν τινα, τούτοις οὐ μόνον θύουσιν οἱ ὠνησάμενοι, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ ποιήσαντες καὶ πωλήσαντες ἔρχονται μετὰ σπουδῆς καὶ παρατάξεως θυσιῶν τε καὶ σπονδῶν εἰς τὸ προσκυνεῖν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἡγοῦνται θεοὺς αὐτούς, οὐκ εἰδότες ὅτι τοιοῦτοί εἰσιν ὁποῖοι καὶ ὅτε ἐγένοντο ὑπ' αὐτῶν ἤτοι λίθος ἢ χαλκός, ἢ ξύλον ἢ χρῶμα, ἢ καὶ ἑτέρα τις ὕλη.

And this is your case, too, when you read the histories and genealogies of the so-called gods. For when you read of their births, you think of them as men, but afterwards you call them gods, and worship them, not reflecting nor understanding that, when born, they are exactly such beings as ye read of before.

Τοῦτο δὴ καὶ ὑμῖν συμβέβηκεν τοῖς ἀναγινώσκουσι τὰς ἱστορίας καὶ γενεαλογίας τῶν λεγομένων θεῶν. ὁπόταν γὰρ ἐπιτυγχάνετε ταῖς γενέσεσιν αὐτῶν, ὡς ἀνθρώπους αὐτοὺς νοεῖτε· ὕστερον δὲ θεοὺς προσαγορεύετε καὶ θρησκεύετε αὐτοῖς, οὐκ ἐφιστάνοντες οὐδὲ συνιέντες ὅτι οἵους αὐτοὺς ἀνέγνωτε γεγονέναι τοιοῦτοι καὶ ἐγεννήθησαν.

chap. iii.—what has become of the gods?

 

And of the gods of former times, if indeed they were begotten, the generation was sufficiently prolific. But now, where is their generation exhibited? For if of old they begot and were begotten, it is plain that even to the present time there should be gods begotten and born; or at least if it be not so, such a race will be reckoned impotent. For either they have waxed old, and on that account no longer beget, or they have died out and no longer exist. For if the gods were begotten, they ought to be born even until now, as men, too, are born; yea, much more numerous should the gods be than men, as the Sibyl says:—

3. Καὶ τῶν μὲν τότε θεῶν, εἴπερ ἐγεννῶντο, γένεσις πολλὴ ηὑρίσκετο. τὸ δὲ νῦν ποῦ θεῶν γένεσις δείκνυται; εἰ γὰρ τότε ἐγέννων καὶ ἐγεννῶντο, δῆλον ὅτι ἐχρῆν καὶ ἕως τοῦ δεῦρο γίνεσθαι θεοὺς γεννητούς· εἰ δὲ μή γε, ἀσθενὲς τὸ τοιοῦτο νοηθήσεσθαι· ἢ γὰρ ἐγήρασαν, διὸ οὐκ ἔτι γεννῶσιν, ἢ ἀπέθανον καὶ οὐκ ἔτι εἰσίν. εἰ γὰρ ἐγεννῶντο θεοί, ἐχρῆν καὶ ἕως τοῦ δεῦρο γεννᾶσθαι, καθάπερ γὰρ καὶ ἄνθρωποι γεννῶνται· μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ πλείονες θεοὶ ὤφειλον εἶναι τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὥς φησιν Σίβυλλα·

“For if the gods beget, and each remains Immortal,

   Εἰ δὲ θεοὶ γεννῶσι καὶ ἀθάνατοί γε μένουσι,

then the race of gods must be More numerous than mortals,

   πλείονες ἀνθρώπων γεγεννημένοι ἂν θεοὶ ἦσαν,

and the throng So great that mortals find no room to stand.”

   οὐδὲ τόπος στῆναι θνητοῖς οὐκ ἄν ποθ' ὑπῆρξεν.

For if the children begotten of men who are mortal and short-lived make an appearance even until now, and men have not ceased to be born, so that cities and villages are full, and even the country places also are inhabited, how ought not the gods, who, according to your poets, do not die, much rather to beget and be begotten, since you say that the gods were produced by generation? And why was the mount which is called Olympus formerly inhabited by the gods, but now lies deserted? Or why did Jupiter, in days of yore, dwell on Ida, and was known to dwell there, according to Homer and other poets, but now is beyond ken? And why was he found only in one part of the earth, and not everywhere? For either he neglected the other parts, or was not able to be present everywhere and provide for all. For if he were, e.g., in an eastern place, he was not in the western; and if, on the other hand, he were present in the western  parts, he was not in the eastern. But this is the attribute of God, the Highest and Almighty, and the living God, not only to be everywhere present, but also to see all things and to hear all, and by no means to be confined in a place; for if He were, then the place containing Him would be greater than He; for that which contains is greater than that which is contained.

εἰ γὰρ ἀνθρώπων θνητῶν καὶ ὀλιγοχρονίων ὄντων τὰ γεννώμενα τέκνα ἕως τοῦ δεῦρο δείκνυται, καὶ οὐ πέπαυται τὸ μὴ γεννᾶσθαι ἀνθρώπους, διὸ πληθύουσι πόλεις καὶ κῶμαι, ἔτι μὴν καὶ χῶραι κατοικοῦνται, πῶς οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἐχρῆν θεοὺς τοὺς μὴ ἀποθνήσκοντας κατὰ τοὺς ποιητὰς γεννᾶν καὶ γεννᾶσθαι, καθώς φατε θεῶν γένεσιν γεγενῆσθαι; πρὸς τί δὲ τότε μὲν τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ὄλυμπος ὑπὸ θεῶν κατῳκεῖτο, νυνὶ δὲ ἔρημον τυγχάνει; ἢ τίνος εἵνεκεν τότε μὲν ὁ Ζεὺς ἐν τῇ Ἴδῃ κατῴκει (ἐγινώσκετο οἰκῶν ἐκεῖ κατὰ τὸν Ὅμηρον καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ποιητάς) νῦνι δὲ ἀγνοεῖται; διὰ τί δὲ καὶ οὐκ ἦν πανταχόσε, ἀλλὰ ἐν μέρει γῆς εὑρίσκετο; ἢ γὰρ τῶν λοιπῶν ἠμέλει, ἢ ἀδύνατος ἦν τοῦ πανταχόσε εἶναι καὶ τῶν πάντων προνοεῖν. εἰ γὰρ ἦν, εἰ τύχοι εἰπεῖν, ἐν τόπῳ ἀνατολικῷ, οὐκ ἦν ἐν τόπῳ δυτικῷ· εἰ δὲ αὖ πάλιν ἐν τοῖς δυτικοῖς ἦν, οὐκ ἦν ἐν τοῖς ἀνατολικοῖς. Θεοῦ δὲ τοῦ ὑψίστου καὶ παντοκράτορος καὶ τοῦ ὄντως θεοῦ τοῦτό ἐστιν μὴ μόνον τὸ πανταχόσε εἶναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ <πάντα ἐφορᾶν καὶ πάντων ἀκούειν>, ἔτι μὴν μηδὲ τὸ ἐν τόπῳ χωρεῖσθαι· εἰ δὲ μή γε, μείζων ὁ χωρῶν τόπος αὐτοῦ εὑρεθήσεται· μεῖζον γάρ ἐστιν τὸ χωροῦν τοῦ χωρουμένου· Θεὸς γὰρ οὐ χωρεῖται, ἀλλὰ αὐτός ἐστι τόπος τῶν ὅλων.

For God is not contained, but is Himself the place of all. But why has Jupiter left Ida? Was it because he died, or did that mountain no longer please him? And where has he gone? To heaven? No. But you will perhaps say, To Crete? Yes, for there, too, his tomb is shown to this day. Again, you will say, To Pisa, where he reflects glory on the hands of Phidias to this day.

Πρὸς τί δὲ καὶ καταλέλοιπεν ὁ Ζεὺς τὴν Ἴδην; πότερον τελευτήσας, ἢ οὐκ ἔτι ἤρεσεν αὐτῷ ἐκεῖνο τὸ ὄρος; ποῦ δὲ καὶ ἐπορεύθη; εἰς οὐρανούς; οὐχί. ἀλλὰ ἐρεῖς εἰς Κρήτην; ναί· ὅπου καὶ τάφος αὐτῷ ἕως τοῦ δεῦρο δείκνυται. πάλιν φήσεις εἰς Πεῖσαν, ὁ κλέων ἕως τοῦ δεῦρο τὰς χεῖρας Φειδίου.

Let us, then, proceed to the writings of the philosophers and poets.

Ἔλθωμεν τοίνυν ἐπὶ τὰ συγγράμματα τῶν φιλοσόφων καὶ ποιητῶν.

chap. iv.—absurd opinions of the philosophers concerning god

 

Some of the philosophers of the Porch say that there is no God at all; or, if there is, they say that He cares for none but Himself; and these views the folly of Epicurus and Chrysippus has set forth at large. And others say that all things are produced without external agency, and that the world is uncreated, and that nature is eternal;1 and have dared to give out that there is no providence of God at all, but maintain that God is only each man’s conscience. And others again maintain that the spirit which pervades all things is God.

4. Ἔνιοι μὲν τῆς στοᾶς ἀρνοῦνται καὶ τὸ ἐξ ὅλου θεὸν εἶναι, ἤ, εἰ καί ἐστιν, μηδενός φασιν φροντίζειν τὸν θεὸν πλὴν ἑαυτοῦ. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν παντελῶς Ἐπικούρου καὶ Χρυσίππου ἡ ἄνοια ἀπεφήνατο. ἕτεροι δέ φασιν αὐτοματισμὸν τῶν πάντων εἶναι, καὶ τὸν κόσμον ἀγένητον καὶ φύσιν ἀΐδιον, καὶ τὸ σύνολον πρόνοιαν μὴ εἶναι θεοῦ ἐτόλμησαν ἐξειπεῖν, ἀλλὰ θεὸν εἶναι μόνον φασὶν τὴν ἑκάστου συνείδησιν. ἄλλοι δ' αὖ τὸ δι' ὅλου κεχωρηκὸς πνεῦμα θεὸν δογματίζουσιν.

But Plato and those of his school acknowledge indeed that God is uncreated, and the Father and Maker of all things; but then they maintain that matter as well as God is uncreated, and aver that it is coeval with God. But if God is uncreated and matter uncreated, God is no longer, according to the Platonists, the Creator of all things, nor, so far as their opinions hold, is the monarchy2 of God established. And further, as God, because He is uncreated, is also unalterable; so if matter, too, were uncreated, it also would be unalterable, and equal to God; for that which is created is mutable and alterable, but that which is uncreated is immutable and unalterable.

Πλάτων δὲ καὶ οἱ τῆς αἱρέσεως αὐτοῦ θεὸν μὲν ὁμολογοῦσιν ἀγένητον καὶ πατέρα καὶ ποιητὴν τῶν ὅλων εἶναι· εἶτα ὑποτίθενται θεὸν καὶ ὕλην ἀγένητον καὶ ταύτην φασὶν συνηκμακέναι τῷ θεῷ. εἰ δὲ θεὸς ἀγένητος καὶ ὕλη ἀγένητος, οὐκ ἔτι ὁ θεὸς ποιητὴς τῶν ὅλων ἐστὶν κατὰ τοὺς Πλατωνικούς, οὐδὲ μὴν μοναρχία θεοῦ δείκνυται, ὅσον τὸ κατ' αὐτούς. ἔτι δὲ καὶ ὥσπερ ὁ θεός, ἀγένητος ὤν, καὶ ἀναλλοίωτός ἐστιν, οὕτως, εἰ καὶ ἡ ὕλη ἀγένητος ἦν, καὶ ἀναλλοίωτος καὶ ἰσόθεος ἦν· τὸ γὰρ γενητὸν τρεπτὸν καὶ ἀλλοιωτόν, τὸ δὲ ἀγένητον ἄτρεπτον καὶ ἀναλλοίωτον.

And what great thing is it if God made the world out of existent materials?3 For even a human artist, when he gets material from some one, makes of it what he pleases. But the power of God is manifested in this, that out of things that are not He makes whatever He pleases; just as the bestowal of life and motion is the prerogative of no other than God alone. For even man makes indeed an image, but reason and breath, or feeling, he cannot give to what he has made. But God has this property in excess of what man can do, in that He makes a work, endowed with reason, life, sensation. As, therefore, in all these respects God is more powerful than man, so also in this; that out of things that are not He creates and has created things that are, and whatever He pleases, as He pleases.

Τί δὲ μέγα, εἰ ὁ θεὸς ἐξ ὑποκειμένης ὕλης ἐποίει τὸν κόσμον; καὶ γὰρ τεχνίτης ἄνθρωπος, ἐπὰν ὕλην λάβῃ ἀπό τινος, ἐξ αὐτῆς ὅσα βούλεται ποιεῖ. θεοῦ δὲ ἡ δύναμις ἐν τούτῳ φανεροῦται ἵνα ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ποιῇ ὅσα βούλεται, καθάπερ καὶ τὸ ψυχὴν δοῦναι καὶ κίνησιν οὐχ ἑτέρου τινός ἐστιν ἀλλ' ἢ μόνου θεοῦ. καὶ γὰρ ἄνθρωπος εἰκόνα μὲν ποιεῖ, λόγον δὲ καὶ πνοὴν ἢ αἴσθησιν οὐ δύναται δοῦναι τῷ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ γενομένῳ. θεὸς δὲ τούτου πλεῖον τοῦτο κέκτηται, τὸ ποιεῖν λογικόν, ἔμπνουν, αἰσθητικόν. ὥσπερ οὖν ἐν τούτοις πᾶσιν δυνατώτερός ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, οὕτως καὶ τὸ ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ποιεῖν καὶ πεποιηκέναι τὰ ὄντα, καὶ ὅσα βούλεται καὶ ὡς βούλεται.

chap. v.—opinions of homer and hesiod concerning the gods

 

So that the opinion of your philosophers and authors is discordant; for while the former have propounded the foregoing opinions, the poet Homer is found explaining the origin not only of the world, but also of the gods, on quite another hypothesis. For he says somewhere:4

5. Ὥστε ἀσύμφωνός ἐστιν ἡ γνώμη κατὰ τοὺς φιλοσόφους καὶ συγγράφεις. τούτων γὰρ ταῦτα ἀποφηναμένων, εὑρίσκεται ὁ ποιητὴς Ὅμηρος ἑτέρᾳ ὑποθέσει εἰσάγων γένεσιν οὐ μόνον κόσμου ἀλλὰ καὶ θεῶν. φησὶν γάρ που·

“Father of Gods, Oceanus, and she Who bare the gods, their mother Tethys, too,

   Ὠκεανόν τε, θεῶν γένεσιν, καὶ μητέρα Τηθύν,

From whom all rivers spring, and every sea.”

   ἐξ οὗ δὴ πάντες ποταμοὶ καὶ πᾶσα θάλασσα.

In saying which, however, he does not present God to us. For who does not know that the ocean is water? But if water, then not God. God indeed, if He is the creator of all things, as He certainly is, is the creator both of the water and of the seas.

ἃ δὴ λέγων οὐκ ἔτι θεὸν συνιστᾷ. τίς γὰρ οὐκ ἐπίσταται τὸν Ὠκεανὸν ὕδωρ εἶναι; εἰ δὲ ὕδωρ, οὐκ ἄρα θεός. ὁ δὲ θεός, εἰ τῶν ὅλων ποιητής ἐστιν, καθὼς καὶ ἔστιν, ἄρα καὶ τοῦ ὕδατος καὶ τῶν θαλασσῶν κτίστης ἐστίν.

And Hesiod himself also declared the origin, not only of the gods, but also of the world itself. And though he said that the world was created, he showed no inclination to tell us by whom it was created. Besides, he said that Saturn, and his sons Jupiter, Neptune, and Pluto, were gods, though we find that they are later born than the world. And he also relates how Saturn was assailed in war by his own son Jupiter; for he says:5

Ἡσίοδος δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς οὐ μόνον θεῶν γένεσιν ἐξεῖπεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ κόσμου. καὶ τὸν μὲν κόσμον γενητὸν εἰπὼν ἠτόνησεν εἰπεῖν ὑφ' οὗ γέγονεν. ἔτι μὴν καὶ θεοὺς ἔφησεν Κρόνον καὶ τὸν ἐξ αὐτοῦ Δία, Ποσειδῶνά τε καὶ Πλούτωνα, καὶ τούτους μεταγενεστέρους εὑρίσκομεν τοῦ κόσμου. ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὸν Κρόνον πολεμεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ ἰδίου παιδὸς ἱστορεῖ. οὕτως γάρ φησιν·

“His father Saturn he by might o’ercame,

   Κάρτεϊ νικήσας πατέρα Κρόνον·

And ’mong th’ immortals ruled with justice wise, And honours fit distributed to each.

   εὖ δὲ ἕκαστα ἀθανάτοις διέταξεν ὅμως καὶ ἐπέφραδε τιμάς.

Then he introduces in his poem the daughters of Jupiter, whom he names Muses, and as whose suppliant he appears, desiring to ascertain from them how all things were made; for he says:6

εἶτα ἐπιφέρει λέγων τὰς τοῦ Διὸς θυγατέρας, ἃς καὶ Μούσας προσαγορεύει, ὧν ἱκέτης εὑρίσκεται βουλόμενος μαθεῖν παρ' αὐτῶν τίνι τρόπῳ τὰ πάντα γεγένηται. λέγει γάρ·

“Daughters of Jove, all hail! Grant me your aid That I in numbers sweet and well-arrayed,

   Χαίρετε, τέκνα Διός, δότε δ' ἱμερόεσσαν ἀοιδήν.

Of the immortal gods may sing the birth;

   κλείετε δ' ἀθανάτων μακάρων γένος αἰὲν ἐόντων,

Who of the starry heav’ns were born, and earth;

   οἳ γῆς ἐξεγένοντο καὶ οὐρανοῦ ἀστερόεντος,

Who, springing from the murky night at first, Were by the briny ocean reared and nursed.

   νυκτός τε δνοφερῆς, οὓς ἁλμυρὸς ἔτρεφε πόντος.

Tell, too, who form unto the earth first gave,

   εἴπατε δ' ὡς τὰ πρῶτα θεοὶ καὶ γαῖα γένοντο,

And rivers, and the boundless sea whose wave Unwearied sinks, then rears its crest on high;

   καὶ ποταμοὶ καὶ πόντος ἀπείριτος, οἴδματι θύων,

And how was spread yon glittering canopy Of glistening stars that stud the wide-spread heaven.

   ἄστρα τε λαμπετόωντα καὶ οὐρανὸς εὐρὺς ὕπερθεν,

Whence sprang the gods by whom all good is given?

   ὥς τ' ἄφενος δάσσαντο καὶ ὡς τιμὰς διέλοντο,

Tell from their hands what varied gifts there came, Riches to some, to others wealth, or fame; How they have dwelt from the remotest time In many-nooked Olympus’ sunny clime.

   ἠδὲ καὶ ὡς τὰ πρῶτα πολύπτυχον ἔσχον Ὄλυμπον.

These things, ye Muses, say, who ever dwell Among Olympian shades—since ye can tell:

   ταῦτά μοι ἔσπετε Μοῦσαι Ὀλύμπια δώματ' ἔχουσαι

From the beginning there thy feet have strayed; Then tell us which of all things first was made.”

   ἐξ ἀρχῆς, καὶ εἴπαθ' ὅ τι πρῶτον γένετ' αὐτῶν.

But how could the Muses, who are younger than the world, know these things? Or how could they relate to Hesiod [what was happening], when their father was not yet born?

πῶς δὲ ταῦτα ἠπίσταντο αἱ Μοῦσαι, μεταγενέστεραι οὖσαι τοῦ κόσμου; ἢ πῶς ἠδύναντο διηγήσασθαι τῷ Ἡσιόδῳ, ὅπου δὴ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῶν οὔπω γεγένηται;

chap. vi.—hesiod on the origin of the world

 

6. And in a certain way he indeed admits matter [as self-existent] and the creation of the world [without a creator], saying:1

6. Καὶ ὕλην μὲν τρόπῳ τινὶ ὑποτίθεται, καὶ κόσμου ποίησιν, λέγων·

“First of all things was chaos made, and next

   Ἤτοι μὲν πρώτιστα χάος γένετ', αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα

Broad-bosom’d earth’s foundations firm were fixed,

   γαῖ' εὐρύστερνος, πάντων ἕδος ἀσφαλὲς αἰεὶ

Where safely the immortals dwell for aye,Who in the snowy-peak’d Olympus stay.

   ἀθανάτων, οἳ ἔχουσι κάρη νιφόεντος Ὀλύμπου,

Afterwards gloomy Tartarus had birth In the recesses of broad-pathwayed earth,

   Τάρταρά τ' ἠερόεντα, μυχὸν χθονὸς εὐρυοδείης,

And Love, ev’n among gods most beauteous still,Who comes all-conquering, bending mind and will,

   ἠδ' Ἔρος, ὃς κάλλιστος ἐν ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσι,

Delivering from care, and giving then Wise counsel in the breasts of gods and men.

   λυσιμελής, πάντων τε θεῶν πάντων τ' ἀνθρώπων

From chaos Erebus and night were born,

   δάμναται ἐν στήθεσσι νόον καὶ ἐπίφρονα βουλήν.

From night and Erebus sprung air and morn.

   ἐκ Χάεος δ' Ἔρεβός τε μέλαινά τε Νὺξ ἐγένοντο.

Earth in her likeness made the starry heaven,

   Γαῖα δέ τοι πρῶτον μὲν ἐγείνατο ἶσον ἑωυτῇ

That unto all things shelter might be given,

   Οὐρανὸν ἀστερόενθ', ἵνα μιν περὶ πάντα καλύπτῃ,

And that the blessed gods might there repose.

   ὄφρ' εἴη μακάρεσσι θεοῖς ἕδος ἀσφαλὲς αἰεί·

The lofty mountains by her power arose,

   γείνατο δ' οὔρεα μακρά, θεᾶν χαρίεντας ἐναύλους

For the wood-nymphs she made the pleasant caves,

   Νυμφέων, αἳ ναίουσιν ἀν' οὔρεα βησσήεντα·

Begot the sterile sea with all his waves,

   ἠδὲ καὶ ἀτρύγετον πέλαγος τέκεν οἴδματι θῦον,

Loveless; but when by heaven her love was sought,

   πόντον, ἄτερ φιλότητος ἐφιμέρου· αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα

Then the deep-eddying ocean forth she brought.”

   Οὐρανῷ εὐνηθεῖσα τέκ' Ὠκεανὸν βαθυδίνην.

And saying this, he has not yet explained by whom all this was made. For if chaos existed in the beginning, and matter of some sort, being uncreated, was previously existing, who was it that effected the change on its condition, and gave it a different order and shape? Did matter itself alter its own form and arrange itself into a world (for Jupiter was born, not only long after matter, but long after the world and many men; and so, too, was his father Saturn), or was there some ruling power which made it; I mean, of course, God, who also fashioned it into a world?

καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν οὐδὲ οὕτως ἐδήλωσεν ὑπὸ τίνος ἐγένοντο. εἰ γὰρ ἐν πρώτοις ἦν χάος, καὶ ὕλη τις προϋπέκειτο ἀγένητος οὖσα, τίς ἄρα ἦν ὁ ταύτην μετασκευάζων καὶ μεταρρυθμίζων καὶ μεταμορφῶν; πότερον αὐτὴ ἑαυτὴν ἡ ὕλη μετεσχημάτιζεν καὶ ἐκόσμει; ὁ γὰρ Ζεὺς μετὰ χρόνον πολὺν γεγένηται, οὐ μόνον τῆς ὕλης ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ κόσμου καὶ πλήθους ἀνθρώπων· ἔτι μὴν καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ Κρόνος. ἢ μᾶλλον ἦν κύριόν τι τὸ ποιῆσαν αὐτήν, λέγω δὲ θεός, ὁ καὶ κατακοσμήσας αὐτήν;

Besides, he is found in every way to talk nonsense, and to contradict himself. For when he mentions earth, and sky, and sea, he gives us to understand that from these the gods were produced; and from these again [the gods] he declares that certain very dreadful men were sprung,—the race of the Titans and the Cyclopes, and a crowd of giants, and of the Egyptian gods,—or, rather, vain men, as Apollonides, surnamed Horapius, mentions in the book entitled Semenouthi, and in his other histories concerning the worship of the Egyptians and their kings, and the vain labours in which they engaged.2

Ἔτι μὴν κατὰ πάντα τρόπον φλυαρῶν εὑρίσκεται καὶ ἐναντία ἑαυτῷ λέγων. εἰπὼν γὰρ γῆν καὶ οὐρανὸν καὶ θάλασσαν ἐξ αὐτῶν τοὺς θεοὺς βούλεται γεγονέναι, καὶ ἐκ τούτων ἀνθρώπους δεινοτάτους τινὰς συγγενεῖς θεῶν καταγγέλλει, Τιτάνων γένος καὶ Κυκλώπων καὶ Γιγάντων πληθύν, τῶν τε κατὰ Αἴγυπτον δαιμόνων, ἢ ματαίων ἀνθρώπων, ὡς μέμνηται Ἀπολλωνίδης, ὁ καὶ Ὁράπιος ἐπικληθείς, ἐν βίβλῳ τῇ ἐπιγραφομένῃ <Σεμενουθὶ> καὶ ταῖς λοιπαῖς κατ' αὐτὸν ἱστορίαις περί τε τῆς θρησκείας τῆς Αἰγυπτιακῆς καὶ τῶν βασιλέων αὐτῶν.

chap. vii.—fabulous heathen genealogies.

 

Why need I recount the Greek fables,—of Pluto, king of darkness, of Neptune descending beneath the sea, and embracing Melanippe and begetting a cannibal son,—or the many tales your writers have woven into their tragedies concerning the sons of Jupiter, and whose pedigree they register because they were born men, and not gods?

7. Τί δέ μοι λέγειν τοὺς κατὰ Ἕλληνας μύθους καὶ τὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς ματαιοπονίαν, Πλούτωνα μὲν σκότους βασιλεύοντα, καὶ Ποσειδῶνα ὑπὸ πόντων δύνοντα καὶ τῇ Μελανίππῃ περιπλεκόμενον καὶ υἱὸν ἀνθρωποβόρον γεννήσαντα, ἢ περὶ τῶν τοῦ Διὸς παίδων ὁπόσα οἱ συγγραφεῖς ἐτραγῴδησαν; καὶ ὅτι οὗτοι ἄνθρωποι καὶ οὐ θεοὶ ἐγεννήθησαν, τὸ γένος αὐτῶν αὐτοὶ καταλέγουσιν.

And the comic poet Aristophanes, in the play called “The Birds,” having taken upon him to handle the subject of the Creation, said that in the beginning the world was produced from an egg, saying:3

Ἀριστοφάνης δὲ ὁ κωμικὸς ἐν ταῖς ἐπιγραφομέναις Ὄρνισιν, ἐπιχειρήσας περὶ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ποιήσεως, ἔφη ἐν πρώτοις ὠὸν γεγενῆσθαι τὴν σύστασιν τοῦ κόσμου, λέγων·

“A windy egg was laid by black-winged night At first.”

   Πρώτιστα τεκὼν μελανόπτερος ᾠόν.

But Satyrus, also giving a history of the Alexandrine families, beginning from Philopator, who was also named Ptolemy, gives out that Bacchus was his progenitor; wherefore also Ptolemy was the founder of this4 family. Satyrus then speaks thus:

Ἀλλὰ καὶ Σάτυρος ἱστορῶν τοὺς δήμους Ἀλεξανδρέων, ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ Φιλοπάτορος τοῦ καὶ Πτολεμαίου προσαγορευθέντος, τούτου μηνύει Διόνυσον ἀρχηγέτην γεγονέναι· διὸ καὶ φυλὴν ὁ Πτολεμαῖος πρώτην κατέστησεν. λέγει οὖν ὁ Σάτυρος οὕτως·

That Dejanira was born of Bacchus and Althea, the daughter of Thestius; and from her and Hercules the son of Jupiter there sprang, as I suppose, Hyllus; and from him Cleodemus, and from him Aristomachus, and from him Temenus, and from him Ceisus, and from him Maron, and from him Thestrus, and from him Acous, and from him Aristomidas, and from him Caranus, and from him Cœnus, and from him Tyrimmas, and from him Perdiccas, and from him Philip, and from him Æropus, and from him Alcetas, and from him Amyntas, and from him Bocrus, and from him Meleager, and from him Arsinoë, and from her and Lagus Ptolemy Soter, and from him and Arsinoe Ptolemy Euergetes, and from him and Berenice, daughter of Maga, king of Cyrene, Ptolemy Philopator. Thus, then, stands the relationship of the Alexandrine kings to Bacchus. And therefore in the Dionysian tribe there are distinct families: the Althean from Althea, who was the wife of Dionysus and daughter of Thestius; the family of Dejanira also, from her who was the daughter of Dionysus and Althea, and wife of Hercules;—whence, too, the families have their names: the family of Ariadne, from Ariadne, daughter of Minos and wife of Dionysus, a dutiful daughter, who had intercourse with Dionysus in another form; the Thestian, from Thestius, the father of Althea; the Thoantian, from Thoas, son of Dionysus; the Staphylian, from Staphylus, son of Dionysus; the Euænian, from Eunous, son of Dionysus; the Maronian, from Maron, son of Ariadne and Dionysus;—for all these are sons of Dionysus.

”Διονύσου καὶ Ἀλθαίας τῆς Θεστίου γεγενῆσθαι Δηϊάνειραν, τῆς δὲ καὶ Ἡρακλέους τοῦ Διὸς Ὕλλον, τοῦ δὲ Κλεοδαῖον, τοῦ δὲ Ἀριστόμαχον, τοῦ δὲ Τήμενον, τοῦ δὲ Κεῖσον, τοῦ δὲ Μάρωνα, τοῦ δὲ Θέστιον, τοῦ δὲ Ἀκοόν, τοῦ δὲ Ἀριστοδαμίδαν, τοῦ δὲ Καρανόν, τοῦ δὲ Κοινόν, τοῦ δὲ Τυρίμμαν, τοῦ δὲ Περδίκκαν, τοῦ δὲ Φίλιππον, τοῦ δὲ Ἀέροπον, τοῦ δὲ Ἀλκέταν, τοῦ δὲ Ἀμύνταν, τοῦ δὲ Βόκρον, τοῦ δὲ Μελέαγρον, τοῦ δὲ Ἀρσινόην, τῆς δὲ καὶ Λάγου Πτολεμαῖον τὸν καὶ Σωτῆρα, τοῦ δὲ καὶ Βερενίκης Πτολεμαῖον τὸν Φιλάδελφον, τοῦ δὲ καὶ Ἀρσινόης Πτολεμαῖον τὸν Εὐεργέτην, τοῦ δὲ καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς Μάγα τοῦ ἐν Κυρήνῃ βασιλεύσαντος Πτολεμαῖον τὸν Φιλοπάτορα. ἡ μὲν οὖν πρὸς Διόνυσον τοῖς ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ βασιλεύσασιν συγγένεια οὕτως περιέχει. ὅθεν καὶ ἐν τῇ Διονυσίᾳ φυλῇ δῆμοί εἰσιν κατακεχωρισμένοι. Ἀλθηῒς ἀπὸ τῆς γενομένης γυναικὸς Διονύσου, θυγατρὸς δὲ Θεστίου, Ἀλθαίας. Δηϊανειρὶς ἀπὸ τῆς θυγατρὸς Διονύσου καὶ Ἀλθαίας, γυναικὸς δὲ Ἡρακλέους. ὅθεν καὶ τὰς προσωνυμίας ἔχουσιν οἱ κατ' αὐτοὺς δῆμοι· Ἀριαδνὶς ἀπὸ τῆς θυγατρὸς Μίνω, γυναικὸς δὲ Διονύσου, παιδὸς πατροφίλης τῆς μιχθείσης Διονύσῳ ἐν μορφῇ † Πρύμνιδι †, Θεστὶς ἀπὸ Θεστίου τοῦ Ἀλθαίας πατρός, Θοαντὶς ἀπὸ Θοαντὸς παιδὸς Διονύσου, Σταφυλὶς ἀπὸ Σταφύλου υἱοῦ Διονύσου, Εὐαινὶς ἀπὸ Εὐνόος υἱοῦ Διονύσου, Μαρωνὶς ἀπὸ Μάρωνος υἱοῦ Ἀριάδνης καὶ Διονύσου. οὗτοι γὰρ πάντες υἱοὶ Διονύσου.”

And, indeed, many other names were thus originated, and exist to this day; as the Heraclidæ from Hercules, and the Apollonidæ from Apollo, and the Poseidonii from Poseidon, and from Zeus the Dii and Diogenæ.

Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑτέραι πολλαὶ ὀνομασίαι γεγόνασιν καί εἰσιν ἕως τοῦ δεῦρο, ἀπὸ Ἡρακλέους Ἡρακλεῖδαι καλούμενοι, καὶ ἀπὸ Ἀπόλλωνος Ἀπολλωνίδαι καὶ Ἀπολλώνιοι, καὶ ἀπὸ Ποσειδῶνος Ποσειδώνιοι, καὶ ἀπὸ Διὸς Δῖοι καὶ Διογέναι.

chap. 8.— opinions concerning providence

 

And why should I recount further the vast array of such names and genealogies? So that all the authors and poets, and those called philosophers, are wholly deceived; and so, too, are they who give heed to them. For they plentifully composed fables and foolish stories about their gods, and did not exhibit them as gods, but as men, and men, too, of whom some were drunken, and others fornicators and murderers.

8. Καὶ τί μοι τὸ λοιπὸν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν τοιούτων ὀνομασιῶν καὶ γενεαλογιῶν καταλέγειν; ὥστε κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἐμπαίζονται οἱ συγγραφεῖς πάντες καὶ ποιηταὶ καὶ φιλόσοφοι λεγόμενοι, ἔτι μὴν καὶ οἱ προσέχοντες αὐτοῖς. μύθους γὰρ μᾶλλον καὶ μωρίας συνέταξαν περὶ τῶν κατ' αὐτοὺς θεῶν· οὐ γὰρ ἀπέδειξαν αὐτοὺς θεοὺς ἀλλὰ ἀνθρώπους, οὓς μὲν μεθύσους, ἑτέρους δὲ πόρνους καὶ φονεῖς.

But also concerning the origin of the world, they uttered contradictory and absurd opinions. First, some of them, as we before explained, maintained that the world is uncreated. And those that said it was uncreated and self-producing contradicted those who propounded that it was created. For by conjecture and human conception they spoke, and not knowing the truth.

Ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τῆς κοσμογονίας ἀσύμφωνα ἀλλήλοις καὶ φαῦλα ἐξεῖπον. πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι τινὲς ἀγένητον τὸν κόσμον ἀπεφήναντο, καθὼς καὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐδηλώσαμεν, καὶ οἱ μὲν ἀγένητον αὐτὸν καὶ ἀΐδιον φύσιν φάσκοντες οὐκ ἀκόλουθα εἶπον τοῖς γενητὸν αὐτὸν δογματίσασιν. εἰκασμῷ γὰρ ταῦτα καὶ ἀνθρωπίνῃ ἐννοίᾳ ἐφθέγξαντο, καὶ οὐ κατὰ ἀλήθειαν.

And others, again, said that there was a providence, and destroyed the positions of the former writers. Aratus, indeed, says:1

Ἕτεροι δ' αὖ εἶπον πρόνοιαν εἶναι, καὶ τὰ τούτων δόγματα ἀνέλυσαν. Ἄρατος μὲν οὖν φησιν·

“From Jove begin my song; nor ever be

   Ἐκ Διὸς ἀρχώμεσθα, τὸν οὐδέποτ' ἄνδρες ἐῶμεν

The name unuttered: all are frill of thee;

   ἄρρητον. μεσταὶ δὲ Διὸς πᾶσαι μὲν ἀγυιαί,

The ways and haunts of men; the heavens and sea:

   πᾶσαι δ' ἀνθρώπων ἀγοραί, μεστὴ δὲ θάλασσα

On thee our being hangs; in thee we move;

   καὶ λιμένες· πάντη δὲ Διὸς κεχρήμεθα πάντες.

All are thy offspring and the seed of Jove. Benevolent, he warns mankind to good,

   τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν· ὁ δ' ἤπιος ἀνθρώποισιν

Urges to toil and prompts the hope of food.

   δεξιὰ σημαίνει, λαοὺς δ' ἐπὶ ἔργον ἐγείρει

He tells where cattle best may graze, and where

   μιμνήσκων βιότοιο· λέγει δ' ὅτε βῶλος ἀρίστη

The soil, deep-furrowed, yellow grain will bear.

   βουσί τε καὶ μακέλῃσι, λέγει δ' ὅτε δεξιαὶ ὧραι

What time the husbandman should plant or sow, ‘Tis his to tell,’tis his alone to know.”

   καὶ φυτὰ γυρῶσαι καὶ σπέρματα πάντα βαλέσθαι.

Who, then, shall we believe: Aratus as here quoted, or Sophocles, when he says:2

τίνι οὖν πιστεύσωμεν, πότερον Ἀράτῳ ἢ Σοφοκλεῖ λέγοντι·

“And foresight of the future there is none;

   Πρόνοια δ' ἐστὶν οὐδενός,

’Tis best to live at random, as one can”?

   εἰκῇ κράτιστον ζῆν ὅπως δύναιτό τις;

And Homer, again, does not agree with this, for he says3 that virtue

Ὅμηρος δὲ πάλιν τούτῳ οὐ συνᾴδει. λέγει γάρ·

“Waxes or wanes in men as Jove decrees.”

   Ζεὺς δ' ἀρετὴν ἄνδρεσσιν ὀφέλλει τε μινύθει τε.

And Simonides says:—

καὶ Σιμωνίδης·

“save from God;

   Οὔτις ἄνευ θεῶν

No man nor state has virtue

   ἀρετὰν λάβεν, οὐ πόλις, οὐ βρότος·

Counsel resides in God; and wretched man

   θεὸς ὁ παμμῆτις, ἀπήμαντον δ' οὐδέν

Has in himself nought but his wretchedness.”

   ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς.

So, too, Euripides:—

ὁμοίως καὶ Εὐριπίδης·

“Apart from God, there’s nothing owned by men.”

   Οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν χωρὶς ἀνθρώποις θεοῦ.

And Menander:—

καὶ Μένανδρος·

“Save God alone, there’s none for us provides.”

   Οὐκ ἄρα φροντίζει τις ἡμῶν ἢ μόνος θεός.

And Euripides again:—

καὶ πάλιν Εὐριπίδης·

“For when God wills to save, all things He’ll bend

   Σῶσαι γὰρ ὁπόταν τῷ θεῷ δοκῇ,

To serve as instruments to work His end.”

   πολλὰς προφάσεις δίδωσιν εἰς σωτηρίαν.

And Thestius:—

καὶ Θέστιος·

“If God design to save you, safe you are, Though sailing in mid-ocean on a mat.”4

   Θεοῦ θέλοντος σώζῃ, κἂν ἐπὶ ῥιπὸς πλέῃς.

And saying numberless things of a like kind, they contradicted themselves. At least Sophocles, who in another place denied Providence, says:—

καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα μυρία εἰπόντες ἀσύμφωνα ἑαυτοῖς ἐξεῖπον. ὁ γοῦν Σοφοκλῆς ἀπρονοησίαν εἴρων ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει·

“No mortal can evade the stroke of God.”

   Θεοῦ δὲ πληγὴν οὐχ ὑπερπηδᾷ βροτός.

Besides, they both introduced a multitude of gods, and yet spoke of a Unity; and against those who affirmed a Providence they maintained in opposition that there was no Providence. Wherefore Euripides says:—

Πλὴν καὶ πληθὺν εἰσήγαγον ἢ καὶ μοναρχίαν εἶπον, καὶ πρόνοιαν εἶναι τοῖς λέγουσιν ἀπρονοησίαν τἀναντία εἰρήκασιν. ὅθεν Εὐριπίδης ὁμολογεῖ λέγων·

“We labour much and spend our strength in vain,

   Σπουδάζομεν δὲ πολλ' ὑπ' ἐλπίδων, μάτην

For empty hope, not foresight, is our guide.”

   πόνους ἔχοντες, οὐδὲν εἰδότες.

And without meaning to do so, they acknowledge that they know not the truth; but being inspired by demons and puffed up by them, they spoke at their instance whatever they said. For indeed the poets,—Homer, to wit, and Hesiod, being, as they say, inspired by the Muses,—spoke from a deceptive fancy,5 and not with a pure but an erring spirit. And this, indeed, clearly appears from the fact, that even to this day the possessed are sometimes exorcised in the name of the living and true God; and these spirits of error themselves confess that they are demons who also formerly inspired these writers. But sometimes some of them wakened up in soul, and, that they might be for a witness both to themselves and to all men, spoke things in harmony with the prophets regarding the monarchy of God, and the judgment and such like.

Καὶ μὴ θέλοντες ὁμολογοῦσιν τὸ ἀληθὲς μὴ ἐπίστασθαι· ὑπὸ δαιμόνων δὲ ἐμπνευσθέντες καὶ ὑπ' αὐτῶν φυσιωθέντες ἃ εἶπον δι' αὐτῶν εἶπον. ἤτοι γὰρ οἱ ποιηταί, Ὅμηρος δὴ καὶ Ἡσίοδος ὥς φασιν ὑπὸ Μουσῶν ἐμπνευσθέντες, φαντασίᾳ καὶ πλάνῃ ἐλάλησαν, καὶ οὐ καθαρῷ πνεύματι ἀλλὰ πλάνῳ. ἐκ τούτου δὲ σαφῶς δείκνυται, εἰ καὶ οἱ δαιμονῶντες ἐνίοτε καὶ μέχρι τοῦ δεῦρο ἐξορκίζονται κατὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ὄντως θεοῦ, καὶ ὁμολογεῖ αὐτὰ τὰ πλάνα πνεύματα εἶναι δαίμονες, οἱ καὶ τότε εἰς ἐκείνους ἐνεργήσαντες, πλὴν ἐνίοτέ τινες τῇ ψυχῇ ἐκνήψαντες ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶπον ἀκόλουθα τοῖς προφήταις, ὅπως εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς τε καὶ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις περί τε θεοῦ μοναρχίας καὶ κρίσεως καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ὧν ἔφασαν.

chap. ix.—the prophets inspired by the holy ghost

 

But men of God carrying in them a holy spirit6 and becoming prophets, being inspired and made wise by God, became God-taught, and holy, and righteous. Wherefore they were also deemed worthy of receiving this reward, that they should become instruments of God, and contain the wisdom that is from Him, through which wisdom they uttered both what regarded the creation of the world and all other things. For they predicted also pestilences, and famines, and wars. And there was not one or two, but many, at various times and seasons among the Hebrews; and also among the Greeks there was the Sibyl; and they all have spoken things consistent and harmonious with each other, both what happened before them and what happened in their own time, and what things are now being fulfilled in our own day: wherefore we are persuaded also concerning the future things that they will fall out, as also the first have been accomplished.

9. Οἱ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι, πνευματοφόροι πνεύματος ἁγίου καὶ προφῆται γενόμενοι, ὑπ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐμπνευσθέντες καὶ σοφισθέντες, ἐγένοντο θεοδίδακτοι καὶ ὅσιοι καὶ δίκαιοι. διὸ καὶ κατηξιώθησαν τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ταύτην λαβεῖν, ὄργανα θεοῦ γενόμενοι καὶ χωρήσαντες σοφίαν τὴν παρ' αὐτοῦ, δι' ἧς σοφίας εἶπον καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἁπάντων. καὶ γὰρ περὶ λοιμῶν καὶ λιμῶν καὶ πολέμων προεῖπον. καὶ οὐχ εἷς ἢ δύο ἀλλὰ πλείονες κατὰ χρόνους καὶ καιροὺς ἐγενήθησαν παρὰ Ἑβραίοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ Ἕλλησιν Σίβυλλα καὶ πάντες φίλα ἀλλήλοις καὶ σύμφωνα εἰρήκασιν, τά τε πρὸ αὐτῶν γεγενημένα καὶ τὰ κατ' αὐτοὺς γεγονότα καὶ τὰ καθ' ἡμᾶς νυνὶ τελειούμενα· διὸ καὶ πεπείσμεθα καὶ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων οὕτως ἔσεσθαι, καθὼς καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἀπήρτισται.

chap. x.—the world created by god through the word

 

10. And first, they taught us with one consent that  God made all things out of nothing; for nothing was coeval with God: but He being His own place, and wanting nothing, and existing before the ages, willed to make man by whom He might be known; for him, therefore, He prepared the world. For he that is created is also needy; but he that is uncreated stands in need of nothing.

10. Καὶ πρῶτον μὲν συμφώνως ἐδίδαξαν ἡμᾶς, ὅτι ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων τὰ πάντα ἐποίησεν. οὐ γάρ τι τῷ θεῷ συνήκμασεν· ἀλλ' αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ τόπος ὢν καὶ ἀνενδεὴς ὢν καὶ <ὑπάρχων πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων> ἠθέλησεν ἄνθρωπον ποιῆσαι ᾧ γνωσθῇ· τούτῳ οὖν προητοίμασεν τὸν κόσμον. ὁ γὰρ γενητὸς καὶ προσδεής ἐστιν, ὁ δὲ ἀγένητος οὐδένος προσδεῖται.

God, then, having His own Word internal1 within His own bowels, begat Him, emitting2 Him along with His own wisdom before all things. He had this Word as a helper in the things that were created by Him, and by Him He made all things. He is called “governing principle” [ἀρκὴ], because He rules, and is Lord of all things fashioned by Him. He, then, being Spirit of God, and governing principle, and wisdom, and power of the highest, came down upon the prophets, and through them spoke of the creation of the world and of all other things.

Ἔχων οὖν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λόγον ἐνδιάθετον ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις σπλάγχνοις ἐγέννησεν αὐτὸν μετὰ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ σοφίας <ἐξερευξάμενος> πρὸ τῶν ὅλων. τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ἔσχεν ὑπουργὸν τῶν ὑπ' αὐτοῦ γεγενημένων, καὶ δι' αὐτοῦ τὰ πάντα πεποίηκεν. οὗτος λέγεται ἀρχή, ὅτι ἄρχει καὶ κυριεύει πάντων τῶν δι' αὐτοῦ δεδημιουργημένων. οὗτος οὖν, ὢν <πνεῦμα θεοῦ> καὶ <ἀρχὴ> καὶ <σοφία> καὶ <δύναμις ὑψίστου>, κατήρχετο εἰς τοὺς προφήτας καὶ δι' αὐτῶν ἐλάλει τὰ περὶ τῆς ποιήσεως τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἁπάντων.

For the prophets were not when the world came into existence, but the wisdom of God which was in Him, and His holy Word which was always present with Him. Wherefore He speaks thus by the prophet Solomon: “When He prepared the heavens I was there, and when He appointed the foundations of the earth I was by Him as one brought up with Him.”3 And Moses, who lived many years before Solomon, or, rather, the Word of God by him as by an instrument, says,

οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν οἱ προφῆται ὅτε ὁ κόσμος ἐγίνετο, ἀλλ' ἡ σοφία ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ ἐν αὐτῷ οὖσα καὶ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἅγιος αὐτοῦ ὁ ἀεὶ συμπαρὼν αὐτῷ. διὸ δὴ καὶ διὰ Σολομῶνος προφήτου οὕτως λέγει· “Ἡνίκα δ' ἡτοίμασεν τὸν οὐρανόν, συμπαρήμην αὐτῷ, καὶ ὡς ἰσχυρὰ ἐποίει τὰ θεμέλια τῆς γῆς, ἤμην παρ' αὐτῷ ἁρμόζουσα.” Μωσῆς δὲ ὁ καὶ Σολομῶνος πρὸ πολλῶν ἐτῶν γενόμενος, μᾶλλον δὲ ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς δι' ὀργάνου δι' αὐτοῦ φησιν·

“In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth.” First he named the “beginning,”4 and “creation,”5 then he thus introduced God; for not lightly and on slight occasion is it right to name God. For the divine wisdom foreknew that some would trifle and name a multitude of gods that do not exist. In order, therefore, that the living God might be known by His works, and that [it might be known that] by His Word God created the heavens and the earth, and all that is therein, he said, “In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth.” Then having spoken of their creation, he explains to us: “And the earth was without form, and void, and darkness was upon the face of the deep; and the Spirit of God moved upon the water.”

“Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν.” πρῶτον ἀρχὴν καὶ ποίησιν ὠνόμασεν, εἶθ' οὕτως τὸν θεὸν συνέστησεν· οὐ γὰρ ἀργῶς χρὴ καὶ ἐπὶ κενῷ θεὸν ὀνομάζειν. προῄδει γὰρ ἡ θεία σοφία μέλλειν φλυαρεῖν τινας καὶ πληθὺν θεῶν ὀνομάζειν τῶν οὐκ ὄντων. ὅπως οὖν ὁ τῷ ὄντι θεὸς διὰ ἔργων νοηθῇ, καὶ ὅτι ἐν τῷ λόγῳ αὐτοῦ ὁ θεὸς πεποίηκεν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς, ἔφη· “Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν.” εἶτα εἰπὼν τὴν ποίησιν αὐτῶν δηλοῖ ἡμῖν· “Ἡ δὲ γῆ ἦν ἀόρατος καὶ ἀκατασκεύαστος καὶ σκότος ἐπάνω τῆς ἀβύσσου, καὶ πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἐπεφέρετο ἐπάνω τοῦ ὕδατος.”

This, sacred Scripture teaches at the outset, to show that matter, from which God made and fashioned the world, was in some manner created, being produced by God.6

Ταῦτα ἐν πρώτοις διδάσκει ἡ θεία γραφή, τρόπῳ τινὶ ὕλην γενητήν, ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγονυῖαν, ἀφ' ἧς πεποίηκεν καὶ δεδημιούργηκεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν κόσμον.

chap. xi.—the six days’ work described

 

11. Now, the beginning of the creation is light; since light manifests the things that are created. Wherefore it is said: “And God said, Let light be,7 and light was; and God saw the light, that it was good,” manifestly made good for man.

11. Ἀρχὴ δὲ τῆς ποιήσεως φῶς ἐστιν, ἐπειδὴ τὰ κοσμούμενα τὸ φῶς φανεροῖ. διὸ λέγει· “Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεός· Γενηθήτω φῶς. καὶ ἐγένετο φῶς. καὶ ἴδεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ φῶς ὅτι καλόν.” δηλονότι καλὸν ἀνθρώπῳ γεγονός.

 “And God divided the light from the darkness; and God called the light Day, and the darkness He called Night. And the evening and the morning were the first day. And God said, Let there be a firmament in the midst of the waters, and let it divide the waters from the waters: and it was so. And God made the firmament, and divided the waters which were under the firmament from the waters which were above the firmament. And God called the firmament Heaven: and God saw that it was good. And the evening and the morning were the second day.

”Καὶ διεχώρισεν ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ φωτὸς καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ σκότους. καὶ ἐκάλεσεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ φῶς ἡμέραν, καὶ τὸ σκότος ἐκάλεσε νύκτα. καὶ ἐγένετο ἑσπέρα καὶ ἐγένετο πρωΐ, ἡμέρα μία. καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεός· Γενηθήτω στερέωμα ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ ἔστω διαχωρίζον ἀνὰ μέσον ὕδατος καὶ ὕδατος. καὶ ἐγένετο οὕτως. καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ στερέωμα, καὶ διεχώρισεν ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ ὕδατος ὃ ἦν ὑποκάτω τοῦ στερεώματος, καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ ὕδατος τοῦ ἐπάνω τοῦ στερεώματος. καὶ ἐκάλεσεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ στερέωμα οὐρανόν· καὶ ἴδεν ὁ θεὸς ὅτι καλόν. καὶ ἐγένετο ἑσπέρα καὶ ἐγένετο πρωΐ, ἡμέρα δευτέρα.

And God said, Let the water under the heaven be gathered into one place, and let the dry land appear: and it was so. And the waters were gathered together into their places, and the dry land appeared. And God called the dry land Earth, and the gathering together of the waters He called Seas: and God saw that it was good. And God said, Let the earth bring forth grass, the herb yielding seed after his kind and in his likeness, and the fruit-tree yielding fruit after his kind, whose seed is in itself, in his likeness: and it was so. And the earth brought forth grass, the herb yielding seed after his kind, and the fruit-tree yielding fruit, whose seed was in itself, after his kind, on the earth: and God saw that it was good. And the evening and the morning were the third day.

καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεός· Συναχθήτω τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ὑποκάτω τοῦ οὐρανοῦ εἰς συναγωγὴν μίαν, καὶ ὀφθήτω ἡ ξηρά. καὶ ἐγένετο οὕτως. καὶ συνήχθη τὸ ὕδωρ εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ ὤφθη ἡ ξηρά. καὶ ἐκάλεσεν ὁ θεὸς τὴν ξηρὰν γῆν, καὶ τὰ συστήματα τῶν ὑδάτων ἐκάλεσεν θαλάσσας. καὶ ἴδεν ὁ θεὸς ὅτι καλόν. καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεός· Βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ βοτάνην χόρτου σπεῖρον σπέρμα κατὰ γένος καὶ καθ' ὁμοιότητα, καὶ ξύλον κάρπιμον ποιοῦν κάρπον, οὗ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ εἰς ὁμοιότητα. καὶ ἐγένετο οὕτως. καὶ ἐξήνεγκεν ἡ γῆ βοτάνην χόρτου σπεῖρον σπέρμα κατὰ γένος, καὶ ξύλον κάρπιμον ποιοῦν κάρπον, οὗ τὸ σπέρμα ἐν αὐτῷ κατὰ γένος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. καὶ ἴδεν ὁ θεὸς ὅτι καλόν. καὶ ἐγένετο ἑσπέρα καὶ ἐγένετο πρωΐ, ἡμέρα τρίτη.

And God said, Let there be lights in the firmament of the heaven, to give light on earth, to divide the day from the night; and let them be for signs, and for seasons, and for days, and for years; and let them be for lights in the firmament of the heaven, to give light upon the earth:

καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεός· Γενηθήτωσαν φωστῆρες ἐν τῷ στερεώματι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, εἰς φαῦσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ διαχωρίζειν ἀνὰ μέσον τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τῆς νυκτός, καὶ ἔστωσαν εἰς σημεῖα καὶ εἰς καιροὺς καὶ εἰς ἡμέρας καὶ εἰς ἐνιαυτούς, καὶ ἔστωσαν εἰς φαῦσιν ἐν τῷ στερεώματι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ φαίνειν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.

and it was so. And God made two great lights; the greater light to rule the day, and the lesser light to rule the night: He made the stars also. And God set them in the firmament of the heaven to give light upon the earth, and to rule over the day and over the night, and to divide the light from the darkness: and God saw that it was good. And the evening and the morning were the fourth day. And God said, Let the waters bring forth the creeping things that have life, and fowl flying over the earth in the firmament of  heaven: and it was so. And God created great whales, and every living creature that creepeth, which the waters brought forth after their kind, and every winged fowl after his kind: and God saw that it was good. And God blessed them, saying, Increase and multiply, and fill the waters of the sea, and let fowl multiply in the earth. And the evening and the morning were the fifth day. And God said, Let the earth bring forth the living creature after his kind, cattle, and creeping thing, and beast of the earth after his kind: and it was so.

καὶ ἐγένετο οὕτως. καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τοὺς δύο φωστῆρας τοὺς μεγάλους, τὸν φωστῆρα τὸν μέγαν εἰς ἀρχὰς τῆς ἡμέρας, καὶ τὸν φωστῆρα τὸν ἐλάσσω εἰς ἀρχὰς τῆς νυκτός, καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας. καὶ ἔθετο αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῷ στερεώματι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ὥστε φαίνειν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἄρχειν τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τῆς νυκτός, καὶ διαχωρίζειν ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ φωτὸς καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ σκότους. καὶ ἴδεν ὁ θεὸς ὅτι καλόν. καὶ ἐγένετο ἑσπέρα καὶ ἐγένετο πρωΐ, ἡμέρα τετάρτη. καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεός· Ἐξαγαγέτω τὰ ὕδατα ἑρπετὰ ψυχῶν ζωσῶν καὶ πετεινὰ πετόμενα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κατὰ τὸ στερέωμα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. καὶ ἐγένετο οὕτως. καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ κήτη τὰ μέγαλα καὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ζώων ἑρπετῶν, ἃ ἐξήγαγεν τὰ ὕδατα κατὰ γένη αὐτῶν, καὶ πᾶν πετεινὸν πτερωτὸν κατὰ γένος. καὶ ἴδεν ὁ θεὸς ὅτι καλά. καὶ εὐλόγησεν αὐτὰ ὁ θεὸς λέγων· Αὐξάνεσθε καὶ πληθύνεσθε, καὶ πληρώσατε τὰ ὕδατα τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ πληθυνέτω ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. καὶ ἐγένετο ἑσπέρα καὶ ἐγένετο πρωΐ, ἡμέρα πέμπτη. καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεός· Ἐξαγαγέτω ἡ γῆ ψυχὴν ζῶσαν κατὰ γένος, τετράποδα καὶ ἑρπετὰ καὶ θηρία τῆς γῆς κατὰ γένος. καὶ ἐγένετο οὕτως.

And God made the beasts of the earth after their kind, and the cattle after their kind, and all the creeping things of the earth. And God said, Let us make man in our image, after our likeness; and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the heaven, and over the cattle, and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth. And God created man: in the image of God created He him; male and female created He them. And God blessed them, saying, Be fruitful, and multiply, and replenish the earth, and subdue it, and have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the heaven, and over all cattle, and over all the earth, and over all the creeping things that creep upon the earth.

καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ θηρία τῆς γῆς κατὰ γένος καὶ τὰ κτήνη κατὰ γένος, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἑρπετὰ τῆς γῆς. καὶ ἴδεν ὁ θεὸς ὅτι καλόν. καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεός· Ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ' εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθ' ὁμοίωσιν, καὶ ἀρχέτωσαν τῶν ἰχθύων τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ τῶν πετεινῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῶν κτηνῶν καὶ πάσης τῆς γῆς καὶ πάντων τῶν ἑρπετῶν τῶν ἑρπόντων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, κατ' εἰκόνα θεοῦ ἐποίησεν αὐτόν, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς. καὶ εὐλόγησεν αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς λέγων· Αὐξάνεσθε καὶ πληθύνεσθε, καὶ πληρώσατε τὴν γῆν, καὶ κατακυριεύσατε αὐτῆς, καὶ ἄρχετε τῶν ἰχθύων τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ τῶν πετεινῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ πάντων τῶν κτηνῶν καὶ πάσης τῆς γῆς καὶ πάντων τῶν ἑρπετῶν τῶν ἑρπόντων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.

And God said, Behold I have given you every herb bearing seed, which is upon the face of all the earth, and every tree in the which is the fruit of a tree yielding seed; to you it shall be for meat, and to all the beasts of the earth, and to all the fowls of heaven, and to every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth, which has in it the breath of life; every green herb for meat: and it was so. And God saw everything that He had made, and, behold, it was very good. And the evening and the morning were the sixth day. And the heaven and the earth were finished, and all the host of them. And on the sixth day God finished His works which He made, and rested on the seventh day from all His works which He made. And God blessed the seventh day, and sanctified it; because in it He rested from all His works which God began to create.”

καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεός· Ἰδοὺ δέδωκα ὑμῖν πᾶν χόρτον σπόριμον σπεῖρον σπέρμα, ὅ ἐστιν ἐπάνω πάσης τῆς γῆς καὶ πᾶν ξύλον, ὃ ἔχει ἐν αὐτῷ καρπὸν σπέρματος σπορίμου, ὑμῖν ἔσται εἰς βρῶσιν, καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς θηρίοις τῆς γῆς καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς πετεινοῖς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ παντὶ ἑρπετῷ ἕρποντι ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὃ ἔχει ἐν αὐτῷ πνοὴν ζωῆς, πάντα χόρτον χλωρὸν εἰς βρῶσιν. καὶ ἐγένετο οὕτως. καὶ ἴδεν ὁ θεὸς πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησεν, καὶ ἰδοὺ καλὰ λίαν. καὶ ἐγένετο ἑσπέρα καὶ ἐγένετο πρωΐ, ἡμέρα ἕκτη. καὶ συνετελέσθησαν ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ καὶ πᾶς ὁ κόσμος αὐτῶν. καὶ συνετέλεσεν ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἕκτῃ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ ἃ ἐποίησεν, καὶ κατέπαυσεν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ ὧν ἐποίησεν. καὶ εὐλόγησεν ὁ θεὸς τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἑβδόμην, καὶ ἡγίασεν αὐτήν, ὅτι ἐν αὐτῇ κατέπαυσεν ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ ὧν ἤρξατο ὁ θεὸς ποιῆσαι.”

chap. xii.—the glory of the six days’ work

 

12. Of this six days’ work no man can give a worthy explanation and description of all its parts, not though he had ten thousand tongues and ten thousand mouths; nay, though he were to live ten thousand years, sojourning in this life, not even so could he utter anything worthy of these things, on account of the exceeding greatness and riches of the wisdom of God which there is in the six days’ work above narrated.

12. Τῆς μὲν οὖν ἑξαημέρου οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων δυνατὸς κατ' ἀξίαν τὴν ἐξήγησιν καὶ τὴν οἰκονομίαν πᾶσαν ἐξειπεῖν, οὐδὲ εἰ μυρία στόματα ἔχοι καὶ μυρίας γλώσσας ἀλλ' οὐδὲ εἰ μυρίοις ἔτεσιν βιώσει τις ἐπιδημῶν ἐν τῷδε τῷ βίῳ, οὐδὲ οὕτως ἔσται ἱκανὸς πρὸς ταῦτα ἀξίως τι εἰπεῖν, διὰ τὸ <ὑπερβάλλον μέγεθος> καὶ <τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς σοφίας τοῦ θεοῦ> τῆς οὔσης ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ προγεγραμμένῃ ἑξαημέρῳ.

Many writers indeed have imitated [the narration], and essayed to give an explanation of these things; yet, though they thence derived some suggestions, both concerning the creation of the world and the nature of man, they have emitted no slightest spark of truth. And the utterances of the philosophers, and writers, and poets have an appearance of trustworthiness, on account of the beauty of their diction; but their discourse is proved to be foolish and idle, because the multitude of their nonsensical frivolities is very great; and not a stray morsel of truth is found in them. For even if any truth seems to have been uttered by them, it has a mixture of error. And as a deleterious drug, when mixed with honey or wine, or some other thing, makes the whole [mixture] hurtful and profitless; so also eloquence is in their case found to be labour in vain; yea, rather an injurious thing to those who credit it. Moreover, [they spoke] concerning the seventh day, which all men acknowledge; but the most know not that what among the Hebrews is called the “Sabbath,” is translated into Greek the “Seventh” (ἐβδομάς), a name which is adopted by every nation, although they know not the reason of the appellation.

Πολλοὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν συγγραφέων ἐμιμήσαντο καὶ ἠθέλησαν περὶ τούτων διήγησιν ποιήσασθαι, καίτοι λαβόντες ἐντεῦθεν τὰς ἀφορμάς, ἤτοι περὶ κόσμου κτίσεως ἢ περὶ φύσεως ἀνθρώπου, καὶ οὐδὲ τὸ τυχὸν ἔναυσμα ἄξιόν τι τῆς ἀληθείας ἐξεῖπον. δοκεῖ δὲ τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν φιλοσόφων ἢ συγγραφέων καὶ ποιητῶν εἰρημένα ἀξιόπιστα μὲν εἶναι, παρὰ τὸ φράσει κεκαλλιωπίσθαι· μωρὸς δὲ καὶ κενὸς ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν δείκνυται, ὅτι πολλὴ μὲν πληθὺς τῆς φλυαρίας αὐτῶν ἐστιν, τὸ τυχὸν δὲ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν αὐτοῖς οὐχ εὑρίσκεται. καὶ γὰρ εἴ τι δοκεῖ ἀληθὲς δι' αὐτῶν ἐκπεφωνῆσθαι, σύγκρασιν ἔχει τῇ πλάνῃ. καθάπερ φάρμακόν τι δηλητήριον συγκραθὲν μέλιτι ἢ οἴνῳ ἢ ἑτέρῳ τινὶ τὸ πᾶν ποιεῖ βλαβερὸν καὶ ἄχρηστον, οὕτως καὶ ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς πολυλογία εὑρίσκεται ματαιοπονία καὶ βλάβη μᾶλλον τοῖς πειθομένοις αὐτῇ. ἔτι μὴν καὶ περὶ τῆς ἑβδόμης ἡμέρας, ἣν πάντες μὲν ἄνθρωποι ὀνομάζουσιν, οἱ δὲ πλείους ἀγνοοῦσιν· ὅτι παρ' Ἑβραίοις ὃ καλεῖται σάββατον ἑλληνιστὶ ἑρμηνεύεται ἑβδομάς, ἥτις εἰς πᾶν γένος ἀνθρώπων ὀνομάζεται μέν, δι' ἣν δὲ αἰτίαν καλοῦσιν αὐτὴν οὐκ ἐπίστανται.

And as for what the poet Hesiod says of Erebus being produced from chaos, as well as the earth and love which lords it over his [Hesiod’s] gods and men, his dictum is shown to be idle and frigid, and quite foreign to the truth. For it is not meet that God be conquered by pleasure; since even men of temperance abstain from all base pleasure and wicked lust.

Τὸ δὲ εἰπεῖν Ἡσίοδον τὸν ποιητὴν ἐκ Χάους γεγενῆσθαι Ἔρεβος καὶ τὴν Γῆν καὶ Ἔρωτα κυριεύοντα τῶν κατ' αὐτόν τε θεῶν καὶ ἀνθρώπων, μάταιον καὶ ψυχρὸν τὸ ῥῆμα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀλλότριον πάσης ἀληθείας δείκνυται· θεὸν γὰρ οὐ χρὴ ὑφ' ἡδονῆς νικᾶσθαι, ὅπου γε καὶ οἱ σώφρονες ἄνθρωποι ἀπέχονται πάσης αἰσχρᾶς ἡδονῆς καὶ ἐπιθυμίας κακῆς.

chap. xiii.—remarks on the creation of the world

 

13. Moreover, his [Hesiod’s] human, and mean, and very weak conception, so far as regards God, is discovered in his beginning to relate the creation of all things from the earthly things here below. For man, being below, begins to build from the earth, and cannot in order make the roof, unless he has first laid the foundation. But the power of God is shown in this, that, first of all, He creates out of nothing, according to His will, the things that are made. “For the things which are impossible with men are possible with God.”1 Wherefore, also, the prophet mentioned that the creation of the heavens first of all took place, as a kind of roof, saying: “At the first God created the heavens”—that is, that by means of the “first” principle the heavens were made, as we have already shown.

13. Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἐκ τῶν ἐπιγείων κάτωθεν ἄρξασθαι λέγειν τὴν ποίησιν τῶν γεγενημένων ἀνθρώπινον καὶ ταπεινὸν καὶ πάνυ ἀσθενὲς τὸ ἐννόημα αὐτοῦ ὡς πρὸς θεόν ἐστιν. ἄνθρωπος γὰρ κάτω ὢν ἄρχεται ἐκ τῆς γῆς οἰκοδομεῖν, καὶ οὐ πρὸς τάξιν δύναται καὶ τὴν ὀροφὴν ποιῆσαι ἐὰν μὴ τὸν θεμέλιον ὑπόθηται. θεοῦ δὲ τὸ δυνατὸν ἐν τούτῳ δείκνυται ἵνα πρῶτον μὲν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ποιῇ τὰ γινόμενα, καὶ ὡς βούλεται. <τὰ> γὰρ <παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἀδύνατα δυνατά ἐστιν παρὰ θεῷ>. διὸ καὶ ὁ προφήτης πρῶτον εἴρηκεν τὴν ποίησιν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ γεγενῆσθαι τρόπον ἐπέχοντα ὀροφῆς, λέγων· “Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανόν”, τουτέστιν διὰ τῆς ἀρχῆς γεγενῆσθαι τὸν οὐρανόν, καθὼς ἔφθημεν δεδηλωκέναι.

And by “earth” he means the ground and foundation, as by “the deep” he means the multitude of waters; and “darkness” he speaks of, on account of the heaven which God made covering the waters and the earth like a lid. And by the Spirit which is borne above the waters,  he means that which God gave for animating the creation, as he gave life to man,1 mixing what is fine with what is fine. For the Spirit is fine, and the water is fine, that the Spirit may nourish the water, and the water penetrating everywhere along with the Spirit, may nourish creation. For the Spirit being one, and holding the place of light,2 was between the water and the heaven, in order that the darkness might not in any way communicate with the heaven, which was nearer God, before God said,

Γῆν δὲ λέγει δυνάμει ἔδαφος καὶ θεμέλιον, ἄβυσσον δὲ τὴν πληθὺν τῶν ὑδάτων, καὶ σκότος διὰ τὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν γεγονότα ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐσκεπακέναι καθαπερεὶ πῶμα τὰ ὕδατα σὺν τῇ γῇ, πνεῦμα δὲ τὸ ἐπιφερόμενον ἐπάνω τοῦ ὕδατος ὃ ἔδωκεν ὁ θεὸς εἰς ζωογόνησιν τῇ κτίσει, καθάπερ ἀνθρώπῳ ψυχήν, τῷ λεπτῷ τὸ λεπτὸν συγκεράσας (τὸ γὰρ πνεῦμα λεπτὸν καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ λεπτόν), ὅπως τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα τρέφῃ τὸ ὕδωρ, τὸ δὲ ὕδωρ σὺν τῷ πνεύματι τρέφῃ τὴν κτίσιν διϊκνούμενον πανταχόσε. ἓν μὲν τὸ πνεῦμα φωτὸς τόπον ἐπέχον ἐμεσίτευεν τοῦ ὕδατος καὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἵνα τρόπῳ τινὶ μὴ κοινωνῇ τὸ σκότος τῷ οὐρανῷ ἐγγυτέρῳ ὄντι τοῦ θεοῦ, πρὸ τοῦ εἰπεῖν τὸν θεόν·

“Let there be light.” The heaven, therefore, being like a dome-shaped covering, comprehended matter which was like a clod. And so another prophet, Isaiah by name, spoke in these words: “It is God who made the heavens as a vault, and stretched them as a tent to dwell in.”3

“Γενηθήτω φῶς.” ὥσπερ οὖν καμάρα ὁ οὐρανὸς ὢν συνεῖχε τὴν ὕλην βώλῳ ἐοικυῖαν. καὶ γὰρ εἴρηκεν περὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἕτερος προφήτης ὀνόματι Ἠσαΐας, λέγων· “Θεὸς οὗτος ὁ ποιήσας τὸν οὐρανὸν ὡς καμάραν καὶ διατείνας ὡς σκηνὴν κατοικεῖσθαι.”

The command, then, of God, that is, His Word, shining as a lamp in an enclosed chamber, lit up all that was under heaven, when He had made light apart from the world.4 And the light God called Day, and the darkness Night. Since man would not have been able to call the light Day, or the darkness Night, nor, indeed, to have given names to the other things, had not he received the nomenclature from God, who made the things themselves.

Ἡ διάταξις οὖν τοῦ θεοῦ, τοῦτό ἐστιν ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ, φαίνων ὥσπερ λύχνος ἐν οἰκήματι συνεχομένῳ, ἐφώτισεν τὴν ὑπ' οὐρανόν, χωρὶς μὲν τοῦ κόσμου ποιήσας. καὶ τὸ μὲν φῶς ὁ θεὸς ἐκάλεσεν ἡμέραν, τὸ δὲ σκότος νύκτα· ἐπεί τοί γε ἄνθρωπος οὐκ ἂν ᾔδει καλεῖν τὸ φῶς ἡμέραν ἢ τὸ σκότος νύκτα, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ μὲν τὰ λοιπά, εἰ μὴ τὴν ὀνομασίαν εἰλήφει ἀπὸ τοῦ ποιήσαντος αὐτὰ θεοῦ.

 In the very beginning, therefore, of the history and genesis of the world, the holy Scripture spoke not concerning this firmament [which we see], but concerning another heaven, which is to us invisible, after which this heaven which we see has been called “firmament,” and to which half the water was taken up that it might serve for rains, and showers, and dews to mankind. And half the water was left on earth for rivers, and fountains, and seas. The water, then, covering all the earth, and specially its hollow places, God, through His Word, next caused the waters to be collected into one collection, and the dry land to become visible, which formerly had been invisible. The earth thus becoming visible, was yet without form. God therefore formed and adorned it5 with all kinds of herbs, and seeds and plants.

Τῇ μὲν οὖν πρώτῃ ὑποθέσει τῆς ἱστορίας, καὶ γενέσεως τοῦ κόσμου, εἴρηκεν ἡ ἁγία γραφὴ οὐ περὶ τούτου τοῦ στερεώματος ἀλλὰ περὶ ἑτέρου οὐρανοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου ἡμῖν ὄντος, μεθ' ὃν οὗτος ὁ ὁρατὸς ἡμῖν οὐρανὸς κέκληται στερέωμα, ἐφ' ᾧ ἀνείληπται τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ ὕδατος, ὅπως ᾖ τῇ ἀνθρωπότητι εἰς ὑετοὺς καὶ ὄμβρους καὶ δρόσους. τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ ὕδατος ὑπελείφθη ἐν τῇ γῇ εἰς ποτάμους καὶ πηγὰς καὶ θαλάσσας. ἔτι οὖν συνέχοντος τοῦ ὕδατος τὴν γῆν, μάλιστα κοίλους τόπους, ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτοῦ τὸ ὕδωρ συναχθῆναι εἰς συναγωγὴν μίαν, καὶ ὁρατὴν γενηθῆναι τὴν ξηράν, πρότερον γεγονυῖαν αὐτὴν ἀόρατον. ὁρατὴ οὖν ἡ γῆ γενομένη ἔτι ὑπῆρχεν ἀκατασκεύαστος. κατεσκεύασεν οὖν αὐτὴν καὶ κατεκόσμησεν ὁ θεὸς διὰ παντοδαπῶν χλοῶν καὶ σπερμάτων καὶ φυτῶν.

chap. xiv.—the world compared to the sea

 

14. Consider, further, their variety, and diverse beauty, and multitude, and how through them resurrection is exhibited, for a pattern of the resurrection of all men which is to be. For who that considers it will not marvel that a fig-tree is produced from a fig-seed, or that very huge trees grow from the other very little seeds?

14. Σκόπει τὸ λοιπὸν τὴν ἐν τούτοις ποικιλίαν καὶ διάφορον καλλονὴν καὶ πληθύν, καὶ ὅτι δι' αὐτῶν δείκνυται ἡ ἀνάστασις, εἰς δεῖγμα τῆς μελλούσης ἔσεσθαι ἀναστάσεως ἁπάντων ἀνθρώπων. τίς γὰρ κατανοήσας οὐ θαυμάσει ἐκ συκῆς κεγχραμίδος γίνεσθαι συκῆν, ἢ τῶν λοιπῶν σπερμάτων ἐλαχίστων φύειν παμμεγέθη δένδρα;

And we say that the world resembles the sea. For as the sea, if it had not had the influx and supply of the rivers and fountains to nourish it, would long since have been parched by reason of its saltness; so also the world, if it had not had the law of God and the prophets flowing and welling up sweetness, and compassion, and righteousness, and the doctrine of the holy commandments of God, would long ere now have come to ruin, by reason of the wickedness and sin which abound in it.

Τὸν δὲ κόσμον ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἡμῖν λέγομεν εἶναι τῆς θαλάσσης. ὥσπερ γὰρ θάλασσα, εἰ μὴ εἶχεν τὴν τῶν ποταμῶν καὶ πηγῶν ἐπίρρυσιν καὶ ἐπιχορηγίαν εἰς τροφήν, διὰ τὴν ἁλμυρότητα αὐτῆς πάλαι ἂν ἐκπεφρυγμένη ἦν, οὕτως καὶ ὁ κόσμος, εἰ μὴ ἐσχήκει τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ νόμον καὶ τοὺς προφήτας ῥέοντας καὶ πηγάζοντας τὴν γλυκύτητα καὶ εὐσπλαγχνίαν καὶ δικαιοσύνην καὶ διδαχὴν τῶν ἁγίων ἐντολῶν τοῦ θεοῦ, διὰ τὴν κακίαν καὶ ἁμαρτίαν τὴν πληθύουσαν ἐν αὐτῷ ἤδη ἂν ἐκλελοίπει.

And as in the sea there are islands, some of them habitable, and well-watered, and fruitful, with havens and harbours in which the storm-tossed may find refuge,—so God has given to the world which is driven and tempest-tossed by sins, assemblies6—we mean holy churches7—in which survive the doctrines of the truth, as in the island-harbours of good anchorage; and into these run those who desire to be saved, being lovers of the truth, and wishing to escape the wrath and judgment of God. And as, again, there are other islands, rocky and without water, and barren, and infested by wild beasts, and uninhabitable, and serving only to injure navigators and the storm-tossed, on which ships are wrecked, and those driven among them perish,—so there are doctrines of error—I mean heresies8word of truth; but as pirates, when they have filled their vessels,9 drive them on the fore-mentioned places, that they may spoil them: so also it happens in the case of those who err from the truth, that they are all totally ruined by their error.

Καὶ καθάπερ ἐν θαλάσσῃ νῆσοί εἰσιν αἱ μὲν οἰκηταὶ καὶ ἔνυδροι καὶ καρποφόροι, ἔχουσαι ὅρμους καὶ λιμένας πρὸς τὸ τοὺς χειμαζομένους ἔχειν ἐν αὐτοῖς καταφυγάς, οὕτως δέδωκεν ὁ θεὸς τῷ κόσμῳ κυμαινομένῳ καὶ χειμαζομένῳ ὑπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων τὰς συναγωγάς, λεγομένας δὲ ἐκκλησίας ἁγίας, ἐν αἷς καθάπερ λιμέσιν εὐόρμοις ἐν νήσοις αἱ διδασκαλίαι τῆς ἀληθείας εἰσίν, πρὸς ἃς καταφεύγουσιν οἱ θέλοντες σώζεσθαι, ἐρασταὶ γινόμενοι τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ βουλόμενοι ἐκφυγεῖν τὴν ὀργὴν καὶ κρίσιν τοῦ θεοῦ. καὶ ὥσπερ αὖ νῆσοί εἰσιν ἕτεραι πετρώδεις καὶ ἄνυδροι καὶ ἄκαρποι καὶ θηριώδεις καὶ ἀοίκητοι ἐπὶ βλάβῃ τῶν πλεόντων καὶ χειμαζομένων, ἐν αἷς περιπείρεται τὰ πλοῖα καὶ ἐξαπόλλυνται ἐν αὐταῖς οἱ κατερχόμενοι, οὕτως εἰσὶν αἱ διδασκαλίαι τῆς πλάνης, λέγω δὲ τῶν αἱρέσεων, αἳ ἐξαπολλύουσιν τοὺς προσιόντας αὐταῖς. οὐ γὰρ ὁδηγοῦνται ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ἀληθείας, ἀλλὰ καθάπερ πειρᾶται, ἐπὰν πληρώσωσιν τὰς ναῦς, ἐπὶ τοὺς προειρημένους τόπους περιπείρουσιν ὅπως ἐξαπολέσωσιν αὐτάς, οὕτως συμβαίνει καὶ τοῖς πλανωμένοις ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐξαπόλλυσθαι ὑπὸ τῆς πλάνης.

chap. xv.—of the fourth day

 

15. On the fourth day the luminaries were made; because God, who possesses foreknowledge, knew the follies of the vain philosophers, that they were going to say, that the things which grow on the earth are produced from the heavenly bodies, so as to exclude God. In order, therefore, that the truth might be obvious, the plants and seeds were produced prior to the heavenly bodies, for what is posterior cannot produce that which is prior. And these contain the pattern and type of a great mystery. For the sun is a type of God, and the moon of man. And as the sun far surpasses the moon in power and glory, so far does God surpass man. And as the sun remains ever full, never becoming less, so does God always abide perfect, being full of all power, and understanding, and wisdom, and immortality, and all good. But the moon wanes monthly, and in a manner dies, being a type of man; then it is born again, and is crescent, for a pattern of the future resurrection.

15. Τετάρτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγένοντο οἱ φωστῆρες. ἐπειδὴ ὁ θεὸς προγνώστης ὢν ἠπίστατο τὰς φλυαρίας τῶν ματαίων φιλοσόφων, ὅτι ἤμελλον λέγειν ἀπὸ τῶν στοιχείων εἶναι τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς φυόμενα, πρὸς τὸ ἀθετεῖν τὸν θεόν· ἵν' οὖν τὸ ἀληθὲς δειχθῇ, προγενέστερα γέγονεν τὰ φυτὰ καὶ τὰ σπέρματα τῶν στοιχείων· τὰ γὰρ μεταγενέστερα οὐ δύναται ποιεῖν τὰ αὐτῶν προγενέστερα. ταῦτα δὲ δεῖγμα καὶ τύπον ἐπέχει μεγάλου μυστηρίου. ὁ γὰρ ἥλιος ἐν τύπῳ θεοῦ ἐστιν, ἡ δὲ σελήνη ἀνθρώπου. καὶ ὥσπερ ὁ ἥλιος πολὺ διαφέρει τῆς σελήνης δυνάμει καὶ δόξῃ, οὕτως πολὺ διαφέρει ὁ θεὸς τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος καὶ καθάπερ ὁ ἥλιος πλήρης πάντοτε διαμένει μὴ ἐλάσσων γινόμενος, οὕτως πάντοτε ὁ θεὸς τέλειος διαμένει, πλήρης ὢν πάσης δυνάμεως καὶ συνέσεως καὶ σοφίας καὶ ἀθανασίας καὶ πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν· ἡ δὲ σελήνη κατὰ μῆνα φθίνει καὶ δυνάμει ἀποθνήσκει, ἐν τύπῳ οὖσα ἀνθρώπου, ἔπειτα ἀναγεννᾶται καὶ αὔξει εἰς δεῖγμα τῆς μελλούσης ἔσεσθαι ἀναστάσεως.

In like manner also the  three days which were before the luminaries,1 are types of the Trinity,2 of God, and His Word, and His wisdom.3 And the fourth is the type of man, who needs light, that so there may be God, the Word, wisdom, man. Wherefore also on the fourth day the lights were made.

Ὡσαύτως καὶ αἱ τρεῖς ἡμέραι πρὸ τῶν φωστήρων γεγονυῖαι τύποι εἰσὶν τῆς τριάδος, τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ λόγου αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς σοφίας αὐτοῦ. τετάρτῳ δὲ τόπῳ ἐστὶν ἄνθρωπος ὁ προσδεὴς τοῦ φωτός, ἵνα ᾖ θεός, λόγος, σοφία, ἄνθρωπος. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τετάρτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγενήθησαν φωστῆρες.

The disposition of the stars, too, contains a type of the arrangement and order of the righteous and pious, and of those who keep the law and commandments of God. For the brilliant and bright stars are an imitation of the prophets, and therefore they remain fixed, not declining, nor passing from place to place. And those which hold the second place in brightness, are types of the people of the righteous. And those, again, which change their position, and flee from place to place, which also are called planets,4 they too are a type of the men who have wandered from God, abandoning His law and commandments.

Ἡ δὲ τῶν ἄστρων θέσις οἰκονομίαν καὶ τάξιν ἔχει τῶν δικαίων καὶ εὐσεβῶν καὶ τηρούντων τὸν νόμον καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ θεοῦ. οἱ γὰρ ἐπιφανεῖς ἀστέρες καὶ λαμπροί εἰσιν εἰς μίμησιν τῶν προφητῶν· διὰ τοῦτο καὶ μένουσιν ἀκλινεῖς, μὴ μεταβαίνοντες τόπον ἐκ τόπου. οἱ δὲ ἑτέραν ἔχοντες τάξιν τῆς λαμπρότητος τύποι εἰσὶν τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν δικαίων. οἱ δ' αὖ μεταβαίνοντες καὶ φεύγοντες τόπον ἐκ τόπου, οἱ καὶ πλάνητες καλούμενοι, καὶ αὐτοὶ τύπος τυγχάνουσιν τῶν ἀφισταμένων ἀνθρώπων ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, καταλιπόντων τὸν νόμον καὶ τὰ προστάγματα αὐτοῦ.

chap. xvi.— of the fifth day

 

16. On the fifth day the living creatures which proceed from the waters were produced, through which also is revealed the manifold wisdom of God in these things; for who could count their multitude and very various kinds? Moreover, the things proceeding from the waters were blessed by God, that this also might be a sign of men’s being destined to receive repentance and remission of sins, through the water and laver of regeneration,—as many as come to the truth, and are born again, and receive blessing from God.

16. Τῇ δὲ πέμπτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τὰ ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων ἐγενήθη ζῶα, δι' ὧν καὶ ἐν τούτοις δείκνυται <ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία τοῦ θεοῦ>. τίς γὰρ δύναιτ' ἂν τὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς πληθὺν καὶ γονὴν παμποίκιλον ἐξαριθμῆσαι; ἔτι μὴν καὶ εὐλογήθη ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων γενόμενα, ὅπως ᾖ καὶ τοῦτο εἰς δεῖγμα τοῦ μέλλειν λαμβάνειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους μετάνοιαν καὶ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν διὰ ὕδατος καὶ <λουτροῦ παλιγγενεσίας> πάντας τοὺς προσιόντας τῇ ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀναγεννωμένους καὶ λαμβάνοντας εὐλογίαν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ.

But the monsters of the deep and the birds of prey are a similitude of covetous men and transgressors. For as the fish and the fowls are of one nature,—some indeed abide in their natural state, and do no harm to those weaker than themselves, but keep the law of God, and eat of the seeds of the earth; others of them, again, transgress the law of God, and eat flesh, and injure those weaker than themselves: thus, too, the righteous, keeping the law of God, bite and injure none, but live holily and righteously. But robbers, and murderers, and godless persons are like monsters of the deep, and wild beasts, and birds of prey; for they virtually devour those weaker than themselves.

Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ κήτη καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τὰ σαρκοβόρα ἐν ὁμοιώματι τυγχάνει τῶν πλεονεκτῶν καὶ παραβατῶν. ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκ μιᾶς φύσεως ὄντα τὰ ἔνυδρα καὶ τὰ πετεινά, ἔνια μὲν μένει ἐν τῷ κατὰ φύσιν μὴ ἀδικοῦντα τὰ ἑαυτῶν ἀσθενέστερα, ἀλλὰ τηρεῖ νόμον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν σπερμάτων τῆς γῆς ἐσθίει, ἔνια δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν παραβαίνει τὸν νόμον τοῦ θεοῦ σαρκοβοροῦντα, καὶ ἀδικεῖ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ἀσθενέστερα, οὕτως καὶ οἱ δίκαιοι φυλάσσοντες τὸν νόμον τοῦ θεοῦ οὐδένα δάκνουσιν ἢ ἀδικοῦσιν, ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως ζῶντες, οἱ δὲ ἅρπαγες καὶ φονεῖς καὶ ἄθεοι ἐοίκασιν κήτεσιν καὶ θηρίοις καὶ πετεινοῖς τοῖς σαρκοβόροις· δυνάμει γὰρ καταπίνουσιν τοὺς ἀσθενεστέρους ἑαυτῶν.

The race, then, of fishes and of creeping things, though partaking of God’s blessing, received no very distinguishing property.

Ἡ μὲν οὖν τῶν ἐνύδρων καὶ ἑρπετῶν γονή, μετεσχηκυῖα τῆς εὐλογίας τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐδὲν ἴδιον πάνυ κέκτηται.

chap. xvii.—of the sixth day

 

17. And on the sixth day, God having made the quadrupeds, and wild beasts, and the land reptiles, pronounced no blessing upon them, reserving His blessing for man, whom He was about to create on the sixth day.

17. Ἕκτῃ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ ὁ θεὸς ποιήσας τὰ τετράποδα καὶ τὰ θηρία καὶ ἑρπετὰ τὰ χερσαῖα τὴν πρὸς αὐτὰ εὐλογίαν παρασιωπᾷ, τηρῶν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τὴν εὐλογίαν, ὃν ἤμελλεν ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ποιεῖν.

The quadrupeds, too, and wild beasts, were made for a type of some men, who neither know nor worship God, but mind earthly things, and repent not. For those who turn from their iniquities and live righteously, in spirit fly upwards like birds, and mind the things that are above, and are well-pleasing to the will of God. But those who do not know nor worship God, are like birds which have wings, but cannot fly nor soar to the high things of God. Thus, too, though such persons are called men, yet being pressed down with sins, they mind grovelling and earthly things.

Ἅμα καὶ εἰς τύπον ἐγένοντο τά τε τετράποδα καὶ θηρία ἐνίων ἀνθρώπων τῶν τὸν θεὸν ἀγνοούντων καὶ ἀσεβούντων καὶ <τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονούντων> καὶ μὴ μετανοούντων. οἱ γὰρ ἐπιστρέφοντες ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνομιῶν καὶ δικαίως ζῶντες ὥσπερ πετεινὰ ἀνίπτανται τῇ ψυχῇ, <τὰ ἄνω φρονοῦντες> καὶ εὐαρεστοῦντες τῷ θελήματι τοῦ θεοῦ. οἱ δὲ τὸν θεὸν ἀγνοοῦντες καὶ ἀσεβοῦντες ὅμοιοί εἰσιν ὀρνέοις τὰ πτερὰ μὲν ἔχουσιν, μὴ δυναμένοις δὲ ἀνίπτασθαι καὶ τὰ ἄνω τρέχειν τῆς θειότητος. οὕτως καὶ οἱ τοιοῦτοι ἄνθρωποι μὲν λέγονται, τὰ δὲ χαμαιφερῆ καὶ <τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦσιν>, καταβαρούμενοι ὑπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν.

And the animals are named wild beasts [θηρία], from their being hunted [θηρεύεσθαι], not as if they had been made evil or venomous from the first—for nothing was made evil by God,5 but all things good, yea, very good,—but the sin in which man was concerned brought evil upon them. For when man transgressed, they also transgressed with him. For as, if the master of the house himself acts rightly, the domestics also of necessity conduct themselves well; but if the master sins, the servants also sin with him; so in like manner it came to pass, that in the case of man’s sin, he being master, all that was subject to him sinned with him. When, therefore, man again shall have made his way back to his natural condition, and no longer does evil, those also shall be restored to their original gentleness.

Θηρία δὲ ὠνόμασται τὰ ζῶα ἀπὸ τοῦ θηρεύεσθαι, οὐχ ὡς κακὰ ἀρχῆθεν γεγενημένα ἢ ἰοβόλα, οὐ γάρ τι κακὸν ἀρχῆθεν γέγονεν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἀλλὰ τὰ πάντα καλὰ καὶ <καλὰ λίαν>, ἡ δὲ ἁμαρτία ἡ περὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον κεκάκωκεν αὐτά· τοῦ γὰρ ἀνθρώπου παραβάντος καὶ αὐτὰ συμπαρέβη. ὥσπερ γὰρ δεσπότης οἰκίας ἐὰν αὐτὸς εὖ πράσσῃ, ἀναγκαίως καὶ οἱ οἰκέται εὐτάκτως ζῶσιν, ἐὰν δὲ ὁ κύριος ἁμαρτάνῃ, καὶ οἱ δοῦλοι συναμαρτάνουσιν, τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ γέγονεν καὶ τὰ περὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον κύριον ὄντα ἁμαρτῆσαι, καὶ τὰ δοῦλα συνήμαρτεν. ὁπόταν οὖν πάλιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἀναδράμῃ εἰς τὸ κατὰ φύσιν μηκέτι κακοποιῶν, κἀκεῖνα ἀποκατασταθήσεται εἰς τὴν ἀρχῆθεν ἡμερότητα.

chap. xviii.—the creation of man

 

But as to what relates to the creation of man, his own creation cannot be explained by man, though it is a succinct account of it which holy Scripture gives. For when God said, “Let Us make man in Our image, after Our likeness,” He first intimates the dignity of man. For God having made all things by His Word, and having reckoned them all mere bye-works, reckons the creation of man to be the only work worthy of His own hands. Moreover, God is found, as if needing help, to say, “Let Us make man in Our image, after Our likeness.” But to no one else than to His own Word and wisdom did He say, “Let Us make.” And when He had made and blessed him, that he might increase and replenish the earth, He put all things under his dominion, and at his service; and He appointed from the first that he should find nutriment from the fruits of the earth, and from seeds, and herbs, and acorns, having at the same time appointed that  the animals be of habits similar tom an’s, that they also might eat of an the seeds of the earth.

18. Τὰ δὲ περὶ τῆς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ποιήσεως, ἀνέκφραστός ἐστιν ὡς πρὸς ἄνθρωπον ἡ κατ' αὐτὸν δημιουργία, καίπερ σύντομον ἔχει ἡ θεία γραφὴ τὴν κατ' αὐτὸν ἐκφώνησιν. ἐν τῷ γὰρ εἰπεῖν τὸν θεόν· “Ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ καθ' ὁμοίωσιν τὴν ἡμετέραν”, πρῶτον μηνύει τὸ ἀξίωμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. πάντα γὰρ λόγῳ ποιήσας ὁ θεὸς καὶ τὰ πάντα πάρεργα ἡγησάμενος μόνον ἰδίων ἔργον χειρῶν ἄξιον ἡγεῖται τὴν ποίησιν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. ἔτι μὴν καὶ ὡς βοηθείας χρῄζων ὁ θεὸς εὑρίσκεται λέγων· “Ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ καθ' ὁμοίωσιν.” οὐκ ἄλλῳ δέ τινι εἴρηκεν· “Ποιήσωμεν”, ἀλλ' ἢ τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λόγῳ καὶ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ σοφίᾳ. ποιήσας δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ εὐλογήσας εἰς τὸ αὐξάνεσθαι καὶ πληρῶσαι τὴν γῆν ὑπέταξεν αὐτῷ ὑποχείρια καὶ ὑπόδουλα τὰ πάντα, προσέταξεν δὲ καὶ ἔχειν τὴν δίαιταν αὐτὸν ἀρχῆθεν ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν τῆς γῆς καὶ τῶν σπερμάτων καὶ χλοῶν καὶ ἀκροδρύων, ἅμα καὶ συνδίαιτα κελεύσας εἶναι τὰ ζῶα τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ εἰς τὸ καὶ αὐτὰ ἐσθίειν ἀπὸ τῶν σπερμάτων ἁπάντων τῆς γῆς.

chap. xix.—man is placed in paradise

 

God having thus completed the heavens, and the earth, and the sea, and all that are in them, on the sixth day, rested on the seventh day from all His works which He made. Then holy Scripture gives a summary in these words: “This is the book of the generation of the heavens and the earth, when they were created, in the day that the Lord made the heavens and the earth, and every green thing of the field, before it was made, and every herb of the field before it grew. For God had not caused it to rain upon the earth, and there was not a man to till the ground.”1 By this He signifies to us, that the whole earth was at that time watered by a divine fountain, and had no need that man should till it; but the earth produced all things spontaneously by the command of God, that man might not be wearied by tilling it.

19. Οὕτως συντελέσας ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ ἡμέρᾳ κατέπαυσεν ἐν τῇ ἑβδόμῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ ὧν ἐποίησεν. εἶθ' οὕτως ἀνακεφαλαιοῦται λέγουσα ἡ ἁγία γραφή· “Αὕτη βίβλος γενέσεως οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς, ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ πᾶν χλωρὸν ἀγροῦ πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι, καὶ πάντα χόρτον ἀγροῦ πρὸ τοῦ ἀνατεῖλαι· οὐ γὰρ ἔβρεξεν ὁ θεὸς ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἄνθρωπος οὐκ ἦν ἐργάζεσθαι τὴν γῆν.” διὰ τούτου ἐμήνυσεν ἡμῖν ὅτι καὶ ἡ γῆ πᾶσα κατ' ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ ἐποτίζετο ὑπὸ πηγῆς θείας, καὶ οὐκ εἶχεν χρείαν ἐργάζεσθαι αὐτὴν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὰ πάντα αὐτοματισμῷ ἀνέφυεν ἡ γῆ κατὰ τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ, πρὸς τὸ μὴ κοπιᾶν ἐργαζόμενον τὸν ἄνθρωπον.

But that the creation of man might be made plain, so that there should not seem to be an insoluble problem existing among men, since God had said, “Let Us make man; ”and since His creation was not yet plainly related, Scripture teaches us, saying: “And a fountain went up out of the earth, and watered the face of the whole earth; and God made man of the dust of the earth, and breathed into his face the breath of life, and man became a living soul.”2 Whence also by most persons the soul is called immortal.3 And after the formation of man, God chose out for him a region among the places of the East, excellent for light, brilliant with a very bright atmosphere, [abundant] in the finest plants; and in this He placed man.

Ὅπως δὲ καὶ ἡ πλάσις δειχθῇ, πρὸς τὸ μὴ δοκεῖν εἶναι ζήτημα ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἀνεύρετον, ἐπειδὴ εἴρητο ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ· “Ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον” καὶ οὔπω ἡ πλάσις αὐτοῦ πεφανέρωται, διδάσκει ἡμᾶς ἡ γραφὴ λέγουσα· “Πηγὴ δὲ ἀνέβαινεν ἐκ τῆς γῆς καὶ ἐπότιζεν πᾶν τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἔπλασεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον χοῦν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐνεφύσησεν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ πνοὴν ζωῆς, καὶ ἐγένετο ὁ ἄνθρωπος εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν.” ὅθεν καὶ ἀθάνατος ἡ ψυχὴ ὠνόμασται παρὰ τοῖς πλείοσι. μετὰ δὲ τὸ πλάσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὁ θεὸς ἐξελέξατο αὐτῷ χωρίον ἐν τοῖς τόποις τοῖς ἀνατολικοῖς, διάφορον φωτί, διαυγὲς ἀέρι λαμπροτέρῳ, φυτοῖς παγκάλοις, ἐν ᾧ ἔθετο τὸν ἄνθρωπον.

chap. xx.—the scriptural account of paradise

 

Scripture thus relates the words of the sacred history:

20. Τὰ δὲ ῥητὰ τῆς ἱστορίας τῆς ἱερᾶς ἡ γραφὴ οὕτως περιέχει·

 “And God planted Paradise, eastward, in Eden; and there He put the man whom He had formed. And out of the ground made God to grow every tree that is pleasant to the sight, and good for food; the tree of life also in the midst of Paradise, and the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. And a river flows out of Eden, to water the garden; thence it is parted into four heads. The name of the first is Pison: that is it which compasseth the whole land of Havilah, where there is gold; and the gold of that land is good, and there is bdellium and the onyx stone. And the name of the second river is Gihon: the same is it that compasseth the whole land of Ethiopia. And the third river is Tigris: this is it which goeth toward Syria. And the fourth river is Euphrates. And the Lord God took the man whom He had made, and put him in the garden, to till and to keep it. And God commanded Adam, saying, Of every tree that is in the garden thou mayest freely eat; but of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, ye shall not eat of it; for in the day ye eat of it ye shall surely die. And the Lord God said, It is not good that the man should be alone; let Us make him an helpmeet for him. And out of the ground God formed all the beasts of the field, and all the fowls of heaven, and brought them to Adam. And whatsoever Adam called every living creature, that was the name thereof. And Adam gave names to all cattle, and to the fowls of the air, and to all the beasts of the field. But for Adam there was not found an helpmeet for him. And God caused an ecstasy to fall upon Adam, and he slept; and He took one of his ribs, and closed up the flesh instead thereof. And the rib, which the Lord God had taken from man, made He a woman, and brought her unto Adam. And Adam said, This is now bone of my bones, and flesh of my flesh; she shall be called Woman, because she was taken out of man. Therefore shall a man leave his father and his mother, and shall cleave unto his wife, and they two shall be one flesh. And they were both naked, Adam and his wife, and were not ashamed.

”Καὶ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν παράδεισον ἐν Ἐδὲμ κατὰ ἀνατολὰς καὶ ἔθετο ἐκεῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὃν ἔπλασεν. καὶ ἐξανέτειλεν ὁ θεὸς <ἔτι> ἐκ τῆς γῆς πᾶν ξύλον, ὡραῖον εἰς ὅρασιν καὶ καλὸν εἰς βρῶσιν, καὶ τὸ ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ παραδείσου καὶ τὸ ξύλον τοῦ εἰδέναι γνωστὸν καλοῦ καὶ πονηροῦ. ποταμὸς δὲ ἐκπορεύεται ἐξ Ἐδὲμ ποτίζειν τὸν παράδεισον· ἐκεῖθεν ἀφορίζεται εἰς τέσσαρας ἀρχάς. ὄνομα τῷ ἑνὶ Φεισών· οὗτος ὁ κυκλῶν πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν Εὐιλάτ· ἐκεῖ οὖν ἐστιν τὸ χρυσίον. τὸ δὲ χρυσίον τῆς γῆς ἐκείνης καλὸν κἀκεῖ ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθραξ καὶ ὁ λίθος ὁ πράσινος. καὶ ὄνομα τῷ ποταμῷ τῷ δευτέρῳ Γεών· οὗτος κυκλοῖ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν Αἰθιοπίας. καὶ ὁ ποταμὸς ὁ τρίτος Τίγρις· οὗτος ὁ πορευόμενος κατέναντι Ἀσσυρίων. ὁ δὲ ποταμὸς ὁ τέταρτος Εὐφράτης. καὶ ἔλαβεν κύριος ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὃν ἔπλασεν, καὶ ἔθετο αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ ἐργάζεσθαι αὐτὸν καὶ φυλάσσειν. καὶ ἐνετείλατο ὁ θεὸς τῷ Ἀδάμ, λέγων· Ἀπὸ παντὸς ξύλου τοῦ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ βρώσει φαγεῖ· ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ξύλου τοῦ γινώσκειν καλὸν καὶ πονηρὸν οὐ φάγεσθε ἀπ' αὐτοῦ· ᾗ δ' ἂν ἡμέρᾳ φάγησθε ἀπ' αὐτοῦ θανάτῳ ἀποθανεῖσθε. καὶ εἶπεν κύριος ὁ θεός· Οὐ καλὸν εἶναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον μόνον· ποιήσωμεν αὐτῷ βοηθὸν κατ' αὐτόν. καὶ ἔπλασεν ὁ θεὸς ἔτι ἐκ τῆς γῆς πάντα τὰ θηρία τοῦ ἀγροῦ καὶ πάντα τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ἤγαγεν αὐτὰ πρὸς τὸν Ἀδάμ. καὶ πᾶν ὃ ἂν ἐκάλεσεν αὐτὰ Ἀδάμ, ψυχὴν ζῶσαν, τοῦτο ὄνομα αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἐκάλεσεν Ἀδὰμ ὀνόματα πᾶσι τοῖς κτήνεσιν καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς πετεινοῖς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς θηρίοις τοῦ ἀγροῦ· τῷ δὲ Ἀδὰμ οὐχ εὑρέθη βοηθὸς ὅμοιος αὐτῷ. καὶ ἐπέβαλεν ὁ θεὸς ἔκστασιν ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀδὰμ καὶ ὕπνωσιν καὶ ἔλαβεν μίαν τῶν πλευρῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀνεπλήρωσεν σάρκα ἀντ' αὐτῆς. καὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν κύριος ὁ θεὸς τὴν πλευράν, ἣν ἔλαβεν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀδάμ, εἰς γυναῖκα, καὶ ἤγαγεν αὐτὴν πρὸς τὸν Ἀδάμ. καὶ εἶπεν Ἀδάμ· Τοῦτο νῦν ὀστοῦν ἐκ τῶν ὀστῶν μου καὶ σὰρξ ἐκ τῆς σαρκός μου· αὕτη κληθήσεται γυνή, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αὐτῆς ἐλήφθη αὐτή. ἕνεκεν τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ προσκολληθήσεται πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν. καὶ ἦσαν οἱ δύο γυμνοί, ὅ τε Ἀδὰμ καὶ ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ᾐσχύνοντο.

chap. xxi.—of the fall of man

 

“Now the serpent was more subtle than any beast of the field which the Lord God had made. And the serpent said to the woman, Why hath God said, Ye shall not eat of every tree of the garden? And the woman said unto the serpent, We eat of every tree of the garden, but of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die. And the serpent Said unto the woman, Ye shall not surely die. For God doth know that in the day ye eat thereof, then your eyes shall be opened, and ye shall be as gods, knowing good and evil. And the woman saw that the tree was good for food, and that it was pleasant to the eyes, and a tree to be desired to make one wise; and having taken of the fruit thereof, she did eat, and gave also unto her husband with her: and they did eat. And the eyes of them both were opened, and they knew that they were naked; and they sewed fig leaves together, and made themselves aprons. And they heard the voice of the Lord God walking  in the garden in the cool of the day, and Adam and his wife hid themselves from the presence of the Lord God amongst the trees of the garden. And the Lord God called unto Adam, and said unto him, Where art thou? And he said unto Him, I heard Thy voice in the garden, and I was afraid, because I was naked, and I hid myself. And He said unto him, Who told thee that thou wast naked, unless thou hast eaten of the tree whereof I commanded thee that thou shouldest not eat? And Adam said, The woman whom Thou gavest to be with me, she gave me of the tree, and I did eat. And God said to the woman, What is this that thou hast done? And the woman said, The serpent beguiled me, and I did eat. And the Lord God said unto the serpent, Because thou hast done this, thou art accursed above all the beasts of the earth; on thy breast and belly shalt thou go, and dust shalt thou eat all the days of thy life: and I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel.1 And to the woman He said, I will greatly multiply thy sorrow and thy travail: in sorrow shalt thou bring forth children; and thy desire shall be to thy husband, and he shall rule over thee. And unto Adam He said, Because thou hast hearkened unto the voice of thy wife, and hast eaten of the tree of which I commanded thee, saying, Thou shalt not eat of it; cursed is the ground in2 thy works: in sorrow shalt thou eat of it all the days of thy life; thorns and thistles shall it bring forth to thee; and thou shalt eat the herb of the field. In the sweat of thy face shalt thou eat thy bread, till thou return unto the earth; for out of it wast thou taken: for dust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou return.”3

21. “Ὁ δὲ ὄφις ἦν φρονιμώτερος πάντων τῶν θηρίων τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὧν ἐποίησεν κύριος ὁ θεός. καὶ εἶπεν ὁ ὄφις τῇ γυναικί· Τί ὅτι εἶπεν ὁ θεός· Οὐ μὴ φάγητε ἀπὸ παντὸς ξύλου τοῦ παραδείσου; καὶ εἶπεν ἡ γυνὴ τῷ ὄφει· Ἀπὸ παντὸς ξύλου τοῦ παραδείσου φαγόμεθα, ἀπὸ δὲ καρποῦ τοῦ ξύλου, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ παραδείσου, εἶπεν ὁ θεός· Οὐ μὴ φάγησθε ἀπ' αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ μὴ ἅψησθε αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ ἀποθάνητε. καὶ εἶπεν ὁ ὄφις τῇ γυναικί· Οὐ θανάτῳ ἀποθανεῖσθε· ᾔδει γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ὅτι ἐν ᾗ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ φάγητε ἀπ' αὐτοῦ διανοιχθήσονται ὑμῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί, καὶ ἔσεσθε ὡς θεοί, γινώσκοντες καλὸν καὶ πονηρόν. καὶ ἴδεν ἡ γυνὴ ὅτι καλὸν τὸ ξύλον εἰς βρῶσιν, καὶ ὅτι ἀρεστὸν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἰδεῖν καὶ ὡραῖόν ἐστιν τοῦ κατανοῆσαι καὶ λαβοῦσα τοῦ καρποῦ αὐτοῦ ἔφαγεν καὶ ἔδωκεν καὶ τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς μεθ' ἑαυτῆς, καὶ ἔφαγον. καὶ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ τῶν δύο καὶ ἔγνωσαν ὅτι γυμνοὶ ἦσαν, καὶ ἔρραψαν φύλλα συκῆς καὶ ἐποίησαν ἑαυτοῖς περιζώματα. καὶ ἤκουσαν τῆς φωνῆς κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ, περιπατοῦντος ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ τὸ δειλινόν, καὶ ἐκρύβησαν ὅ τε Ἀδὰμ καὶ ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ ξύλου τοῦ παραδείσου. καὶ ἐκάλεσεν κύριος ὁ θεὸς τὸν Ἀδὰμ καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Ποῦ εἶ <Ἀδάμ>; καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Τὴν φωνήν σου ἤκουσα ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ, καὶ ἐφοβήθην ὅτι γυμνός εἰμι καὶ ἐκρύβην. καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Τίς ἀνήγγειλέ σοι ὅτι γυμνὸς εἶ, εἰ μὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου, οὗ ἐνετειλάμην σοι τούτου μόνου μὴ φαγεῖν, ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ἔφαγες; καὶ εἶπεν Ἀδάμ· Ἡ γυνή, ἣν ἔδωκάς μοι, αὐτή μοι ἔδωκεν ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου, καὶ ἔφαγον. καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς τῇ γυναικί· Τί τοῦτο ἐποίησας; καὶ εἶπεν ἡ γυνή· Ὁ ὄφις ἠπάτησέν με καὶ ἔφαγον. καὶ εἶπεν κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῷ ὄφει· Ὅτι ἐποίησας τοῦτο, ἐπικατάρατος σὺ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν θηρίων τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἐπὶ τῷ στήθει καὶ τῇ κοιλίᾳ σου πορεύσῃ καὶ γῆν φαγῇ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς σου. καὶ ἔχθραν ποιήσω ἀνὰ μέσον σου καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τῆς γυναικὸς καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ σπέρματός σου καὶ τοῦ σπέρματος αὐτῆς· αὐτός σου τηρήσει τὴν κεφαλήν, καὶ σὺ αὐτοῦ τηρήσεις τὴν πτέρναν. καὶ τῇ γυναικὶ εἶπεν· Πληθύνων πληθυνῶ τὰς λύπας σου καὶ τὸν στεναγμόν σου· ἐν λύπῃ τέξῃ τέκνα, καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα σου ἡ ἀποστροφή σου, καὶ αὐτός σου κυριεύσει. τῷ δὲ Ἀδὰμ εἶπεν· Ὅτι ἤκουσας τῆς φωνῆς τῆς γυναικός σου καὶ ἔφαγες ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου οὗ ἐνετειλάμην σοι μόνου τούτου μὴ φαγεῖν, ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ἔφαγες, ἐπικατάρατος ἡ γῆ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις σου· ἐν λύπῃ φαγῇ αὐτὴν πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς σου, ἀκάνθας καὶ τριβόλους ἀνατελεῖ σοι, καὶ φαγῇ τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ σου. ἐν ἱδρῶτι τοῦ προσώπου σου φαγῇ τὸν ἄρτον σου ἕως τοῦ ἀποστρέψαι σε εἰς τὴν γῆν ἐξ ἧς ἐλήφθης ὅτι γῆ εἶ καὶ εἰς γῆν ἀπελεύσῃ.”

Such is the account given by holy Scripture of the history of man and of Paradise.

Τῆς μὲν οὖν ἱστορίας τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ τοῦ παραδείσου τὰ ῥητὰ τῆς ἁγίας γραφῆς οὕτως περιέχει.

chap. xxii.—why god is said to have walked

 

You will say, then, to me: “You said that God ought not to be contained in a place, and how do you now say that He walked in Paradise?”Hear what I say. The God and Father, indeed, of all cannot be contained, and is not found in a place, for there is no place of His rest; but His Word, through whom He made all things, being His power and His wisdom, assuming the person4 of the Father and Lord of all, went to the garden in the person of God, and conversed with Adam. For the divine writing itself teaches us that Adam said that he had heard the voice. But what else is this voice but the Word of God, who is also His Son? Not as the poets and writers of myths talk of the sons of gods begotten from intercourse [with women], but as truth expounds, the Word, that always exists, residing within the heart of God. For before anything came into being He had Him as a counsellor, being His own mind and thought. But when God wished to make all that He determined on, He begot this Word, uttered,5 the first-born of all creation, not Himself being emptied of the Word [Reason], but having begotten Reason, and always conversing with His Reason. And hence the holy writings teach us, and all the spirit-bearing [inspired] men, one of whom, John, says, “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God,”6 showing that at first God was alone, and the Word in Him. Then he says, “The Word was God; all things came into existence through Him; and apart from Him not one thing came into existence.” The Word, then, being God, and being naturally7 produced from God, whenever the Father of the universe wills, He sends Him to any place; and He, coming, is both heard and seen, being sent by Him, and is found in a place.

22. Ἐρεῖς οὖν μοι· “Σὺ φῂς τὸν θεὸν ἐν τόπῳ μὴ δεῖν χωρεῖσθαι, καὶ πῶς νῦν λέγεις αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ περιπατεῖν;” Ἄκουε ὅ φημι. ὁ μὲν θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τῶν ὅλων ἀχώρητός ἐστιν καὶ ἐν τόπῳ οὐχ εὑρίσκεται· <οὐ> γάρ <ἐστιν τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεως αὐτοῦ>. ὁ δὲ λόγος αὐτοῦ, δι' οὗ τὰ πάντα πεποίηκεν, <δύναμις> ὢν <καὶ σοφία> αὐτοῦ, ἀναλαμβάνων τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ κυρίου τῶν ὅλων, οὗτος παρεγένετο εἰς τὸν παράδεισον ἐν προσώπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ὡμίλει τῷ Ἀδάμ. καὶ γὰρ αὐτὴ ἡ θεία γραφὴ διδάσκει ἡμᾶς τὸν Ἀδὰμ λέγοντα τῆς φωνῆς ἀκηκοέναι. φωνὴ δὲ τί ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἀλλ' ἢ ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν καὶ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ; οὐχ ὡς οἱ ποιηταὶ καὶ μυθογράφοι λέγουσιν υἱοὺς θεῶν ἐκ συνουσίας γεννωμένους, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἀλήθεια διηγεῖται τὸν λόγον τὸν ὄντα διὰ παντὸς ἐνδιάθετον ἐν καρδίᾳ θεοῦ. πρὸ γάρ τι γίνεσθαι τοῦτον εἶχεν σύμβουλον, ἑαυτοῦ νοῦν καὶ φρόνησιν ὄντα. ὁπότε δὲ ἠθέλησεν ὁ θεὸς ποιῆσαι ὅσα ἐβουλεύσατο, τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ἐγέννησεν προφορικόν, <πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως>, οὐ κενωθεὶς αὐτὸς τοῦ λόγου, ἀλλὰ λόγον γεννήσας καὶ τῷ λόγῳ αὐτοῦ διὰ παντὸς ὁμιλῶν. ὅθεν διδάσκουσιν ἡμᾶς αἱ ἅγιαι γραφαὶ καὶ πάντες οἱ πνευματοφόροι, ἐξ ὧν Ἰωάννης λέγει· “Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν·” δεικνὺς ὅτι ἐν πρώτοις μόνος ἦν ὁ θεὸς καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ὁ λόγος. ἔπειτα λέγει· “Καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος· πάντα δι' αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδέν.” θεὸς οὖν ὢν ὁ λόγος καὶ ἐκ θεοῦ πεφυκώς, ὁπόταν βούληται ὁ πατὴρ τῶν ὅλων, πέμπει αὐτὸν εἴς τινα τόπον, ὃς παραγινόμενος καὶ ἀκούεται καὶ ὁρᾶται, πεμπόμενος ὑπ' αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν τόπῳ εὑρίσκεται.

chap. xxiii.—the truth of the account in genesis

 

Man, therefore, God made on the sixth day, and made known this creation after the seventh day, when also He made Paradise, that he might be in a better and distinctly superior place. And that this is true, the fact itself proves. For how can one miss seeing that the pains which women suffer in childbed, and the oblivion of their labours which they afterwards enjoy, are sent in order that the word of God may be fulfilled, and that the race of men may increase and multiply?8 And do we not see also the judgment of the serpent,—how hatefully he crawls on his belly and eats the dust,—that we may have this, too, for a proof of the things which were said aforetime?

23. Τὸν οὖν ἄνθρωπον ὁ θεὸς πεποίηκεν ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, τὴν δὲ πλάσιν αὐτοῦ πεφανέρωκεν μετὰ τὴν ἑβδόμην ἡμέραν, ὁπότε καὶ τὸν παράδεισον πεποίηκεν, εἰς τὸ ἐν κρείσσονι τόπῳ καὶ χωρίῳ διαφόρῳ αὐτὸν εἶναι. καὶ ὅτι ταῦτά ἐστιν ἀληθῆ, αὐτὸ τὸ ἔργον δείκνυσιν. πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἔστιν κατανοῆσαι τὴν μὲν ὠδῖνα, ἣν πάσχουσιν ἐν τῷ τοκετῷ αἱ γυναῖκες, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο λήθην τοῦ πόνου ποιοῦνται, ὅπως πληρωθῇ ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος εἰς τὸ αὐξάνεσθαι καὶ πληθύνεσθαι τὸ γένος τῶν ἀνθρώπων; τί δ' οὐχὶ καὶ τὴν τοῦ ὄφεως κατάκρισιν, πῶς στυγητὸς τυγχάνει ἕρπων ἐπὶ τῇ κοιλίᾳ καὶ ἐσθίων γῆν, ὅπως καὶ τοῦτο ᾖ εἰς ἀπόδειξιν ἡμῖν τῶν προειρημένων;

chap. xxiv.—the beauty of paradise,

 

God, then, caused to spring out of the earth every tree that is beautiful in appearance, or good for food. For at first there were only those things which were produced on the third day,—plants, and seeds, and herbs; but the things which were in Paradise were made of a  superior loveliness and beauty, since in it the plants were said to have been planted by God. As to the rest of the plants, indeed, the world contained plants like them; but the two trees,—the tree of life and the tree of knowledge,—the rest of the earth possessed not, but only Paradise. And that Paradise is earth, and is planted on the earth, the Scripture states, saying:1“And the Lord God planted Paradise in Eden eastwards, and placed man there; and out of the ground made the Lord God to grow every tree that is pleasant to the sight and good for food.” By the expressions, therefore, “out of the ground,” and “eastwards,” the holy writing clearly teaches us that Paradise is under this heaven, under which the east and the earth are. And the Hebrew word Eden signifies “delight.”

24. Ἐξανατείλας οὖν ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἔτι πᾶν ξύλον, ὡραῖον εἰς ὅρασιν καὶ καλὸν εἰς βρῶσιν. ἐν γὰρ πρώτοις μόνα ἦν τὰ ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ γεγενημένα, φυτὰ καὶ σπέρματα καὶ χλόαι· τὰ δὲ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ ἐγενήθη διαφόρῳ καλλονῇ καὶ ὡραιότητι, ὅπου γε καὶ φυτεία ὠνόμασται ὑπὸ θεοῦ πεφυτευμένη. καὶ τὰ μὲν λοιπὰ φυτὰ ὅμοια καὶ ὁ κόσμος ἔσχηκεν· τὰ δὲ δύο ξύλα, τὸ τῆς ζωῆς καὶ τὸ τῆς γνώσεως, οὐκ ἔσχηκεν ἑτέρα γῆ ἀλλ' ἢ ἐν μόνῳ τῷ παραδείσῳ. ὅτι δὲ καὶ ὁ παράδεισος γῆ ἐστιν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς πεφύτευται, ἡ γραφὴ λέγει· “Καὶ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ θεὸς παράδεισον ἐν Ἐδὲμ κατὰ ἀνατολάς, καὶ ἔθετο ἐκεῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον· καὶ ἐξανέτειλεν ὁ θεὸς ἔτι ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς πᾶν ξύλον ὡραῖον εἰς ὅρασιν καὶ καλὸν εἰς βρῶσιν.” τὸ οὖν ἔτι ἐκ τῆς γῆς καὶ κατὰ ἀνατολὰς σαφῶς διδάσκει ἡμᾶς ἡ θεία γραφὴ τὸν παράδεισον ὑπὸ τοῦτον τὸν οὐρανόν, ὑφ' ὃν καὶ ἀνατολαὶ καὶ γῆ εἰσιν. Ἐδὲμ δὲ ἑβραϊστὶ τὸ εἰρημένον ἑρμηνεύεται τρυφή.

And it was signified that a river flowed out of Eden to water Paradise, and after that divides into four heads; of which the two called Pison and Gihon water the eastern parts, especially Gihon, which encompasses the whole land of Ethiopia, and which, they say, reappears in Egypt under the name of Nile. And the other two rivers are manifestly recognisable by us—those called Tigris and Euphrates—for these border on our own regions.

Ποταμὸν δὲ σεσήμακεν ἐκπορεύεσθαι ἐξ Ἐδὲμ ποτίζειν τὸν παράδεισον, κἀκεῖθεν διαχωρίζεσθαι εἰς τέσσαρας ἀρχάς· ὧν δύο οἱ καλούμενοι Φεισὼν καὶ Γεὼν ποτίζουσιν τὰ ἀνατολικὰ μέρη, μάλιστα ὁ Γεών, ὁ κυκλῶν πᾶσαν γῆν Αἰθιοπίας, ὅν φασιν ἐν τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ἀποφαίνεσθαι τὸν καλούμενον Νεῖλον. οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι δύο ποταμοὶ φανερῶς γινώσκονται παρ' ἡμῖν, οἱ καλούμενοι Τίγρις καὶ Εὐφράτης· οὗτοι γὰρ γειτνιῶσιν ἕως τῶν ἡμετέρων κλιμάτων.

And God having placed man in Paradise, as has been said, to till and keep it, commanded him to eat of all the trees,—manifestly of the tree of life also; but only of the tree of knowledge He commanded him not to taste. And God transferred him from the earth, out of which he had been produced, into Paradise, giving him means of advancement, in order that, maturing and becoming perfect, and being even declared a god, he might thus ascend into heaven in possession of immortality. For man had been made a middle nature, neither wholly mortal, nor altogether immortal, but capable of either; so also the place, Paradise, was made in respect of beauty intermediate between earth and heaven. And by the expression, “till it,”2 no other kind of labour is implied than the observance of God’s command, lest, disobeying, he should destroy himself, as indeed he did destroy himself, by sin.

Θεὶς δὲ ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, καθὼς προειρήκαμεν, ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ εἰς τὸ ἐργάζεσθαι καὶ φυλάσσειν αὐτόν, ἐνετείλατο αὐτῷ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν καρπῶν ἐσθίειν, δηλονότι καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ τῆς ζωῆς, μόνον δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς γνώσεως ἐνετείλατο αὐτῷ μὴ γεύσασθαι. μετέθηκεν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεγόνει, εἰς τὸν παράδεισον, διδοὺς αὐτῷ ἀφορμὴν προκοπῆς, ὅπως αὐξάνων καὶ τέλειος γενόμενος, ἔτι δὲ καὶ θεὸς ἀναδειχθείς, οὕτως καὶ εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀναβῇ (μέσος γὰρ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐγεγόνει, οὔτε θνητὸς ὁλοσχερῶς οὔτε ἀθάνατος τὸ καθόλου, δεκτικὸς δὲ ἑκατέρων· οὕτως καὶ τὸ χωρίον ὁ παράδεισος, ὡς πρὸς καλλονήν, μέσος τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ γεγένηται), ἔχων ἀϊδιότητα. τὸ δὲ εἰπεῖν ἐργάζεσθαι οὐκ ἄλλην τινὰ ἐργασίαν δηλοῖ ἀλλ' ἢ τὸ φυλάσσειν τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅπως μὴ παρακούσας ἀπολέσῃ ἑαυτόν, καθὼς καὶ ἀπώλεσεν διὰ ἁμαρτίας.

chap. xxv.—god was justified in forbidding man to eat of the tree of knowledge

 

The tree of knowledge itself was good, and its fruit was good. For it was not the tree, as some think, but the disobedience, which had death in it. For there was nothing else in the fruit than only knowledge; but knowledge is good when one uses it discreetly.3 But Adam, being yet an infant in age, was on this account as yet unable to receive knowledge worthily. For now, also, when a child is born it is not at once able to eat bread, but is nourished first with milk, and then, with the increment of years, it advances to solid food. Thus, too, would it have been with Adam; for not as one who grudged him, as some suppose, did God command him not to eat of knowledge. But He wished also to make proof of him, whether he was submissive to His commandment. And at the same time He wished man, infant as he was,4 to remain for some time longer simple and sincere. For this is holy, not only with God, but also with men, that in simplicity and guilelessness subjection be yielded to parents. But if it is right that children be subject to parents, how much more to the God and Father of all things? Besides, it is unseemly that children in infancy be wise beyond their years; for as in stature one increases in an orderly progress, so also in wisdom. But as when a law has commanded abstinence from anything, and some one has not obeyed, it is obviously not the law which causes punishment, but the disobedience and transgression;—for a father sometimes enjoins on his own child abstinence from certain things, and when he does not obey the paternal order, he is flogged and punished on account of the disobedience; and in this case the actions themselves are not the [cause of] stripes, but the disobedience procures punishment for him who disobeys;—so also for the first man, disobedience procured his expulsion from Paradise. Not, therefore, as if there were any evil in the tree of knowledge; but from his disobedience did man draw, as from a fountain, labour, pain, grief, and at last fall a prey to death.

25. Τὸ μὲν ξύλον τὸ τῆς γνώσεως αὐτὸ μὲν καλὸν καὶ ὁ καρπὸς αὐτοῦ καλός. οὐ γάρ, ὡς οἴονταί τινες, θάνατον εἶχεν τὸ ξύλον, ἀλλ' ἡ παρακοή. οὐ γάρ τι ἕτερον ἦν ἐν τῷ καρπῷ ἢ μόνον γνῶσις. ἡ δὲ γνῶσις καλή, ἐπὰν αὐτῇ οἰκείως τις χρήσηται. τῇ δὲ οὔσῃ ἡλικίᾳ ὅδε Ἀδὰμ ἔτη νήπιος ἦν· διὸ οὔπω ἠδύνατο τὴν γνῶσιν κατ' ἀξίαν χωρεῖν. καὶ γὰρ νῦν ἐπὰν γενηθῇ παιδίον, οὐκ ἤδη δύναται ἄρτον ἐσθίειν, ἀλλὰ πρῶτον γάλακτι ἀνατρέφεται, ἔπειτα κατὰ πρόσβασιν τῆς ἡλικίας καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν στερεὰν τροφὴν ἔρχεται. οὕτως ἂν γεγόνει καὶ τῷ Ἀδάμ. διὸ οὐχ ὡς φθονῶν αὐτῷ ὁ θεός, ὡς οἴονταί τινες, ἐκέλευσεν μὴ ἐσθίειν ἀπὸ τῆς γνώσεως. ἔτι μὴν καὶ ἐβούλετο δοκιμάσαι αὐτόν, εἰ ὑπήκοος γίνεται τῇ ἐντολῇ αὐτοῦ. ἅμα δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον ἐβούλετο ἁπλοῦν καὶ ἀκέραιον διαμεῖναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον νηπιάζοντα. τοῦτο γὰρ ὅσιόν ἐστιν, οὐ μόνον παρὰ θεῷ ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ ἀνθρώποις, τὸ ἐν ἁπλότητι καὶ ἀκακίᾳ ὑποτάσσεσθαι τοῖς γονεῦσιν. εἰ δὲ χρὴ τὰ τέκνα τοῖς γονεῦσιν ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πόσῳ μᾶλλον τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρὶ τῶν ὅλων; ἔτι μὴν καὶ ἄσχημόν ἐστιν τὰ παιδία τὰ νήπια ὑπὲρ ἡλικίαν φρονεῖν. καθάπερ γὰρ τῇ ἡλικίᾳ τις πρὸς τάξιν αὔξει, οὕτως καὶ ἐν τῷ φρονεῖν. ἄλλως τε ἐπὰν νόμος κελεύσῃ ἀπέχεσθαι ἀπό τινος καὶ μὴ ὑπακούῃ τις, δῆλον ὅτι οὐχ ὁ νόμος κόλασιν παρέχει, ἀλλὰ ἡ ἀπείθεια καὶ ἡ παρακοή. καὶ γὰρ πατὴρ ἰδίῳ τέκνῳ ἐνίοτε προστάσσει ἀπέχεσθαί τινων, καὶ ἐπὰν οὐχ ὑπακούῃ τῇ πατρικῇ ἐντολῇ, δέρεται καὶ ἐπιτιμίας τυγχάνει διὰ τὴν παρακοήν· καὶ οὐκ ἤδη αὐτὰ τὰ πράγματα πληγαί εἰσιν, ἀλλ' ἡ παρακοὴ τῷ ἀπειθοῦντι ὕβρεις περιποιεῖται. Οὕτως καὶ τῷ πρωτοπλάστῳ ἡ παρακοὴ περιεποιήσατο ἐκβληθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ παραδείσου· οὐ μέντοι γε ὡς κακοῦ τι ἔχοντος τοῦ ξύλου τῆς γνώσεως, διὰ δὲ τῆς παρακοῆς ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐξήντλησεν πόνον, ὀδύνην, λύπην, καὶ τὸ τέλος ὑπὸ θάνατον ἔπεσεν.

chap. xxvi.—god’s goodness in expelling man from paradise

 

And God showed great kindness to man in this, that He did not suffer him to remain in sin for ever; but, as it were, by a kind of banishment, cast him out of Paradise, in order that, having by punishment expiated, within an appointed time, the sin, and having been disciplined, he should afterwards be restored. Wherefore also, when man had been formed in this world, it is mystically written in Genesis, as if he had been twice placed in Paradise; so that the one was fulfilled when he was placed there, and the second will be fulfilled after the resurrection and judgment. For just as a vessel, when on being fashioned it has some flaw, is remoulded or remade, that it may become new and entire; so also it happens to man by death. For somehow  or other he is broken up, that he may rise in the resurrection whole; I mean spotless, and righteous, and immortal.

26. Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ὁ θεὸς μεγάλην εὐεργεσίαν παρέσχεν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, τὸ μὴ διαμεῖναι αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ ὄντα. ἀλλὰ τρόπῳ τινὶ ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἐξορισμοῦ ἐξέβαλλεν αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ παραδείσου, ὅπως διὰ τῆς ἐπιτιμίας τακτῷ ἀποτίσας χρόνῳ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν καὶ παιδευθεὶς ἐξ ὑστέρου ἀνακληθῇ. διὸ καὶ πλασθέντος τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ μυστηριωδῶς ἐν τῇ Γενέσει γέγραπται, ὡς δὶς αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ τεθέντος· ἵνα τὸ μὲν ἅπαξ ᾖ πεπληρωμένον ὅτε ἐτέθη, τὸ δὲ δεύτερον μέλλῃ πληροῦσθαι μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν καὶ κρίσιν. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ καθάπερ σκεῦός τι, ἐπὰν πλασθὲν αἰτίαν τινὰ σχῇ, ἀναχωνεύεται ἢ ἀναπλάσσεται εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι καινὸν καὶ ὁλόκληρον, οὕτως γίνεται καὶ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ διὰ θανάτου· δυνάμει γὰρ τέθραυσται ἵνα ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει ὑγιὴς εὑρεθῇ, λέγω δὲ ἄσπιλος καὶ δίκαιος καὶ ἀθάνατος.

And as to God’s calling, and saying, Where art thou, Adam? God did this, not as if ignorant of this; but, being long-suffering, He gave him an opportunity of repentance and confession.

Τὸ δὲ καλέσαι καὶ εἰπεῖν τὸν θεόν· “Ποῦ εἶ Ἀδάμ;” οὐχ ὡς ἀγνοῶν τοῦτο ἐποίει ὁ θεός, ἀλλὰ μακρόθυμος ὢν ἀφορμὴν ἐδίδου αὐτῷ μετανοίας καὶ ἐξομολογήσεως.

chap. xxvii.—the nature of man

 

But some one will say to us, Was man made by nature mortal? Certainly not. Was he, then, immortal? Neither do we affirm this. But one will say, Was he, then, nothing? Not even this hits the mark. He was by nature neither mortal nor immortal. For if He had made him immortal from the beginning, He would have made him God. Again, if He had made him mortal, God would seem to be the cause of his death. Neither, then, immortal nor yet mortal did He make him, but, as we have said above, capable of both; so that if he should incline to the things of immortality, keeping the commandment of God, he should receive as reward from Him immortality, and should become God; but if, on the other hand, he should turn to the things of death, disobeying God, he should himself be the cause of death to himself. For God made man free, and with power over himself.1 That, then, which man brought upon himself through carelessness and disobedience, this God now vouchsafes to him as a gift through His own philanthropy and pity, when men obey Him.2 For as man, disobeying, drew death upon himself; so, obeying the will of God, he who desires is able to procure for himself life everlasting. For God has given us a law and holy commandments; and every one who keeps these can be saved, and, obtaining the resurrection, can inherit incorruption.

27. Ἀλλὰ φήσει οὖν τις ἡμῖν· “Θνητὸς φύσει ἐγένετο ὁ ἄνθρωπος;” οὐδαμῶς. “Τί οὖν ἀθάνατος;” οὐδὲ τοῦτό φαμεν. Ἀλλὰ ἐρεῖ τις· “Οὐδὲν οὖν ἐγένετο;” οὐδὲ τοῦτο λέγομεν. οὔτε οὖν φύσει θνητὸς ἐγένετο οὔτε ἀθάνατος. εἰ γὰρ ἀθάνατον αὐτὸν ἀπ' ἀρχῆς πεποιήκει, θεὸν αὐτὸν πεποιήκει· πάλιν εἰ θνητὸν αὐτὸν πεποιήκει, ἐδόκει ἂν ὁ θεὸς αἴτιος εἶναι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ. οὔτε οὖν ἀθάνατον αὐτὸν ἐποίησεν οὔτε μὴν θνητόν, ἀλλά, καθὼς ἐπάνω προειρήκαμεν, δεκτικὸν ἀμφοτέρων, ἵνα εἰ ῥέψῃ ἐπὶ τὰ τῆς ἀθανασίας τηρήσας τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ, μισθὸν κομίσηται παρ' αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀθανασίαν καὶ γένηται θεός, εἰ δ' αὖ τραπῇ ἐπὶ τὰ τοῦ θανάτου πράγματα παρακούσας τοῦ θεοῦ, αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ αἴτιος ᾖ τοῦ θανάτου. ἐλεύθερον γὰρ καὶ αὐτεξούσιον ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον. ὃ οὖν ἑαυτῷ περιεποιήσατο δι' ἀμελείας καὶ παρακοῆς, τοῦτο ὁ θεὸς αὐτῷ νυνὶ δωρεῖται διὰ ἰδίας φιλανθρωπίας καὶ ἐλεημοσύνης, ὑπακούοντος αὐτῷ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. καθάπερ γὰρ παρακούσας ὁ ἄνθρωπος θάνατον ἑαυτῷ ἐπεσπάσατο, οὕτως ὑπακούσας τῷ θελήματι τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ βουλόμενος δύναται περιποιήσασθαι ἑαυτῷ τὴν αἰώνιον ζωήν. ἔδωκεν γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ἡμῖν νόμον καὶ ἐντολὰς ἁγίας, ἃς πᾶς ὁ ποιήσας δύναται σωθῆναι καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τυχὼν <κληρονομῆσαι τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν>.

chap. xxviii.—why eve was formed of adam’s rib

 

And Adam having been cast out of Paradise, in this condition knew Eve his wife, whom God had formed into a wife for him out of his rib. And this He did, not as if He were unable to make his wife separately, but God foreknew that man would call upon a number of gods. And having this prescience, and knowing that through the serpent error would introduce a number of gods which had no existence,—for there being but one God, even then error was striving to disseminate a multitude of gods, saying, “Ye shall be as gods; ”—lest, then, it should be supposed that one God made the man and another the woman, therefore He made them both; and God made the woman together with the man, not only that thus the mystery of God’s sole government might be exhibited, but also that their mutual affection might be greater.

28. Ἐκβληθεὶς δὲ Ἀδὰμ ἐκ τοῦ παραδείσου, οὕτως ἔγνω Εὔαν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, ἣν ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν αὐτῷ εἰς γυναῖκα ἐκ τῆς πλευρᾶς αὐτοῦ. καὶ τοῦτο δὲ οὐχ ὡς μὴ δυνάμενος κατ' ἰδίαν πλάσαι τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ προηπίστατο ὁ θεὸς ὅτι ἤμελλον οἱ ἄνθρωποι πληθὺν θεῶν ὀνομάζειν. προγνώστης οὖν ὢν καὶ εἰδὼς ὅτι ἡ πλάνη ἤμελλεν διὰ τοῦ ὄφεως ὀνομάζειν πληθὺν θεῶν τῶν οὐκ ὄντων (ἑνὸς γὰρ ὄντος θεοῦ, ἔκτοτε ἤδη ἐμελέτα ἡ πλάνη πληθὺν θεῶν ὑποσπείρειν καὶ λέγειν· “Ἔσεσθε ὡς θεοί”), μήπως οὖν ὑπολημφθῇ ὡς ὅτι ὅδε μὲν ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν τὸν ἄνδρα, ἕτερος δὲ τὴν γυναῖκα, διὰ τοῦτο ἐποίησεν τοὺς δύο ἄμφω· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ <ἔπλασεν τὸν ἄνδρα μόνον ἐκ γῆς ἵνα> διὰ τούτου δειχθῇ τὸ μυστήριον τῆς μοναρχίας τῆς κατὰ τὸν θεόν, ἅμα δ' ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ <ἐκ τῆς πλευρᾶς αὐτοῦ> ἵνα πλείων ᾖ ἡ εὔνοια εἰς αὐτήν.

Therefore said Adam to Eve, “This is now bone of my bones, and flesh of my flesh.” And besides, he prophesied, saying, “For this cause shall a man leave his father and his mother, and shall cleave unto his wife; and they two shall be one flesh; ”3 which also itself has its fulfilment in ourselves. For who that marries lawfully does not despise mother and father, and his whole family connection, and all his household, cleaving to and becoming one with his own wife, fondly preferring her? So that often, for the sake of their wives, some submit even to death.

Πρὸς μὲν οὖν τὴν Εὔαν ὁ Ἀδὰμ εἰπών· “Τοῦτο νῦν ὀστοῦν ἐκ τῶν ὀστῶν μου καὶ σὰρξ ἐκ τῆς σαρκός μου”, ἔτι καὶ ἐπροφήτευσεν λέγων· “Τούτου ἕνεκεν καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα καὶ προσκολληθήσεται πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν”· ὃ δὴ καὶ αὐτὸ δείκνυται τελειούμενον ἐν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς. τίς γὰρ ὁ νομίμως γαμῶν οὐ καταφρονεῖ μητρὸς καὶ πατρὸς καὶ πάσης συγγενείας καὶ πάντων τῶν οἰκείων, προσκολλώμενος καὶ ἑνούμενος τῇ ἑαυτοῦ γυναικί, εὐνοῶν μᾶλλον αὐτῇ; διὸ καὶ μέχρι θανάτου πολλάκις ὑπεύθυνοι γίνονταί τινες διὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν γαμετάς.

This Eve, on account of her having been in the beginning deceived by the serpent, and become the author of sin, the wicked demon, who also is called Satan, who then spoke to her through the serpent, and who works even to this day in those men that are possessed by him, invokes as Eve.4 And he is called “demon” and “dragon,” on account of his [ἀποδεδρακέναι] revolting from God. For at first he was an angel. And concerning his history there is a great deal to be said; wherefore I at present omit the relation of it, for I have also given an account of him in another place.

Ταύτην τὴν Εὔαν, διὰ τὸ ἀρχῆθεν πλανηθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ ὄφεως καὶ ἀρχηγὸν ἁμαρτίας γεγονέναι, ὁ κακοποιὸς δαίμων, ὁ καὶ σατὰν καλούμενος, ὁ τότε διὰ τοῦ ὄφεως λαλήσας αὐτῇ, ἕως καὶ τοῦ δεῦρο ἐνεργῶν ἐν τοῖς ἐνθουσιαζομένοις ὑπ' αὐτοῦ ἀνθρώποις, Εὐὰν ἐκκαλεῖται. δαίμων δὲ καὶ δράκων καλεῖται διὰ τὸ ἀποδεδρακέναι αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ· ἄγγελος γὰρ ἦν ἐν πρώτοις. καὶ τὰ μὲν περὶ τούτου πολὺς ὁ λόγος· διὸ τανῦν παραπέμπομαι τὴν περὶ αὐτῶν διήγησιν· καὶ γὰρ ἐν ἑτέροις ἡμῖν γεγένηται ὁ περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγος.

chap. xxix.—cain’s crime

 

When, then, Adam knew Eve his wife, she conceived and bare a son, whose name was Cain; and she said, “I have gotten a man from God.” And yet again she bare a second son, whose name was Abel, “who began to be a keeper of sheep, but Cain tilled the ground.”5 Their history receives a very full narration, yea, even a detailed explanation:6 wherefore the book itself, which is entitled “The Genesis of the World,” can more accurately inform those who are anxious to learn their story.

29. Ἐν τῷ οὖν <γνῶναι τὸν Ἀδὰμ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ Εὔαν συλλαβοῦσα ἔτεκεν υἱόν>, ᾧ τοὔνομα <Κάϊν. καὶ εἶπεν· “Ἐκτησάμην ἄνθρωπον διὰ τοῦ θεοῦ.” καὶ προσέθετο ἔτι τεκεῖν> δεύτερον, ᾧ ὄνομα <Ἄβελ>. ἤρξατο <ποιμὴν> εἶναι <προβάτων· Κάϊν> δὲ <εἰργάζετο τὴν γῆν>. τὰ μὲν οὖν κατ' αὐτοὺς πλείω ἔχει τὴν ἱστορίαν, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῆς ἐξηγήσεως· διὸ τὰ τῆς ἱστορίας τοὺς φιλομαθεῖς δύναται ἀκριβέστερον διδάξαι αὐτὴ ἡ βίβλος ἥτις ἐπιγράφεται <Γένεσις κόσμου>.

When, then, Satan saw Adam and his wife not only still living, but also begetting children—being carried away with spite because he had not succeeded in putting them to death,—when he saw that Abel was well-pleasing to God, he wrought upon the heart of his brother called Cain, and caused him to kill his brother Abel. And thus did death get a beginning in this world, to find its way into every race of man, even to this day.

Ὁπότε οὖν ἐθεάσατο ὁ σατανᾶς οὐ μόνον τὸν Ἀδὰμ καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ ζῶντας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τέκνα πεποιηκότας, ἐφ' ὧν οὐκ ἴσχυσεν θανατῶσαι αὐτοὺς φθόνῳ φερόμενος, ἡνίκα ἑώρα τὸν Ἄβελ εὐαρεστοῦντα τῷ θεῷ, ἐνεργήσας εἰς τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν καλούμενον Κάϊν ἐποίησεν ἀποκτεῖναι τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν Ἄβελ. καὶ οὕτως ἀρχὴ θανάτου ἐγένετο εἰς τόνδε τὸν κόσμον ὁδοιπορεῖν ἕως τοῦ δεῦρο ἐπὶ πᾶν γένος ἀνθρώπων.

But God, being pitiful, and wishing to afford to Cain, as to Adam, an opportunity of repentance and confession, said, “Where is Abel thy brother?”But Cain answered God contumaciously,  saying, “I know not; am I my brother’s keeper?”God, being thus made angry with him, said, “What hast thou done? The voice of thy brother’s blood crieth to me from the earth, which opened her mouth to receive thy brother’s blood from thy hand. Groaning and trembling shalt thou be on the earth.” From that time the earth, through fear, no longer receives human blood,1 no, nor the blood of any animal; by which it appears that it is not the cause [of death], but man, who transgressed.

Ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἐλεήμων ὢν καὶ βουλόμενος ἀφορμὴν μετανοίας καὶ ἐξομολογήσεως παρασχεῖν τῷ Κάϊν, καθάπερ καὶ τῷ Ἀδάμ, εἶπεν· <“Ποῦ Ἄβελ ὁ ἀδελφός σου;”> ὁ δὲ Κάϊν ἀπεκρίθη ἀπειθῶς τῷ θεῷ εἰπών· <“Οὐ γινώσκω· μὴ φύλαξ εἰμὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου;”> οὕτως ὀργισθεὶς αὐτῷ ὁ θεὸς ἔφη· <“Τί ἐποίησας> τοῦτο; <φωνὴ αἵματος τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου βοᾷ πρός με ἐκ τῆς γῆς. καὶ νῦν ἐπικατάρατος σὺ ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, ἣ ἔχανεν δέξασθαι τὸ αἷμα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου ἐκ χειρός σου· στένων καὶ τρέμων ἔσῃ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.”> διὸ ἔκτοτε φοβηθεῖσα ἡ γῆ οὐκέτι ἀνθρώπου αἷμα παραδέχεται, ἀλλ' οὐδέ τινος ζώου· ᾗ φανερὸν ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτὴ αἰτία, ἀλλ' ὁ παραβὰς ἄνθρωπος.

chap. xxx.—cain’s family and their inventions

 

Cain also himself had a son, whose name was Enoch; and he built a city, which he called by the name of his son, Enoch. From that time was there made a beginning of the building of cities, and this before the flood; not as Homer falsely says:2

30. Ὁ οὖν Κάϊν καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσχεν υἱὸν ᾧ ὄνομα Ἐνώχ. καὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν πόλιν, ἣν ἐπωνόμασεν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Ἐνώχ. ἀπὸ τότε ἀρχὴ ἐγένετο τοῦ οἰκοδομεῖσθαι πόλεις, καὶ τοῦτο πρὸ κατακλυσμοῦ, οὐχ ὡς Ὅμηρος ψεύδεται λέγων·

“Not yet had men a city built.”

   Οὐ γάρ πω πεπόλιστο πόλις μερόπων ἀνθρώπων.

And to Enoch was born a son, by name Gaidad; who begat a son called Meel; and Meel begat Mathusala; and Mathusala, Lamech. And Lamech took unto him two wives, whose names were Adah and Zillah. At that time there was made a beginning of polygamy, and also of music. For Lamech had three sons: Jabal, Jubal, Tubal. And Jabal became a keeper of cattle, and dwelt in tents; but Jubal is he who made known the psaltery and the harp; and Tubal became a smith, a forger in brass and iron. So far the seed of Cain is registered; and for the rest, the seed of his line has sunk into oblivion, on account of his fratricide of his brother.

<Τῷ δὲ Ἐνὼχ ἐγενήθη υἱὸς ὀνόματι Γαϊδάδ· ἐγέννησεν> τὸν καλούμενον <Μεήλ>, καὶ <Μεὴλ τὸν Μαθουσάλα>, καὶ <Μαθουσάλα τὸν Λάμεχ. ὁ δὲ Λάμεχ ἔλαβεν ἑαυτῷ δύο γυναῖκας>, αἷς ὀνόματα <Ἀδᾶ> καὶ <Σελᾶ>. ἔκτοτε ἀρχὴ ἐγένετο τῆς πολυμιξίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς μουσικῆς. τῷ γὰρ Λάμεχ ἐγένοντο τρεῖς υἱοί, Ὠβὴλ, Ἰουβὰλ, Θοβέλ. καὶ ὁ μὲν Ὠβὴλ, ἐγένετο <ἀνὴρ ἐν σκηναῖς κτηνοτροφῶν, Ἰουβὰλ δέ ἐστιν ὁ καταδείξας ψαλτήριον καὶ κιθάραν, Θοβὲλ> δὲ <ἐγένετο σφυροκόπος χαλκεὺς χαλκοῦ καὶ σιδήρου>. ἕως μὲν οὖν τούτου ἔσχεν τὸν κατάλογον τὸ σπέρμα τοῦ Κάϊν· καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν εἰς λήθην αὐτοῦ γέγονεν τὸ σπέρμα τῆς γενεαλογίας, διὰ τὸ ἀδελφοκτονῆσαι αὐτὸν τὸν ἀδελφόν.

And, in place of Abel, God granted to Eve to conceive and bear a son, who was called Seth; from whom the remainder of the human race proceeds until now. And to those who desire to be informed regarding all generations, it is easy to give explanations by means of the holy Scriptures. For, as we have already mentioned, this subject, the order of the genealogy of man, has been partly handled by us in another discourse, in the first book of The History.3

Εἰς τὸν τόπον δὲ τοῦ Ἄβελ ἔδωκεν ὁ θεὸς συλλαβεῖν τὴν Εὔαν καὶ τεκεῖν υἱόν, ὃς κέκληται Σήθ· ἀφ' οὗ τὸ λοιπὸν γένος τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὁδεύει μέχρι τοῦ δεῦρο. τοῖς δὲ βουλομένοις καὶ φιλομαθέσιν καὶ περὶ πασῶν τῶν γενεῶν εὔκολόν ἐστιν ἐπιδεῖξαι διὰ τῶν ἁγίων γραφῶν. καὶ γὰρ ἐκ μέρους ἡμῖν γεγένηται ἤδη λόγος ἐν ἑτέρῳ λόγῳ, ὡς ἐπάνω προειρήκαμεν, τῆς γενεαλογίας ἡ τάξις ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ βίβλῳ τῇ περὶ ἱστοριῶν.

And all these things the Holy Spirit teaches us, who speaks through Moses and the rest of the prophets, so that the writings which belong to us godly people are more ancient, yea, and are shown to be more truthful, than all writers and poets. But also, concerning music, some have fabled that Apollo was the inventor, and others say that Orpheus discovered the art of music from the sweet voices of the birds. Their story is shown to be empty and vain, for these inventors lived many years after the flood. And what relates to Noah, who is called by some Deucalion, has been explained by us in the book before mentioned, and which, if you wish it, you are at liberty to read.

Ταῦτα δὲ πάντα ἡμᾶς διδάσκει τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, τὸ διὰ Μωσέως καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν προφητῶν, ὥστε τὰ καθ' ἡμᾶς τοὺς θεοσεβεῖς ἀρχαιότερα γράμματα τυγχάνει, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀληθέστερα πάντων συγγραφέων καὶ ποιητῶν δείκνυται ὄντα. ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς μουσικῆς ἐφλυάρησάν τινες εὑρετὴν Ἀπόλλωνα γεγενῆσθαι, ἄλλοι δὲ Ὀρφέα ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ὀρνέων ἡδυφωνίας φασὶν ἐξευρηκέναι τὴν μουσικήν. κενὸς δὲ καὶ μάταιος ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν δείκνυται· μετὰ γὰρ πολλὰ ἔτη τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ οὗτοι ἐγένοντο. τὰ δὲ περὶ τοῦ Νῶε, ὃς κέκληται ὑπὸ ἐνίων Δευκαλίων, ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ ᾗ προειρήκαμεν ἡ διήγησις ἡμῖν γεγένηται ᾗ, εἰ βούλει, καὶ σὺ δύνασαι ἐντυχεῖν.

chap. xxxi.—the history after the flood

 

After the flood was there again a beginning of cities and kings, in the following manner:—The first city was Babylon, and Erech, and Accad, and Calneh, in the land of Shinar. And their king was called Nebroth [Nimrod]. From these came Asshur, from whom also the Assyrians receive their name. And Nimrod built the cities Nineveh and Rehoboth, and Calah, and Resen, between Nineveh and Calah; and Nineveh became a very great city. And another son of Shem, the son of Noah, by name Mizraim, begat Ludim, and those called Anamim, and Lehabim, and Naphtuhim, and Pathrusim, and Casluhim, out of whom came Philistin.

31. Μετὰ τὸν κατακλυσμὸν <ἀρχὴ> πάλιν ἐγένετο πόλεων καὶ βασιλέων τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον. πρώτη πόλις <Βαβυλών, καὶ Ὀρὲχ καὶ Ἀρχὰθ καὶ Χαλανὴ ἐν τῇ γῇ Σενναάρ>. καὶ βασιλεὺς ἐγένετο αὐτῶν ὀνόματι Νεβρώθ. ἐκ τούτων <ἐξῆλθεν> ὀνόματι <Ἀσσούρ>· ὅθεν καὶ Ἀσσύριοι προσαγορεύονται. Νεβρὼθ δὲ ᾠκοδόμησεν πόλεις <τὴν Νινευὴ καὶ τὴν Ῥοβοὼμ καὶ τὴν Καλὰκ καὶ τὴν Δασὲν ἀνὰ μέσον Νινευὴ καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον Καλάκ>. ἡ δὲ Νινευὴ ἐγενήθη ἐν πρώτοις <πόλις μεγάλη>. ἕτερος δὲ υἱὸς τοῦ Σὴμ υἱοῦ τοῦ Νῶε ὀνόματι <Μεστραεὶν ἐγέννησεν τοὺς Λουδουεὶμ καὶ τοὺς> καλουμένους <Ἐνεμιγεὶμ καὶ τοὺς Λαβιεὶμ καὶ τοὺς Νεφθαλεὶμ καὶ τοὺς Πατροσωνιεὶμ καὶ τοὺς Χασλωνιείμ, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθεν Φυλιστιείμ>.

Of the three sons of Noah, however, and of their death and genealogy, we have given a compendious register in the above-mentioned book. But now we will mention the remaining facts both concerning cities and kings, and the things that happened when there was one speech and one language. Before the dividing of the languages these fore-mentioned cities existed. But when men were about to be dispersed, they took counsel of their own judgment, and not at the instigation of God, to build a city, a tower whose top might reach into heaven, that they might make a glorious name to themselves. Since, therefore, they had dared, contrary to the will of God, to attempt a grand work, God destroyed their city, and overthrew their tower. From that time He confounded the languages of men, giving to each a different dialect. And similarly did the Sibyl speak, when she declared that wrath would come on the world.

Τῶν μὲν οὖν τριῶν υἱῶν τοῦ Νῶε καὶ τῆς συντελείας αὐτῶν καὶ γενεαλογίας, ἐγένετο ἡμῖν ὁ κατάλογος ἐν ἐπιτομῇ ἐν ᾗ προειρήκαμεν βίβλῳ. καὶ νῦν δὲ τὰ παραλελειμμένα ἐπιμνησθησόμεθα περί τε πόλεων καὶ βασιλέων, τῶν τε γεγενημένων ὁπότε <ἦν χεῖλος ἓν καὶ μία γλῶσσα>. πρὸ τοῦ τὰς διαλέκτους μερισθῆναι αὗται αἱ προγεγραμμέναι ἐγενήθησαν πόλεις. ἐν δὲ τῷ μέλλειν αὐτοὺς διαμερίζεσθαι, συμβούλιον ἐποίησαν γνώμῃ ἰδίᾳ, καὶ οὐ διὰ θεοῦ, <οἰκοδομῆσαι πόλιν καὶ πύργον, οὗ ἡ ἄκρα φθάσῃ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀφικέσθαι>, ὅπως <ποιήσωσιν> ἑαυτοῖς <ὄνομα> δόξης. ἐπειδὴ οὖν παρὰ προαίρεσιν θεοῦ βαρὺ ἔργον ἐτόλμησαν ποιῆσαι, κατέβαλεν αὐτῶν ὁ θεὸς τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν πύργον κατέστρωσεν. ἔκτοτε ἐνήλλαξεν τὰς γλώσσας τῶν ἀνθρώπων, <δοὺς ἑκάστῳ διάφορον διάλεκτον>. Σίβυλλα μὲν οὕτως σεσήμακεν, καταγγέλλουσα <ὀργὴν τῷ κόσμῳ μέλλειν ἔρχεσθαι>.

She says:—

Ἔφη δὲ οὕτως·

“When are fulfilled the threats of the great God,

   Ἀλλ' ὁπόταν μεγάλοιο θεοῦ τελέωνται ἀπειλαί,

With which He threatened men, when formerly In the Assyrian land they built a tower,

   ἅς ποτ' ἐπηπείλησε βροτοῖς, ὅτε πύργον ἔτευξαν

And all were of one speech,

   χώρῃ ἐν Ἀσσυρίῃ. ὁμόφωνοι δ' ἦσαν ἅπαντες,

and wished to rise Even till they climbed unto the starry heaven,

   καὶ βούλοντ' ἀναβῆναι εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀστερόεντα.

Then the Immortal raised a mighty wind And laid upon them strong necessity;

   αὐτίκα δ' ἀθάνατος μεγάλην ἐπέθηκεν ἀνάγκην

For when the wind threw down the mighty tower,

   πνεύμασιν· αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ' ἄνεμοι μέγαν ὑψόθι πύργον

Then rose among mankind fierce strife and hate.

   ῥίψαν καὶ θνητοῖσιν ἐπ' ἀλλήλοις ἔριν ὦρσαν.

One speech was changed to many dialects,

   αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ πύργος τ' ἔπεσεν, γλῶσσαί τ' ἀνθρώπων

And earth was filled with divers tribes and kings.”

   εἰς πολλὰς θνητῶν ἐμερίσθησαν διαλέκτους.

And so on.

καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐγενήθη ἐν γῇ Χαλδαίων.

These things, then, happened in the land of the Chaldæans. And in the land of Canaan there was a city, by name Haran. And in these days, Pharaoh, who by the Egyptians was also called Nechaoth, was first king of Egypt, and thus the kings followed in succession.4 And in the land of Shinar, among those called Chaldæans,  the first king was Arioch, and next after him Ellasar, and after him Chedorlaomer, king of Elam, and after him Tidal, king of the nations called Assyrians. And there were five other cities in the territory of Ham, the son of Noah; the first called Sodom, then Gomorrah, Admah, Zeboiim, and Balah, which was also called Zoar. And the names of their kings are these: Bera, king of Sodom; Birsha, king of Gomorrah; Shinab, king of Admah; Shemeber, king of Zeboiim; Bela, king of Zoar, which is also called Kephalac.1 These served Chedorlaomer, the king of the Assyrians, for twelve years, and in the thirteenth year they revolted from Chedorlaomer; and thus it came to pass at that time that the four Assyrian kings waged war upon the five kings. This was the first commencement of making war on the earth; and they destroyed the giants Karnaim, and the strong nations that were with them in their city, and the Horites of the mountains called Seir, as far as the plain of Paran, which is by the wilderness.

Ἐν δὲ <τῇ γῇ Χαναὰν> ἐγένετο πόλις ᾗ ὄνομα <Χαρράν>. κατ' ἐκείνους δὲ τοὺς χρόνους πρῶτος βασιλεὺς Αἰγύπτου ἐγένετο Φαραώ, ὃς καὶ Νεχαὼθ κατὰ Αἰγυπτίους ὠνομάσθη· καὶ οὕτως οἱ καθεξῆς βασιλεῖς ἐγένοντο. ἐν δὲ τῇ γῇ Σενναάρ, ἐν τοῖς καλουμένοις Χαλδαίοις, πρῶτος <βασιλεὺς> ἐγένετο <Ἁριώχ>· μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον ἕτερος <Ἐλλάσαρ>, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον <Χοδολλαγόμορ βασιλεὺς Αἰλάμ>, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον <Θαργὰλ βασιλεὺς ἐθνῶν> τῶν καλουμένων Ἀσσυρίων. ἄλλαι δὲ πόλεις ἐγένοντο πέντε ἐν τῇ μερίδι τοῦ Χὰμ υἱοῦ Νῶε· πρώτη ἡ καλουμένη <Σόδομα>, ἔπειτα <Γόμορρα, Ἀδαμὰ> καὶ <Σεβωεὶν> καὶ <Βαλάκ>, ἡ καὶ <Σηγὼρ> ἐπικληθεῖσα. καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν βασιλέων αὐτῶν ἐστιν ταῦτα· <Βαλλὰς βασιλεὺς Σοδόμων, Βαρσὰς βασιλεὺς Γομόρρας, Σενναὰρ βασιλεὺς Ἀδάμας, Ὑμοὸρ βασιλεὺς Σεβωείν, Βαλὰχ βασιλεὺς Σηγώρ, τῆς καὶ Βαλὰκ κεκλημένης>. οὗτοι <ἐδούλευσαν τῷ Χοδολλαγόμορ> βασιλεῖ τῶν Ἀσσυρίων <ἕως ἐτῶν δύο καὶ δέκα. ἐν δὲ τῷ τρισκαιδεκάτῳ ἔτει> ἀπὸ τοῦ Χοδολλαγόμορ <ἀπέστησαν>. καὶ οὕτως ἐγένετο τότε τοὺς τέσσαρας βασιλεῖς τῶν Ἀσσυρίων συνάψαι πόλεμον πρὸς τοὺς πέντε βασιλεῖς. αὕτη ἀρχὴ ἐγένετο πρώτη τοῦ γίνεσθαι πολέμους ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. <καὶ κατέκοψαν τοὺς γίγαντας Καραναείν, καὶ ἔθνη ἰσχυρὰ ἅμα αὐτοῖς, καὶ τοὺς Ὀμμαίους ἐν> αὐτῇ <τῇ πόλει, καὶ τοὺς Χορραίους τοὺς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν> ἐπονομαζομένοις <Σηεὶρ ἕως> τῆς καλουμένης <Τερεβίνθου τῆς Φαράν, ἥ ἐστιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ>.

And at that time there was a righteous king called Melchisedek, in the city of Salem, which now is Jerusalem. This was the first priest of all priests2 of the Most High God; and from him the above-named city Hierosolyma was called Jerusalem.3 And from his time priests were found in all the earth. And after him reigned Abimelech in Gerar; and after him another Abimelech. Then reigned Ephron, surnamed the Hittite. Such are the names of the kings that were in former times. And the rest of the kings of the Assyrians, during an interval of many years, have been passed over in silence unrecorded, all writers narrating the events of our recent days. There were these kings of Assyria: Tiglath-Pileser, and after him Shalmaneser, then Sennacherib; and Adrammelech the Ethiopian, who also reigned over Egypt, was his triarch;—though these things, in comparison with our books, are quite recent.

Κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν ἐγένετο βασιλεὺς δίκαιος ὀνόματι Μελχισεδὲκ ἐν πόλει Σαλήμ, τῇ νῦν καλουμένῃ Ἱεροσόλυμα· οὗτος <ἱερεὺς> ἐγένετο πρῶτος πάντων ἱερέων <τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου>. ἀπὸ τούτου ἡ πόλις ὠνομάσθη Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἡ προειρημένη Ἱεροσόλυμα· ἀπὸ τούτου εὑρέθησαν καὶ ἱερεῖς γινόμενοι ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον ἐβασίλευσεν Ἀβιμέλεχ ἐν Γεράροις· μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον ἕτερος Ἀβιμέλεχ· ἔπειτα ἐβασίλευσεν Ἔφρων καὶ ὁ Χετταῖος ἐπικληθείς. τὰ μὲν οὖν περὶ τούτων πρότερον γεγενημένων βασιλέων οὕτως τὰ ὀνόματα περιέχει· τῶν δὲ κατὰ Ἀσσυρίους πολλῶν ἐτῶν μεταξὺ οἱ λοιποὶ βασιλεῖς παρεσιγήθησαν τοῦ ἀναγραφῆναι· πάντων ἐσχάτων καθ' ἡμᾶς χρόνων ἀπομνημονεύονται γεγονότες βασιλεῖς τῶν Ἀσσυρίων Θεγλαφάσαρ, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Σελαμανάσαρ, εἶτα Σενναχαρείμ. τοῦ δὲ τρίαρχος ἐγένετο Ἀδραμέλεχ Αἰθίοψ, ὃς καὶ Αἰγύπτου ἐβασίλευσεν· καίπερ ταῦτα, ὡς πρὸς τὰ ἡμέτερα γράμματα, πάνυ νεώτερά ἐστιν.

chap. xxxii.—how the human race was dispersed

 

Hence, therefore, may the loves of learning and of antiquity understand the history, and see that those things are recent which are told by us apart from the holy prophets.4 For though at first there were few men in the land of Arabia and Chaldæa, yet, after their languages were divided, they gradually began to multiply and spread over all the earth; and some of them tended towards the east to dwell there, and others to the parts of the great continent, and others northwards, so as to extend as far as Britain, in the Arctic regions. And others went to the land of Canaan, which is called Judæa, and Phœnicia, and the region of Ethiopia, and Egypt, and Libya, and the country called torrid, and the parts stretching towards the west; and the rest went to places by the sea, and Pamphylia, and Asia, and Greece, and Macedonia, and, besides, to Italy, and the whole country called Gaul, and Spain, and Germany; so that now the whole world is thus filled with inhabitants. Since then the occupation of the world by men was at first in three divisions,—in the east, and south, and west: afterwards, the remaining parts of the earth were inhabited, when men became very numerous.

32. Ἐντεῦθεν οὖν κατανοεῖν τὰς ἱστορίας ἐστὶν τοῖς φιλομαθέσιν καὶ φιλαρχαίοις, ὅτι οὐ πρόσφατά ἐστιν τὰ ὑφ' ἡμῶν λεγόμενα διὰ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν. ὀλίγων γὰρ ὄντων ἐν πρώτοις τῶν τότε ἀνθρώπων ἐν τῇ Ἀραβικῇ γῇ καὶ Χαλδαϊκῇ, μετὰ τὸ διαμερισθῆναι τὰς γλώσσας αὐτῶν, πρὸς μέρος ἤρξαντο πολλοὶ γίνεσθαι καὶ πληθύνεσθαι ἐπὶ πάσης τῆς γῆς. καὶ οἱ μὲν ἔκλιναν οἰκεῖν πρὸς ἀνατολάς, οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ μέρη τὰ τῆς μεγάλης ἠπείρου καὶ τὰ πρὸς βόρειον, ὥστε διατείνειν μέχρι τῶν Βριττανῶν ἐν τοῖς ἀρκτικοῖς κλίμασιν, ἕτεροι δὲ γῆν Χαναναίαν, καὶ Ἰουδαίαν καὶ Φοινίκην ἐπικληθεῖσαν, καὶ τὰ μέρη τῆς Αἰθιοπίας καὶ Αἰγύπτου καὶ Λιβύης καὶ τὴν καλουμένην διακεκαυμένην καὶ τὰ μέχρι δυσμῶν κλίματα παρατείνοντα, οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς παραλίου καὶ τῆς Παμφυλίας καὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν καὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ τὴν Μακεδονίαν καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν τὴν Ἰταλίαν καὶ τὰς καλουμένας Γαλλείας καὶ Σπανίας καὶ Γερμανίας, ὥστε οὕτως τὰ νῦν ἐμπεπλῆσθαι τὴν σύμπασαν τῶν κατοικούντων αὐτήν. τριμεροῦς οὖν γεγενημένης τῆς κατοικήσεως τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κατ' ἀρχάς, ἔν τε ἀνατολῇ καὶ μεσημβρίᾳ καὶ δύσει, μετέπειτα καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ μέρη κατῳκήθη τῆς γῆς, χυδαίων τῶν ἀνθρώπων γενομένων.

And the writers, not knowing these things, are forward to maintain that the world is shaped like a sphere, and to compare it to a cube. But how can they say what is true regarding these things, when they do not know about the creation of the world and its population? Men gradually increasing in number and multiplying on the earth, as we have already said, the islands also of the sea and the rest of the countries were inhabited.

Ταῦτα δὲ μὴ ἐπιστάμενοι οἱ συγγραφεῖς βούλονται τὸν κόσμον σφαιροειδῆ λέγειν καὶ ὡσπερεὶ κύβῳ συγκρίνειν αὐτόν. πῶς δὲ δύνανται ταῦτα ἀληθῆ φάσκειν, μὴ ἐπιστάμενοι τὴν ποίησιν τοῦ κόσμου μήτε τὴν κατοίκησιν αὐτοῦ; πρὸς μέρος <αὐξανομένων> τῶν ἀνθρώπων <καὶ πληθυνομένων> ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὡς προειρήκαμεν, οὕτως κατῳκήθησαν καὶ αἱ νῆσοι τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ κλίματα.

chap. xxxiii.—profane history gives no account of these matters

 

Who, then, of those called sages, and poets, and historians, could tell us truly of these things, themselves being much later born, and introducing a multitude of gods, who were born so many years after the cities, and are more modern than kings, and nations, and wars? For they should have made mention of all events, even those which happened before the flood; both of the creation of the world and the formation of man, and the whole succession of events. The Egyptian or Chaldæan prophets, and the other writers, should have been able accurately to tell, if at least they spoke by a divine and pure spirit, and spoke truth in all that was uttered by them; and they should have announced not only things past or present, but also those that were to come upon the world. And therefore it is proved that all others have been in error; and that we Christians alone have possessed the truth, inasmuch as we are taught by the Holy Spirit, who spoke in the holy prophets, and foretold all things.

33. Τίς οὖν πρὸς ταῦτα ἴσχυσεν τῶν καλουμένων σοφῶν καὶ ποιητῶν ἢ ἱστοριογράφων τὸ ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν πολὺ μεταγενεστέρων αὐτῶν γεγενημένων καὶ πληθὺν θεῶν εἰσαγαγόντων, οἵτινες μετὰ τοσαῦτα ἔτη αὐτοὶ ἐγεννήθησαν τῶν πόλεων, ἔσχατοι καὶ τῶν βασιλέων καὶ ἐθνῶν καὶ πολέμων; ἐχρῆν γὰρ αὐτοὺς μεμνῆσθαι πάντων καὶ τῶν πρὸ κατακλυσμοῦ γεγονότων, περί τε κτίσεως κόσμου καὶ ποιήσεως ἀνθρώπου, τά τε ἑξῆς συμβάντα ἀκριβῶς ἐξειπεῖν τοὺς παρ' Αἰγυπτίοις προφήτας ἢ Χαλδαίους τούς τε ἄλλους συγγραφεῖς, εἴπερ θείῳ καὶ καθαρῷ πνεύματι ἐλάλησαν καὶ τὰ δι' αὐτῶν ῥηθέντα ἀληθῆ ἀνήγγειλαν· καὶ οὐ μόνον τὰ προγενόμενα ἢ ἐνεστῶτα ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἐπερχόμενα τῷ κόσμῳ ἐχρῆν αὐτοὺς προκαταγγεῖλαι. διὸ δείκνυται πάντας τοὺς λοιποὺς πεπλανῆσθαι, μόνους δὲ Χριστιανοὺς τὴν ἀλήθειαν κεχωρηκέναι, οἵτινες ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου διδασκόμεθα, τοῦ λαλήσαντος ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις προφήταις, καὶ τὰ πάντα προκαταγγέλλοντος.

chap. xxxiv.—the prophets enjoined holiness of life

 

And, for the rest, would that in a kindly spirit  you would investigate divine things1—I mean the things that are spoken by the prophets—in order that, by comparing what is said by us with the utterances of the others, you may be able to discover the truth. We2 have shown from their own histories, which they have compiled, that the names of those who are called gods, are found to be the names of men who lived among them, as we have shown above. And to this day their images are daily fashioned, idols, “the works of men’s hands.” And these the mass of foolish men serve, whilst they reject the maker and fashioner of all things and the nourisher of all breath of life, giving credit to vain doctrines through the deceitfulness of the senseless tradition received from their fathers.

34. Καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν ἔστω σοι φιλοφρόνως ἐρευνᾶν τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, λέγω δὲ τὰ διὰ τῶν προφητῶν ῥηθέντα, ὅπως συγκρίνας τά τε ὑπὸ ἡμῶν λεγόμενα καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν λοιπῶν δυνήσει εὑρεῖν τὸ ἀληθές. Τὰ μὲν οὖν ὀνόματα τῶν καλουμένων θεῶν ὅτι παρ' αὐτοῖς ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων εὑρίσκεται, καθὼς ἐν τοῖς ἐπάνω ἐδηλώσαμεν, ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἱστοριῶν ὧν συνέγραψαν ἀπεδείξαμεν. αἱ δὲ εἰκόνες αὐτῶν τὸ καθ' ἡμέραν ἕως τοῦ δεῦρο ἐκτυποῦνται, <εἴδωλα, ἔργα χειρῶν ἀνθρώπων>. καὶ τούτοις μὲν λατρεύει τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ματαίων ἀνθρώπων τὸν δὲ ποιητὴν καὶ δημιουργὸν τῶν ὅλων καὶ τροφέα πάσης πνοῆς ἀθετοῦσιν, πειθόμενοι δόγμασιν ματαίοις διὰ πλάνης πατροπαραδότου γνώμης ἀσυνέτου.

But God at least, the Father and Creator of the universe, did not abandon mankind, but gave a law, and sent holy prophets to declare and teach the race of men, that each one of us might awake and understand that there is one God. And they also taught us to refrain from unlawful idolatry, and adultery, and murder, fornication, theft, avarice, false swearing, wrath, and every incontinence and uncleanness; and that whatever a man would not wish to be done to himself, he should not do to another; and thus he who acts righteously shall escape the eternal punishments, and be thought worthy of the eternal life from God.

Ὁ μέντοι γε θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ καὶ κτίστης τῶν ὅλων οὐκ ἐγκατέλιπεν τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα, ἀλλὰ ἔδωκεν νόμον καὶ ἔπεμψεν προφήτας ἁγίους πρὸς τὸ καταγγεῖλαι καὶ διδάξαι τὸ γένος τῶν ἀνθρώπων, εἰς τὸ ἕνα ἕκαστον ἡμῶν ἀνανῆψαι καὶ ἐπιγνῶναι ὅτι εἷς ἐστιν θεός· οἳ καὶ ἐδίδαξαν ἀπέχεσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς <ἀθεμίτου εἰδωλολατρείας> καὶ μοιχείας καὶ φόνου, πορνείας, κλοπῆς, φιλαργυρίας, ὅρκου ψεύδους, ὀργῆς καὶ πάσης ἀσελγείας καὶ ἀκαθαρσίας καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἂν μὴ βούληται ἄνθρωπος ἑαυτῷ γίνεσθαι ἵνα μηδὲ ἄλλῳ ποιῇ, καὶ οὕτως ὁ δικαιοπραγῶν ἐκφύγῃ τὰς αἰωνίους κολάσεις καὶ καταξιωθῇ τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ.

chap. xxxv.—precepts from the prophetic books

 

The divine law, then, not only forbids the worshipping of idols, but also of the heavenly bodies, the sun, the moon, or the other stars; yea, not heaven, nor earth, nor the sea, nor fountains, nor rivers, must be worshipped, but we must serve in holiness of heart and sincerity of purpose only the living and true God, who also is Maker of the universe. Wherefore saith the holy law: “Thou shalt not commit adultery; thou shalt not steal; thou shalt not bear false witness; thou shalt not desire thy neighbour’s wife.” So also the prophets. Solomon indeed teaches us that we must not sin with so much as a turn of the eye,3 saying, “Let thine eyes look right on, and let thy eyelids look straight before thee.”4

35. Ὁ μὲν οὖν θεῖος νόμος οὐ μόνον κωλύει τὸ εἰδώλοις προσκυνεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς στοιχείοις, <ἡλίῳ σελήνῃ ἢ τοῖς> λοιποῖς <ἄστροις>, ἀλλ' οὔτε τῷ οὐρανῷ οὔτε γῇ οὔτε θαλάσσῃ ἢ πηγαῖς ἢ ποταμοῖς θρησκεύειν· ἀλλ' ἢ μόνῳ τῷ ὄντως θεῷ καὶ ποιητῇ τῶν ὅλων χρὴ λατρεύειν ἐν ὁσιότητι καρδίας καὶ εἰλικρινεῖ γνώμῃ. διό φησιν ὁ ἅγιος νόμος· “Οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις, οὐ ψευδομαρτυρήσεις, οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ πλησίον σου.” ὁμοίως καὶ οἱ προφῆται. Σολομὼν μὲν οὖν καὶ τὸ δι' ἐννεύματος μὴ ἁμαρτάνειν διδάσκει ἡμᾶς, λέγων· “Οἱ ὀφθαλμοί σου ὀρθὰ βλεπέτωσαν, τὰ δὲ βλέφαρά σου νευέτω δίκαια.”

And Moses [?Hosea?], who himself also was a prophet, says, concerning the sole government of God: “Your God is He who establishes the heaven, and forms the earth, whose hands have brought forth all the host of heaven; and he has not set these things before you that you should go after them.”5 And Isaiah himself also says: “Thus saith the Lord God who established the heavens, and founded the earth and all that is therein, and giveth breath unto the people upon it, and spirit to them that walk therein. This is the Lord your God.”6 And again, through him He says: “I have made the earth, and man upon it. I by my hand have established the heavens.”7 And in another chapter, “This is your God, who created the ends of the earth; He hungereth not, neither is weary, and there is no searching of His understanding.”8 So, too, Jeremiah says: “Who hath made the earth by His power, and established the world by His wisdom, and by His discretion hath stretched out the heavens, and a mass of water in the heavens, and He caused the clouds to ascend from the ends of the earth; He made lightnings with rain, and brought forth winds out of His treasures.”9

Καὶ Ὠσηὲ δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς προφήτης περὶ μοναρχίας θεοῦ λέγει· “Οὗτος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν ὁ στερεῶν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ κτίζων τὴν γῆν, οὗ αἱ χεῖρες κατέδειξαν πᾶσαν τὴν στρατιὰν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ οὐ παρέδειξεν ὑμῖν αὐτὰ τοῦ ὀπίσω αὐτῶν πορεύεσθαι.” Ἠσαΐας δὲ καὶ αὐτός φησιν· “Οὕτως λέγει κύριος ὁ θεός, ὁ στερεώσας τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ θεμελιώσας τὴν γῆν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ δίδους πνοὴν τῷ λαῷ τῷ ἐπ' αὐτῆς καὶ πνεῦμα τοῖς πατοῦσιν αὐτήν. οὗτος κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν.” καὶ πάλιν δι' αὐτοῦ· “Ἐγώ, φησίν, ἐποίησα γῆν καὶ ἄνθρωπον ἐπ' αὐτῇ, ἐγὼ τῇ χειρί μου ἐστερέωσα τὸν οὐρανόν.” καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ κεφαλαίῳ· “Οὗτος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν ὁ κατασκευάσας τὰ ἄκρα τῆς γῆς· οὐ πεινάσει οὐδὲ κοπιάσει, οὐδέ ἐστιν ἐξεύρησις τῆς φρονήσεως αὐτοῦ.” ὁμοίως καὶ Ἰερεμίας <ὃς> καί φησιν· “Ὁ ποιήσας τὴν γῆν ἐπὶ τῇ ἰσχύϊ αὐτοῦ, ἀνορθώσας τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῇ φρονήσει αὐτοῦ ἐξέτεινεν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ πλῆθος ὕδατος ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἀνήγαγεν νεφέλας ἐξ ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς, ἀστραπὰς εἰς ὑετὸν ἐποίησεν καὶ ἐξήγαγεν ἀνέμους ἐκ θησαυρῶν αὐτοῦ.”

One can see how consistently and harmoniously all the prophets spoke, having given utterance through one and the same spirit concerning the unity of God, and the creation of the world, and the formation of man. Moreover, they were in sore travail, bewailing the godless race of men, and they reproached those, who seemed to be wise, for their error and hardness of heart. Jeremiah, indeed, said: “Every man is brutishly gone astray from the knowledge of Him; every founder is confounded by his graven images; in vain the silversmith makes his molten images; there is no breath in them: in the day of their visitation they shall perish.”10 The same, too, says David: “They are corrupt, they have done abominable works; there is none that doeth good, no, not one; they have all gone aside, they have together become profitless.”11 So also Habakkuk: “What profiteth the graven image that he has graven it a lying image? Woe to him that saith to the stone, Awake; and to the wood, Arise.”12 Likewise spoke the other prophets of the truth..

Ὁρᾶν ἔστιν πῶς φίλα καὶ σύμφωνα ἐλάλησαν πάντες οἱ προφῆται, <ἑνὶ καὶ τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι> ἐκφωνήσαντες περί τε μοναρχίας θεοῦ καὶ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου γενέσεως καὶ τῆς ἀνθρώπου ποιήσεως. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ὤδιναν, πενθοῦντες τὸ ἄθεον γένος τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ τοὺς δοκοῦντας εἶναι σοφοὺς διὰ τὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς πλάνην καὶ πώρωσιν τῆς καρδίας κατῄσχυναν. ὁ μὲν Ἰερεμίας ἔφη· “Ἐμωράνθη πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ἀπὸ γνώσεως αὐτοῦ, κατῃσχύνθη πᾶς χρυσοχόος ἀπὸ τῶν γλυπτῶν αὐτοῦ, εἰς μάτην ἀργυροκόπος ἀργυροκοπεῖ, οὐκ ἔστιν πνεῦμα ἐν αὐτοῖς, ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς αὐτῶν ἀπολοῦνται.” τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ ὁ Δαυὶδ λέγει· “Ἐφθάρησαν καὶ ἐβδελύχθησαν ἐν ἐπιτηδεύμασιν αὐτῶν, οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός· πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρειώθησαν.” ὁμοίως καὶ Ἀββακούμ· “Τί ὠφελεῖ γλυπτὸν ἄνθρωπον, ὅτι ἔγλυψεν αὐτὸ φαντασίαν ψευδῆ; οὐαὶ τῷ λέγοντι τῷ λίθῳ ἐξεγέρθητι, καὶ τῷ ξύλῳ ὑψώθητι.” ὁμοίως εἶπον καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ τῆς ἀληθείας προφῆται.

And why should I recount the multitude of prophets, who are numerous, and said ten thousand things consistently and harmoniously? For those who desire it, can, by reading what they uttered, accurately understand the truth, and no longer be carried away by opinion and profitless labour. These, then, whom we have already mentioned, were prophets among the Hebrews,—illiterate, and shepherds, and uneducated

Καὶ τί μοι τὸ πλῆθος καταλέγειν τῶν προφητῶν, πολλῶν ὄντων καὶ μυρία φίλα καὶ σύμφωνα εἰρηκότων; οἱ γὰρ βουλόμενοι δύνανται ἐντυχόντες τοῖς δι' αὐτῶν εἰρημένοις ἀκριβῶς γνῶναι τὸ ἀληθὲς καὶ μὴ παράγεσθαι ὑπὸ διανοίας καὶ ματαιοπονίας. οὗτοι οὖν οὓς προειρήκαμεν προφῆται ἐγένοντο ἐν Ἑβραίοις, ἀγράμματοι καὶ ποιμένες καὶ ἰδιῶται.

chap. xxxvi.—prophecies of the sibyl

 

And the Sibyl, who was a prophetess among the Greeks and the other nations, in the beginning of her prophecy, reproaches the race of men, saying:—

36. Σίβυλλα δέ, ἐν Ἕλλησιν καὶ ἐν τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσιν γενομένη προφῆτις, ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς προφητείας αὐτῆς ὀνειδίζει τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος, λέγουσα·

“How are ye still so quickly lifted up,

   Ἄνθρωποι θνητοὶ καὶ σάρκινοι, οὐδὲν ἐόντες,

And how so thoughtless of the end of life,

   πῶς ταχέως ὑψοῦσθε, βίου τέλος οὐκ ἐσορῶντες,

Ye mortal men of flesh, who are but nought?

   οὐ τρέμετ' οὐδὲ φοβεῖσθε θεόν, τὸν ἐπίσκοπον ὑμῶν,

Do ye not tremble, nor fear God most high?

   ὕψιστον γνώστην, πανεπόπτην, μάρτυρα πάντων,

Your Overseer, the Knower, Seer of all,

   παντοτρόφον κτίστην, ὅστις γλυκὺ πνεῦμ' ἐν ἅπασιν

Who ever keeps those whom His hand first made,

   κάτθετο, χἠγητῆρα βροτῶν πάντων ἐποίησεν;

Puts His sweet Spirit into all His works, And gives Him for a guide to mortal men.

   εἷς θεός, ὃς μόνος ἄρχει, ὑπερμεγέθης, ἀγένητος,

There is one only uncreated God,

   παντοκράτωρ, ἀόρατος, ὁρῶν μόνος αὐτὸς ἅπαντα,

Who reigns alone, all-powerful very great,

   αὐτὸς δ' οὐ βλέπεται θνητῆς ὑπὸ σαρκὸς ἁπάσης.

From whom is nothing hid. He sees all things,

   τίς γὰρ σὰρξ δύναται τὸν ἐπουράνιον καὶ ἀληθῆ

Himself unseen by any mortal eye.

   ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἰδεῖν θεὸν ἄμβροτον, ὃς πόλον οἰκεῖ;

Can mortal man see the immortal God, Or fleshly eyes, which Shun the noontide beams,

   ἀλλ' οὐδ' ἀκτίνων κατεναντίον ἡελίοιο

Look upon Him who dwells beyond the heavens?

   ἄνθρωποι στῆναι δυνατοί, θνητοὶ γεγαῶτες,

Worship Him then, the self-existent God,

   ἄνδρες ἐν ὀστήεσσι, φλέβες καὶ σάρκες ἐόντες.

 

   αὐτὸν τὸν μόνον ὄντα σέβεσθ' ἡγήτορα κόσμου,

Who only was from everlasting time,

   ὃς μόνος εἰς αἰῶνα καὶ ἐξ αἰῶνος ἐτύχθη.

The unbegotten Ruler of the world,

   αὐτογενής, ἀγένητος, ἅπαντα κρατῶν διαπαντός,

And shall to everlasting still abide.

   πᾶσι βροτοῖσι νέμων τὸ κριτήριον ἐν φαῒ κοινῷ.

Of evil counsels ye shall reap the fruit,

   τῆς κακοβουλοσύνης δὲ τὸν ἄξιον ἕξετε μισθόν,

Because ye have not honoured the true God,

   ὅττι θεὸν προλιπόντες ἀληθινὸν ἀεναόν τε

Nor offered to Him sacred hecatombs.

   δοξάζειν, αὐτῷ τε θύειν ἱερὰς ἑκατόμβας,

To those who dwell in Hades ye make gifts, And unto demons offer sacrifice.

   δαίμοσι τὰς θυσίας ἐποιήσατε τοῖσιν ἐν ἅδῃ·

In madness and in pride ye have your walk;

   τύφῳ καὶ μανίῃ δὲ βαδίζετε, καὶ τρίβον ὀρθὴν

And leaving the right way, ye wander wide,

   εὐθεῖαν προλιπόντες ἀπήλθετε, καὶ δι' ἀκανθῶν

And lose yourselves in pitfalls and in thorns.

   καὶ σκολόπων ἐπλανᾶσθε. βροτοὶ παύσασθε μάταιοι

Why do ye wander thus, O foolish men? Cease your vain wanderings in the black, dark night;

   ῥεμβόμενοι σκοτίῃ καὶ ἀφεγγέϊ νυκτὶ μελαίνῃ,

Why follow darkness and perpetual gloom

   καὶ λίπετε σκοτίην νυκτός, φωτὸς δὲ λάβεσθε.

When, see, there shines for you the blessed light?

   οὗτος ἰδοὺ πάντεσσι σαφὴς ἀπλάνητος ὑπάρχει.

Lo, He is clear—in Him there is no spot.

   ἔλθετε, μὴ σκοτίην δὲ διώκετε καὶ γνόφον αἰεί·

Turn, then, from darkness, and behold the day;

   ἡελίου γλυκυδερκὲς ἰδοὺ φάος ἔξοχα λάμπει.

Be wise, and treasure wisdom in your breasts.

   γνῶτε δὲ κατθέμενοι σοφίην ἐν στήθεσιν ὑμῶν·

There is one God who sends the winds and rains,

   εἷς θεὸς ἔστι, βροχάς, ἀνέμους, σεισμοὺς ἐπιπέμπων,

The earthquakes, and the lightnings, and the plagues,

   ἀστεροπάς, λιμούς, λοιμοὺς καὶ κήδεα λυγρὰ

The famines, and the snow-storms, and the ice,

   καὶ νιφετούς, κρύσταλλα. τί δὴ καθ' ἓν ἐξαγορεύω;

And all the woes that visit our sad race. Nor these alone, but all things else He gives, Ruling omnipotent in heaven and earth, And self-existent from eternity.

   οὐρανοῦ ἡγεῖται, γαίης κρατεῖ, αὐτὸς ὑπάρχει.

And regarding those [gods] that are said to have been born, she said:—

καὶ πρὸς τοὺς γενητοὺς λεγομένους ἔφη·

“If all things that are born must also die,

   Εἰ δὲ γενητὸν ὅλως καὶ φθείρεται, οὐ δύνατ' ἀνδρὸς

God cannot be produced by mortal man.

   ἐκ μηρῶν μήτρας τε θεὸς τετυπωμένος εἶναι.

But there is only Once, the All-Supreme,

   ἀλλὰ θεὸς μόνος εἷς πανυπέρτατος, ὃς πεποίηκεν

Who made the heavens, with all their starry host, The sun and moon;

   οὐρανὸν ἡέλιόν τε καὶ ἀστέρας ἠδὲ σελήνην,

likewise the fruitful earth,With all the waves of ocean, and the hills,

   καρποφόρον γαῖάν τε καὶ ὕδατος οἴδματα πόντου,

The fountains, and the ever flowing streams;

   οὔρεα θ' ὑψήεντα καὶ ἀέναα χεύματα πηγῶν·

He also made the countless multitude

   τῶν τ' ἐνύδρων πάλι γεννᾷ ἀνήριθμον πολὺ πλῆθος.

Of ocean creatures, and He keeps alive All creeping things, both of the earth and sea;

   ἕρπετα δὲ γαίης κινούμενα ψυχοτροφεῖται,

And all the tuneful choir of birds He made,

   ποικίλα τε πτηνῶν λιγυρόθροα, τραυλίζοντα,

Which cleave the air with wings, and with shrill pipe

   ξουθά, λιγυπτερόφωνα, ταράσσοντ' ἀέρα ταρσοῖς,

Trill forth at morn their tender, clear-voiced song.

   ἐν δὲ νάπαις ὀρέων ἀγρίαν γένναν θέτο θηρῶν·

Within the deep glades of the hills He placed

   ἡμῖν τε κτήνη ὑπέταξεν πάντα βροτοῖσιν,

And putting in subjection to his sway Things many and incomprehensible.

   πάντων δ' ἡγητῆρα κατέστησεν θεότευκτον,

A savage race of beasts; and unto men He made all cattle subject, making man The God-formed image, ruler over all,

   ἀνδρὶ δ' ὑπαίταξεν παμποίκιλα κοὐ καταληπτά.

For who of mortals can know all these things?

   τίς γὰρ σὰρξ δύναται θνητῶν γνῶναι τάδ' ἅπαντα;

He only knows who made them at the first,

   ἀλλ' αὐτὸς μόνος οἶδεν ὁ ποιήσας τάδ' ἀπ' ἀρχῆς

He the Creator, incorruptible, Who dwells in upper air eternally;

   ἄφθαρτος κτίστης αἰώνιος, αἰθέρα ναίων,

Who proffers to the good most rich rewards,

   τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ἀγαθὸν προφέρων πολὺ πλείονα μισθόν,

And against evil and unrighteous men Rouses revenge, and wrath,

   τοῖς δὲ κακοῖς ἀδίκοις τε χόλον καὶ θυμὸν ἐγείρων,

and bloody wars, And pestilence, and many a tearful grief.

   καὶ πόλεμον καὶ λοιμὸν ἴδ' ἄλγεα δακρυόεντα.

O man exalted vainly—say why thus

   ἄνθρωποι, τί μάτην ὑψούμενοι ἐκριζοῦσθε;

Hast thou so utterly destroyed thyself? Have ye no shame worshipping beasts for gods?

   Αἰσχύνθητε γαλᾶς καὶ κνώδαλα θειοποιοῦντες.

And to believe the gods should steal your beasts,

   οὐ μανίη καὶ λύσσα φρενῶν αἴσθησιν ἀφαιρεῖ,

Or that they need your vessels—is it not

   εἰ λοπάδας κλέπτουσι θεοί, συλοῦσι δὲ χύτρας;

Frenzy’s most profitless and foolish thought?

   ἀντὶ δὲ χρυσήεντα πόλον κατὰ πίονα ναίειν

Instead of dwelling in the golden heavens,

   σητόβρωτα δέδορκε, πυκναῖς δ' ἀράχναις δεδίασται·

Ye see your gods become the prey of worms,

   προσκυνέοντες ὄφεις κύνας αἰλούρους, ἀνόητοι,

And hosts of creatures noisome and unclean. O fools! ye worship serpents, dogs, and cats, Birds, and the creeping things of earth and sea,

   καὶ πετεηνὰ σέβεσθε καὶ ἑρπετὰ θηρία γαίης

Images made with hands, statues of stone,

   καὶ λίθινα ξόανα καὶ ἀγάλματα χειροποίητα,

And heaps of rubbish by the wayside placed.

   καὶ παρ' ὁδοῖσι λίθων συγχώσματα· ταῦτα σέβεσθε

All these, and many more vain things, ye serve Worshipping things disgraceful even to name:

   ἄλλα τε πολλὰ μάταια, ἃ δή κ' αἰσχρὸν ἀγορεύειν,

These are the gods who lead vain men astray,

   εἰσι θεοὶ μερόπων δόλῳ ἡγητῆρες ἀβούλων

From whose mouth streams of deadly poison flow.

   τῶν δὴ κἀκ στόματος χεῖται θανατηφόρος ἰός.

But unto Him in whom alone is life, Life, and undying, everlasting light;

   ὃς δ' ἔστι ζωή τε καὶ ἄφθιτον ἀέναον φῶς,

Who pours into man’s cup of life a Sweeter than sweetest honey to his taste,—

   καὶ μέλιτος   γλυκερώτερον ἀνδράσι χάρμα

Unto Him bow the head, to Him alone,

   ἐκπροχέει   τῷ δὴ μόνῳ αὐχένα κάμπτειν,

And walk in ways of everlasting peace. Forsaking Him, ye all have turned aside,

   καὶ τρίβον αἰώνεσσιν ἐν εὐσεβέεσσ' ἀνακλίνοις.

And, in your raving folly, drained the cup

   ταῦτα λιπόντες ἅπαντα, δίκης μεστὸν τὸ κύπελλον

Of justice quite unmixed, pure, mastering, strong;

   ζωρότερον, στιβαρόν, βεβαρημένον, εὖ μάλ' ἄκρητον,

And ye will not again be sober men,

   εἱλκύσατ' ἀφροσύνῃ μεμανηότι πνεύματι πάντες·

Ye will not come unto a sober mind,

   κοὐ θέλετ' ἐκνῆψαι καὶ σώφρονα πρὸς νόον ἐλθεῖν,

And know your God and King, who looks on all:

   καὶ γνῶναι βασιλῆα θεόν, τὸν πάντ' ἐφορῶντα.

Therefore, upon you burning fire shall come,

   τοὔνεκεν αἰσθομένοιο πυρὸς σέλας ἔρχετ' ἐφ' ὑμᾶς·

And ever ye shall daily burn in flames,

   λαμπάσι καυθήσεσθε δι' αἰῶνος τὸ πανῆμαρ,

Ashamed for ever of your useless gods.

   ψευδέσιν αἰσχυνθέντες ἐπ' εἰδώλοισιν ἀχρήστοις.

But those who worship the eternal God,

   οἱ δὲ θεὸν τιμῶντες ἀληθινὸν ἀέναόν τε

They shall inherit everlasting life,

   ζωὴν κληρονομοῦσι, τὸν αἰῶνος χρόνον αὐτοὶ

Inhabiting the blooming realms of bliss,

   οἰκοῦντες παραδείσου ὁμῶς ἐριθηλέα κῆπον,

And feasting on sweet food from starry heaven.”

   δαινύμενοι γλυκὺν ἄρτον ἀπ' οὐρανοῦ ἀστερόεντος.

That these things are true, and useful, and just, and profitable to all men, is obvious. Even the poets have spoken of the punishments of the wicked.

ὅτι μὲν οὖν ταῦτα <ἀληθῆ> καὶ ὠφέλιμα καὶ <δίκαια> καὶ <προφιλῆ> πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις τυγχάνει, δῆλόν ἐστιν, καὶ ὅτι οἱ κακῶς δράσαντες ἀναγκαίως ἔχουσιν κατ' ἀξίαν τῶν πράξεων κολασθῆναι.

chap. xxxvii.—the testimonies of the poets

 

And that evil-doers must necessarily be punished in proportion to their deeds, has already been, as it were, oracularly uttered by some of the poets, as a witness both against themselves and against the wicked, declaring that they shall be punished. Æschylus said:—

37. Ἤδη δὲ καὶ τῶν ποιητῶν τινες ὡσπερεὶ λόγια ἑαυτοῖς ἐξεῖπον ταῦτα καὶ εἰς μαρτύριον τοῖς τὰ ἄδικα πράσσουσι λέγοντες ὅτι μέλλουσιν κολάζεσθαι. Αἰσχύλος ἔφη·

“He who has done must also suffer.”

   Δράσαντι γάρ τοι καὶ παθεῖν ὀφείλεται.

And Pindar himself said:—

Πίνδαρος δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἔφη·

“It is fit that suffering follow doing.”

      Ἐπεὶ           ῥέζοντά τι καὶ παθεῖν ἔοικεν.

So, too, Euripides:—

ὡσαύτως καὶ Εὐριπίδης·

“The deed rejoiced you—suffering endure;

   Ἀνάσχου πάσχων· δρῶν γὰρ ἔχαιρες.

The taken enemy must needs be pain’d.”

   νόμου τὸν ἐχθρὸν δρᾶν, ὅπου λάβῃς, κακῶς.

And again:—

καὶ πάλιν ὁ αὐτός·

“The foe’s pain is the hero’s meed.”

   Ἐχθροὺς κακῶς δρᾶν ἀνδρὸς ἡγοῦμαι μέρος.

And, similarly, Archilochus:—

ὁμοίως καὶ Ἀρχίλοχος·

“One thing I know, I hold it ever true,

      Ἓν δ' ἐπίσταμαι μέγα,

The evil-doer evil shall endure.”

   τὸν κακῶς δρῶντα δεινοῖς ἀνταμείβεσθαι κακοῖς.

And that God sees all, and that nothing escapes His notice, but that, being long-suffering, He refrains until the time when He is to judge—concerning this, too, Dionysius said:—

Καὶ ὅτι ὁ θεὸς τὰ πάντα ἐφορᾷ καὶ οὐδὲν αὐτὸν λανθάνει, μακρόθυμος δὲ ὢν ἀνέχεται ἕως οὗ μέλλει κρίνειν, καὶ περὶ τούτου Διονύσιος εἴρηκεν·

“The eye of Justice seeing all,

   Ὁ τῆς Δίκης ὀφθαλμὸς ὡς δι' ἡσύχου

Yet seemeth not to see.”

   λεύσσων προσώπου πάνθ' ὁμῶς ἀεὶ βλέπει.

And that God’s judgment is to be, and that evils will suddenly overtake the wicked,—this, too, Æschylus declared, saying:—

Καὶ ὅτι μέλλει ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ κρίσις γίνεσθαι καὶ τὰ κακὰ τοὺς πονηροὺς αἰφνιδίως καταλαμβάνειν, καὶ τοῦτο Αἰσχύλος ἐσήμανεν λέγων·

“Swift-looted is the approach of fate, And none can justice violate,

   τό τοι κακὸν ποδῶκες ἔρχεται βροτοῖς,

But feels its stern hand soon or late.

   κατ' ἀμπλάκημα τῷ περῶντι τὴν θέμιν.

“’Tis with you, though unheard, unseen; You draw night’s curtain in between,

   ὁρᾷς Δίκην ἄναυδον, οὐχ ὁρωμένην

But even sleep affords no screen. “’Tis with you if you sleep or wake;

   εὕδοντι καὶ στείχοντι καὶ καθημένῳ·

And if abroad your way you take, Its still, stern watch you cannot break.

   ἑξῆς ὀπάζει δόχμιον, ἄλλοθ' ὕστερον.

“’Twill follow you, or cross your path; And even night no virtue hath To hide you from th’ Avenger’s wrath.

   οὐκ ἐγκαλύπτει νὺξ κακῶς εἰργασμένον·

“To show the ill the darkness flees; Then, if sin offers joy or ease, Oh stop, and think that some one sees!”

   ὅ τι δ' ἂν ποιῇς δεινὸν νόμιζ' ὁρᾶν τινά.

And may we not cite Simonides also?—

τί δ' οὐχὶ καὶ ὁ Σιμωνίδης;

“To men no evil comes unheralded;

      Οὐκ ἔστιν κακὸν

But God with sudden hand

   ἀνεπιδόκητον ἀνθρώποις· ὀλίγῳ δὲ χρόνῳ

transforms all things.”

   πάντα μεταρρίπτει θεός.

Euripides again:—

πάλιν Εὐριπίδης·

“The wicked and proud man’s prosperity

   Οὐδέποτ' εὐτυχίαν κακοῦ ἀνδρὸς ὑπέρφρονά τ' ὄλβον

Is based on sand: his race abideth not;

   βέβαιον εἰκάσαι χρεών,

And time proclaims the wickedness of men.”

   οὐδ' ἀδίκων γενεάν· ὁ γὰρ οὐδένος ἐκφὺς χρόνος

Once more Euripides:—

   δείκνυσιν ἀνθρώπων κακότητας.

“Not without judgment is the Deity,

ἔτι ὁ Εὐριπίδης·

But sees when oaths are struck unrighteously,

   Οὐ γὰρ ἀσύνετον τὸ θεῖον, ἀλλ' ἔχει συνιέναι

And when from men unwilling they are wrung.”

   τοὺς κακῶς παγέντας ὅρκους καὶ κατηναγκασμένους.

And Sophocles:—

καὶ ὁ Σοφοκλῆς·

“If ills you do, ills also you must bear.”

   Εἰ δείν' ὄρεξας, δεινὰ καὶ παθεῖν σε δεῖ.

That God will make inquiry both concerning false swearing and concerning every other wickedness, they themselves have well-nigh predicted. And concerning the conflagration of the world, they have, willingly or unwillingly, spoken in Conformity with the prophets, though they were much more recent, and stole these things from the law and the prophets. The poets corroborate the testimony of the prophets.

Ἤτοι οὖν περὶ ἀδίκου ὅρκου ἢ καὶ περὶ ἄλλου τινὸς πταίσματος ὅτι μέλλει ὁ θεὸς ἐξετάζειν, καὶ αὐτοὶ σχεδὸν προειρήκασιν, ἢ καὶ περὶ ἐκπυρώσεως κόσμου θέλοντες καὶ μὴ θέλοντες ἀκόλουθα ἐξεῖπαν τοῖς προφήταις, καίπερ πολὺ μεταγενέστεροι γενόμενοι καὶ κλέψαντες ταῦτα ἐκ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν.

chap. xxxviii.—the teachings of the greek poets and philosophers confirmatory of those of the hebrew prophets

 

But what matters it whether they were before or after them? Certainly they did at all events utter things confirmatory of the prophets. Concerning the burning up of the world, Malachi the prophet foretold: “The day of the Lord cometh as a burning oven, and shall consume all the wicked.”1 And Isaiah: “For the wrath of God is as a violent hail-storm, and as a rushing mountain torrent.”2

38. Καὶ τί γὰρ ἤτοι ἔσχατοι ἢ καὶ πρῶτοι ἐγένοντο; πλὴν ὅτι γοῦν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀκόλουθα τοῖς προφήταις εἶπον. περὶ μὲν οὖν ἐκπυρώσεως Μαλαχίας ὁ προφήτης προείρηκεν· “Ἰδοὺ ἡμέρα ἔρχεται κυρίου ὡς κλίβανος καιόμενος, καὶ ἀνάψει πάντας τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς.” καὶ Ἠσαΐας· “Ἥξει γὰρ ὀργὴ θεοῦ <ὡς πῦρ καὶ> ὡς χάλαζα συγκαταφερομένη βίᾳ καὶ ὡς ὕδωρ σῦρον ἐν φάραγγι.”

The Sibyl, then, and the other prophets, yea, and the poets and philosophers, have clearly taught both concerning righteousness, and judgment, and punishment; and also concerning providence, that God cares for us, not only for the living among us, but also for those that are dead: though, indeed, they said this unwillingly, for they were convinced by the truth. And among the prophets indeed, Solomon said of the dead, “There shall be healing to thy flesh, and care taken of thy bones.”3 And the same says David, “The hones which Thou hast broken shall rejoice.”4 And in agreement with these sayings was that of Timocles:—

Τοίνυν Σίβυλλα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ προφῆται, ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ οἱ ποιηταὶ καὶ φιλόσοφοι καὶ αὐτοὶ δεδηλώκασιν περὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ κρίσεως καὶ κολάσεως· ἔτι μὴν καὶ περὶ προνοίας, ὅτι φροντίζει ὁ θεὸς οὐ μόνον περὶ τῶν ζώντων ἡμῶν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν τεθνεώτων, καίπερ ἄκοντες ἔφασαν· ἠλέγχοντο γὰρ ὑπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας. καὶ τῶν μὲν προφητῶν Σολομὼν περὶ τῶν τεθνηκότων εἶπεν· “Ἔσται ἴασις ταῖς σαρξὶν καὶ ἐπιμέλεια τῶν ὀστέων.” τὸ δ' αὐτὸ καὶ Δαυίδ· “Ἀγαλλιάσεται ὀστᾶ τεταπεινωμένα.” τούτοις ἀκόλουθα εἴρηκεν καὶ Τιμοκλῆς, λέγων·

“The dead are pitied by the loving God.”

   Τεθνεῶσιν ἔλεος ἐπιεικὴς θεός.

And the writers who spoke of a multiplicity of gods came at length to the doctrine of the unity of God, and those who asserted chance spoke also of providence; and the advocates of impunity confessed there would be a judgment, and those who denied that there is a sensation after death acknowledged that there is. Homer, accordingly, though he had said,—

καὶ περὶ πλήθους οὖν θεῶν οἱ συγγραφεῖς εἰπόντες καθῆλθον εἰς μοναρχίαν, καὶ περὶ ἀπρονοησίας λέγοντες εἶπον περὶ προνοίας καὶ περὶ ἀκρισίας φάσκοντες ὡμολόγησαν ἔσεσθαι κρίσιν, καὶ οἱ μετὰ   θάνατον ἀρνούμενοι εἶναι αἴσθησιν ὡμολόγησαν. Ὅμηρος μὲν οὖν εἰπών·

“Like fleeting vision passed the soul away,”5

   Ψυχὴ δ' ἠΰτ' ὄνειρος ἀποπταμένη πεπότηται,

says in another place:—

ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει·

“To Hades went the disembodied soul; ”6

   Ψυχὴ δ' ἐκ ῥεθέων πταμένη Ἄϊδόσδε βεβήκει,

And again:—

καὶ πάλιν·

“That I may quickly pass through Hades’ gates, Me bury.”7

   Θάπτε με ὅττι τάχιστα πύλας Ἀΐδαο περήσω.

And as regards the others whom you have read, I think you know with sufficient accuracy how they have expressed themselves. But all these things will every one understand who seeks the wisdom of God, and is well pleasing to Him through faith and righteousness and the doing of good works. For one of the prophets whom we already mentioned, Hosea by name, said, “Who is wise, and he shall understand these things? prudent, and he shall know them? for the ways of the Lord are right, and the just shall walk in them: but the transgressors shall fall therein.”8 He, then, who is desirous of learning, should learn much.9 Endeavour therefore to meet [with me] more frequently, that, by hearing the living voice, you may[2]

Τὰ δὲ περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν, οὓς ἀνέγνωκας, ἡγοῦμαί σε ἀκριβῶς ἐπίστασθαι ᾧ τρόπῳ εἰρήκασιν. ταῦτα δὲ πάντα συνήσει πᾶς ὁ ζητῶν τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ εὐαρεστῶν αὐτῷ διὰ πίστεως καὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ ἀγαθοεργίας. καὶ γάρ τις εἶπεν προφήτης ὧν προεγράψαμεν, ὀνόματι Ὠσηέ· “Τίς σοφὸς καὶ συνήσει ταῦτα, συνετὸς καὶ γνώσεται; ὅτι εὐθεῖαι αἱ ὁδοὶ τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ δίκαιοι εἰσελεύσονται ἐν αὐταῖς, οἱ δὲ ἀσεβεῖς ἀσθενήσουσιν ἐν αὐταῖς.” χρὴ οὖν τὸν φιλομαθῆ καὶ φιλομαθεῖν. πειράθητι οὖν πυκνότερον συμβαλεῖν, ὅπως καὶ ζώσης ἀκούσας φωνῆς ἀκριβῶς μάθῃς τἀληθές.

 

 

 

 

Book III

III

chap. i.—autolycus not yet convinced

1. Θεόφιλος Αὐτολύκῳ χαίρειν.

Theophilus to Autolycus, greeting: Seeing that writers are fond of composing a multitude of books for vainglory,—some concerning gods, and wars, and chronology, and some, too, concerning useless legends, and other such labour in vain, in which you also have been used to employ yourself until now, and do not grudge to endure that toil; but though you conversed with me, are still of opinion that the word of truth is an idle tale, and suppose that our writings are recent and modern;—on this account I also will not grudge the labour of compendiously setting forth to you, God helping me, the antiquity of our books, reminding you of it in few words, that you may not grudge the labour of reading it, but may recognise the folly of the other authors.

Ἐπειδὴ οἱ συγγραφεῖς βούλονται πληθὺν βίβλων συγγράφειν πρὸς κενὴν δόξαν, οἱ μὲν περὶ θεῶν καὶ πολέμων ἢ χρόνων, τινὲς δὲ καὶ μύθων ἀνωφελῶν καὶ τῆς λοιπῆς ματαιοπονίας, ἧς ἤσκεις καὶ σὺ ἕως τοῦ δεῦρο, κἀκείνου μὲν τοῦ καμάτου οὐκ ὀκνεῖς ἀνεχόμενος, ἡμῖν δὲ συμβαλὼν ἔτι λῆρον ἡγῇ τυγχάνειν τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας, οἰόμενος προσφάτους καὶ νεωτερικὰς εἶναι τὰς παρ' ἡμῖν γραφάς, διὸ δὴ κἀγὼ οὐκ ὀκνήσω ἀνακεφαλαιώσασθαί σοι παρέχοντος θεοῦ τὴν ἀρχαιότητα τῶν παρ' ἡμῖν γραμμάτων, ὑπόμνημά σοι ποιούμενος δι' ὀλίγων, ὅπως μὴ ὀκνήσῃς ἐντυγχάνειν αὐτῷ, ἐπιγνῷς δὲ τῶν λοιπῶν συνταξάντων τὴν φλυαρίαν.

chap. ii.—profane authors had no means of knowing the truth

 

For it was fit that they who wrote should themselves have been eye-witnesses of those things concerning which they made assertions, or should accurately have ascertained them from those who had seen them; for they who write of things unascertained beat the air.

2. Ἐχρῆν γὰρ τοὺς συγγράφοντας αὐτοὺς αὐτόπτας γεγενῆσθαι περὶ ὧν διαβεβαιοῦνται, ἢ ἀκριβῶς μεμαθηκέναι ὑπὸ τῶν τεθεαμένων αὐτά. τρόπῳ γάρ τινι οἱ τὰ ἄδηλα συγγράφοντες ἀέρα δέρουσιν.

For what did it profit Homer to have composed the Trojan war, and to have deceived many; or Hesiod, the register of the theogony of those whom he calls gods; or Orpheus, the three hundred and sixty-five gods, whom in the end of his life he rejects, maintaining in his precepts that there is one God? What profit did the sphærography of the world’s circle confer on Aratus, or those who held the same doctrine as he, except glory among men? And not even that did they reap as they deserved. And what truth did they utter? Or what good did their tragedies do to Euripides and Sophocles, or the other tragedians? Or their comedies to Menander and Aristophanes, and the other comedians? Or their histories to Herodotus and Thucydides? Or the shrines1 and the pillars of Hercules to Pythagoras, or the Cynic philosophy to Diogenes? What good did it do Epicurus to maintain that there is no providence; or Empedocles to teach atheism; or Socrates to swear by the dog, and the goose, and the plane-tree, and Aesculapius struck by lightning, and the demons whom he invoked? And why did he willingly die? What reward, or of what kind, did he expect to receive after death? What did Plato’s system of culture profit him? Or what benefit did the rest of the philosophers derive from their doctrines, not to enumerate the whole of them, since they are numerous? But these things we say, for the purpose of exhibiting their useless and godless opinions.

Τί γὰρ ὠφέλησεν Ὅμηρον συγγράψαι τὸν Ἰλιακὸν πόλεμον καὶ πολλοὺς ἐξαπατῆσαι, ἢ Ἡσίοδον ὁ κατάλογος τῆς θεογονίας τῶν παρ' αὐτῷ θεῶν ὀνομαζομένων, Ὀρφέα οἱ τριακόσιοι ἑξήκοντα πέντε θεοί, οὓς αὐτὸς ἐπὶ τέλει τοῦ βίου ἀθετεῖ, ἐν ταῖς Διαθήκαις αὐτοῦ λέγων ἕνα εἶναι θεόν; τί δὲ ὠφέλησεν Ἄρατον ἡ σφαιρογραφία τοῦ κοσμικοῦ κύκλου, ἢ τοὺς τὰ ὅμοια αὐτῷ εἰπόντας, πλὴν τῆς κατ' ἄνθρωπον δόξης, ἧς οὐδὲ αὐτῆς κατ' ἀξίαν ἔτυχον; τί δὲ καὶ ἀληθὲς εἰρήκασιν; ἢ τί ὠφέλησεν Εὐριπίδην καὶ Σοφοκλέα ἢ τοὺς λοιποὺς τραγῳδιογράφους αἱ τραγῳδίαι, ἢ Μένανδρον καὶ Ἀριστοφάνην καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς κωμικοὺς αἱ κωμῳδίαι, ἢ Ἡρόδοτον καὶ Θουκυδίδην αἱ ἱστορίαι αὐτῶν, ἢ Πυθαγόραν τὰ ἄδυτα καὶ Ἡρακλέους στῆλαι, ἢ Διογένην ἡ κυνικὴ φιλοσοφία, ἢ Ἐπίκουρον τὸ δογματίζειν μὴ εἶναι πρόνοιαν, ἢ Ἐμπεδοκλέα τὸ διδάσκειν ἀθεότητα, ἢ Σωκράτην τὸ ὀμνύειν τὸν κύνα καὶ τὸν χῆνα καὶ τὴν πλάτανον καὶ τὸν κεραυνωθέντα Ἀσκλήπιον καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἃ ἐπεκαλεῖτο· πρὸς τί δὲ καὶ ἑκὼν ἀπέθνησκεν, τίνα καὶ ὁποῖον μισθὸν μετὰ θάνατον ἀπολαβεῖν ἐλπίζων; τί δὲ ὠφέλησεν Πλάτωνα ἡ κατ' αὐτὸν παιδεία, ἢ τοὺς λοιποὺς φιλοσόφους τὰ δόγματα αὐτῶν ἵνα μὴ τὸν ἀριθμὸν αὐτῶν καταλέγω πολλῶν ὄντων; ταῦτα δέ φαμεν εἰς τὸ ἐπιδεῖξαι τὴν ἀνωφελῆ καὶ ἄθεον διάνοιαν αὐτῶν.

chap. iii.—their contradictions

 

For all these, having fallen in love with vain and empty reputation, neither themselves knew the truth, nor guided others to the truth: for the things which they said themselves convict them of speaking inconsistently; and most of them demolished their own doctrines. For not only did they refute one another, but some, too, even stultified their own teachings; so that their reputation has issued in shame and folly, for they are condemned by men of understanding.

3. Δόξης γὰρ κενῆς καὶ ματαίου πάντες οὗτοι ἐρασθέντες οὔτε αὐτοὶ τὸ ἀληθὲς ἔγνωσαν οὔτε μὴν ἄλλους ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν προετρέψαντο. καὶ γὰρ ἃ ἔφασαν αὐτὰ ἐλέγχει αὐτούς, ἢ ἀσύμφωνα εἰρήκασιν, καὶ τὰ ἴδια δόγματα οἱ πλείους αὐτῶν κατέλυσαν· οὐ γὰρ ἀλλήλους μόνον ἀνέτρεψαν, ἀλλ' ἤδη τινὲς καὶ τὰ ἑαυτῶν δόγματα ἄκυρα ἐποίησαν, ὥστε ἡ δόξα αὐτῶν εἰς ἀτιμίαν καὶ μωρίαν ἐχώρησεν· ὑπὸ γὰρ τῶν συνετῶν καταγινώσκονται.

For either they made assertions concerning the gods, and afterwards taught that there was no god; or if they spoke even of the creation of the world, they finally said that all things were produced spontaneously. Yea, and even speaking of providence, they taught again that the world was not ruled by providence. But what? Did they not, when they essayed to write even of honourable conduct, teach the perpetration of lasciviousness, and fornication, and adultery; and did they not introduce hateful and unutterable wickedness? And they proclaim that their gods took the lead in committing unutterable acts of  adultery, and in monstrous banquets. For who does not sing Saturn devouring his own children, and Jove his son gulping down Metis, and preparing for the gods a horrible feast, at which also they say that Vulcan, a lame blacksmith, did the waiting; and how Jove not only married Juno, his own sister, but also with foul mouth did abominable wickedness? And the rest of his deeds, as many as the poets sing, it is likely you are acquainted with. Why need I further recount the deeds of Neptune and Apollo, or Bacchus and Hercules, of the bosom-loving Minerva, and the shameless Venus, since in another place1 we have given a more accurate account of these?

Ἤτοι γὰρ περὶ θεῶν ἔφασαν, αὐτοὶ δ' ὕστερον ἀθεότητα ἐδίδαξαν, ἢ εἰ καὶ περὶ κόσμου γενέσεως, ἔσχατον αὐτοματισμὸν εἶπον εἶναι τῶν πάντων, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ προνοίας λέγοντες πάλιν ἀπρονόητον εἶναι κόσμον ἐδογμάτισαν. τί δ'; οὐχὶ καὶ περὶ σεμνότητος πειρώμενοι γράφειν ἀσελγείας καὶ πορνείας καὶ μοιχείας ἐδίδαξαν ἐπιτελεῖσθαι, ἔτι μὴν καὶ τὰς στυγητὰς ἀρρητοποιΐας εἰσηγήσαντο; καὶ πρώτους γε τοὺς θεοὺς αὐτῶν κηρύσσουσιν ἐν ἀρρήτοις μίξεσιν συγγίνεσθαι ἔν τε ἀθέσμοις βρώσεσιν. τίς γὰρ οὐκ ᾄδει Κρόνον τεκνοφάγον, Δία δὲ τὸν παίδα αὐτοῦ τὴν Μῆτιν καταπίνειν καὶ δεῖπνα μιαρὰ τοῖς θεοῖς ἑτοιμάζειν· ἔνθα καὶ χωλὸν Ἥφαιστόν τινα χαλκέα φασὶν διακονεῖν αὐτοῖς· τήν τε Ἥραν ἰδίαν ἀδελφὴν αὐτοῦ μὴ μόνον τὸν Δία γαμεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ στόματος ἀνάγνου ἀρρητοποιεῖν; τάς τε λοιπὰς περὶ αὐτοῦ πράξεις, ὁπόσας ᾄδουσιν οἱ ποιηταί, εἰκὸς ἐπίστασαι. τί μοι λοιπὸν καταλέγειν τὰ περὶ Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος ἢ Διονύσου καὶ Ἡρακλέους, Ἀθηνᾶς τῆς φιλομόλπου καὶ Ἀφροδίτης τῆς ἀναισχύντου, ἀκριβέστερον πεποιηκότων ἡμῶν ἐν ἑτέρῳ τὸν περὶ αὐτῶν λόγον;

chap. iv.—how autolycus had been misled by false accusations against the christians

 

Nor indeed was there any necessity for my refuting these, except that I see you still in dubiety about the word of the truth. For though yourself prudent, you endure fools gladly. Otherwise you would not have been moved by senseless men to yield yourself to empty words, and to give credit to the prevalent rumor wherewith godless lips falsely accuse us, who are worshippers of God, and are called Christians, alleging that the wives of us all are held in common and made promiscuous use of; and that we even commit incest with our own sisters, and, what is most impious and barbarous of all, that we eat human flesh.2 But further, they say that our doctrine has but recently come to light, and that we have nothing to allege in proof of what we receive as truth, nor of our teaching, but that our doctrine is foolishness. I wonder, then, chiefly that you, who in other matters are studious, and a scrutinizer of all things, give but a careless hearing to us. For, if it were possible for you, you would not grudge to spend the night in the libraries

4. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐχρῆν ἡμᾶς ταῦτα ἀνασκευάζειν, εἰ μὴ ὅτι σε θεωρῶ νυνὶ διστάζοντα περὶ τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας. <φρόνιμος> γὰρ <ὢν ἡδέως μωρῶν ἀνέχῃ>· ἐπεί τοι οὐκ ἂν ἐκινήθης ὑπὸ ἀνοήτων ἀνθρώπων κενοῖς λόγοις ἀπάγεσθαι καὶ φήμῃ πείθεσθαι προκατεσχηκυίῃ, στομάτων ἀθέων ψευδῶς συκοφαντούντων ἡμᾶς, τοὺς θεοσεβεῖς καὶ χριστιανοὺς καλουμένους, φασκόντων ὡς κοινὰς ἁπάντων οὔσας τὰς γυναῖκας ἡμῶν καὶ ἀδιαφόρῳ μίξει ζῶντας, ἔτι μὴν καὶ ταῖς ἰδίαις ἀδελφαῖς συμμίγνυσθαι, καί, τὸ ἀθεώτατον καὶ ὠμότατον πάντων, σαρκῶν ἀνθρωπίνων ἐφάπτεσθαι ἡμᾶς. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς προσφάτου ὁδεύοντος τοῦ καθ' ἡμᾶς λόγου, καὶ μηδὲν ἔχειν ἡμᾶς λέγειν εἰς ἀπόδειξιν ἀληθείας τῆς καθ' ἡμᾶς καὶ διδασκαλίας, <μωρίαν> δὲ εἶναι τὸν λόγον ἡμῶν φασιν. ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν θαυμάζω μάλιστα ἐπὶ σοί, ὃς ἐν μὲν τοῖς λοιποῖς γενόμενος σπουδαῖος καὶ ἐκζητητὴς ἁπάντων πραγμάτων, ἀμελέστερον ἡμῶν ἀκούεις. εἰ γάρ σοι δυνατόν, καὶ νύκτωρ οὐκ ὤκνεις διατρίβειν ἐν βιβλιοθήκαις.

chap. v.—philosophers inculcate cannibalism

 

Since, then, you have read much, what is your opinion of the precepts of Zeno, and Diogenes, and Cleanthes, which their books contain, inculcating the eating of human flesh: that fathers be cooked and eaten by their own children; and that if any one refuse or reject a part of this infamous food, he himself be devoured who will not eat? An utterance even more godless than these is found,—that, namely, of Diogenes, who teaches children to bring their own parents in sacrifice, and devour them. And does not the historian Herodotus narrate that Cambyses,3 when he had slaughtered the children of Harpagus, cooked them also, and set them as a meal before their father? And, still further, he narrates that among the Indians the parents are eaten by their own children.

5. Ἐπειδὴ οὖν πολλὰ ἀνέγνως, τί σοι ἔδοξεν τὰ Ζήνωνος ἢ τὰ Διογένους καὶ Κλεάνθους ὁπόσα περιέχουσιν αἱ βίβλοι αὐτῶν, διδάσκουσαι ἀνθρωποβορίας, πατέρας μὲν ὑπὸ ἰδίων τέκνων ἕψεσθαι καὶ βιβρώσκεσθαι, καὶ εἴ τις οὐ βούλοιτο ἢ μέλος τι τῆς μυσερᾶς τροφῆς ἀπορρίψειεν, αὐτὸν κατεσθίεσθαι τὸν μὴ φαγόντα; πρὸς τούτοις ἀθεωτέρα τις φωνὴ εὑρίσκεται, ἡ τοῦ Διογένους, διδάσκοντος τὰ τέκνα τοὺς ἑαυτῶν γονεῖς εἰς θυσίαν ἄγειν καὶ τούτους κατεσθίειν. τί δ'; οὐχὶ καὶ Ἡρόδοτος ὁ ἱστοριογράφος μυθεύει τὸν Καμβύσην τὰ τοῦ Ἁρπάγου τέκνα σφάξαντα καὶ ἑψήσαντα παρατεθεικέναι τῷ πατρὶ βοράν; ἔτι δὲ καὶ παρὰ Ἰνδοῖς μυθεύει κατεσθίεσθαι τοὺς πατέρας ὑπὸ τῶν ἰδίων τέκνων.

Oh! the godless teaching of those who recorded, yea, rather, inculcated such things! Oh! their wickedness and godlessness! Oh! the conception of those who thus accurately philosophized, and profess philosophy! For they who taught these doctrines have filled the world with iniquity.

Ὢ τῆς ἀθέου διδασκαλίας τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀναγραψάντων μᾶλλον δὲ διδαξάντων, ὢ τῆς ἀσεβείας καὶ ἀθεότητος αὐτῶν, ὢ τῆς διανοίας τῶν οὕτως ἀκριβῶς φιλοσοφησάντων καὶ φιλοσοφίαν ἐπαγγελλομένων! οἱ γὰρ ταῦτα δογματίσαντες τὸν κόσμον ἀσεβείας ἐνέπλησαν.

chap. vi.—other opinions of the philosophers

 

And regarding lawless conduct, those who have blindly wandered into the choir of philosophy have, almost to a man, spoken with one voice. Certainly Plato, to mention him first who seems to have been the most respectable philosopher among them, expressly, as it were, legislates in his first book,4 entitled The Republic, that the wives of all be common, using the precedent of the son5 of Jupiter and the lawgiver of the Cretans, in order that under this pretext there might be an abundant offspring from the best persons, and that those who were worn with toil might be comforted by such intercourse.6 And Epicurus himself, too, as well as teaching atheism, teaches along with it incest with mothers and sisters, and this in transgression of the laws which forbid it; for Solon distinctly legislated regarding this, in order that from a married parent children might lawfully spring, that they might not be born of adultery, so that no one should honour as his father him who was not his father, or dishonour him who was really his father, through ignorance that he was so. And these things the other laws of the Romans and Greeks also prohibit.

6. Καὶ γὰρ περὶ ἀθέσμου πράξεως σχεδὸν πᾶσιν συμπεφώνηκεν τοῖς περὶ τὸν χορὸν τῆς φιλοσοφίας πεπλανημένοις. καὶ πρῶτός γε Πλάτων, ὁ δοκῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς σεμνότερον πεφιλοσοφηκέναι, διαρρήδην ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ βίβλῳ τῶν πολιτειῶν ἐπιγραφομένῃ, τρόπῳ τινὶ νομοθετεῖ χρῆν εἶναι κοινὰς ἁπάντων τὰς γυναῖκας, χρώμενος παραδείγματι τῷ Διὸς καὶ Κρητῶν νομοθέτῃ, ὅπως διὰ προφάσεως παιδοποιΐα πολλὴ γίνηται ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων, καὶ ὡς δῆθεν τοὺς λυπουμένους διὰ τοιούτων ὁμιλιῶν χρῆν παραμυθεῖσθαι. Ἐπίκουρος δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς σὺν τῷ ἀθεότητα διδάσκειν συμβουλεύει καὶ μητράσι καὶ ἀδελφαῖς συμμίγνυσθαι, καὶ πέρα τῶν νόμων τῶν τόδε κωλυόντων. ὁ γὰρ Σόλων καὶ περὶ τούτου σαφῶς ἐνομοθέτησεν, ὅπως ἐκ τοῦ γήμαντος οἱ παῖδες νομίμως γίνωνται, πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἐκ μοιχείας τοὺς γεννωμένους εἶναι, ἵνα μὴ τὸν οὐκ ὄντα πατέρα τιμήσῃ τις ὡς πατέρα, ἢ τὸν ὄντως πατέρα ἀτιμάσῃ τις ἀγνοῶν ὡς μὴ πατέρα. ὁπόσα τε οἱ λοιποὶ νόμοι κωλύουσιν Ῥωμαίων τε καὶ Ἑλλήνων τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσεσθαι.

Why, then, do Epicurus and the Stoics teach incest and sodomy, with which doctrines they have filled libraries, so that from boyhood7 this lawless intercourse is learned? And why should I further spend time on them, since even of those they call gods they relate similar things?

Πρὸς τί οὖν Ἐπίκουρος καὶ οἱ Στωϊκοὶ δογματίζουσιν ἀδελφοκοιτίας καὶ ἀρρενοβασίας ἐπιτελεῖσθαι, ἐξ ὧν διδασκαλιῶν μεστὰς βιβλιοθήκας πεποιήκασιν, εἰς τὸ ἐκ παίδων μανθάνειν τὴν ἄθεσμον κοινωνίαν; καὶ τί μοι λοιπὸν κατατρίβεσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν, ὅπου γε καὶ περὶ τῶν θεῶν παρ' αὐτοῖς λεγομένων τὰ ὅμοια κατηγγέλκασιν;

chap. vii.—varying doctrine concerning the gods

 

again made them of no account. For  some said that they were composed of atoms; and others, again, that they eventuate in atoms; and they say that the gods have no more power than men. Plato, too, though he says these are gods, would have them composed of matter. And Pythagoras, after he had made such a toil and moil about the gods, and travelled up and down [for information], at last determines that all things are produced naturally and spontaneously, and that the gods care nothing for men. And how many atheistic opinions Clitomachus the academician introduced, [I need not recount.] And did not Critias and Protagoras of Abdera say, “For whether the gods exist, I am not able to affirm concerning them, nor to explain of what nature they are; for there are many things would prevent me”? And to speak of the opinions of the most atheistical, Euhemerus, is superfluous, For having made many daring assertions concerning the gods, he at last would absolutely deny their existence, and have all things to be governed by self-regulated action.1

7. Θεοὺς γὰρ φήσαντες εἶναι πάλιν εἰς οὐδὲν αὐτοὺς ἡγήσαντο. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐξ ἀτόμων αὐτοὺς ἔφασαν συνεστάναι, ἢ δ' αὖ χωρεῖν εἰς ἀτόμους, καὶ μηδὲν πλεῖον ἀνθρώπων δύνασθαι τοὺς θεούς φασιν. Πλάτων δέ, θεοὺς εἰπὼν εἶναι, ὑλικοὺς αὐτοὺς βούλεται συνιστᾶν. Πυθαγόρας δέ, τοσαῦτα μοχθήσας περὶ θεῶν καὶ τὴν ἄνω κάτω πορείαν ποιησάμενος, ἔσχατον ὁρίζει φύσιν καὶ αὐτοματισμὸν εἶναί φησιν τῶν πάντων· θεοὺς ἀνθρώπων μηδὲν φροντίζειν. ὁπόσα δὲ Κλιτόμαχος ὁ Ἀκαδημαϊκὸς περὶ ἀθεότητος εἰσηγήσατο. τί δ' οὐχὶ καὶ Κριτίας καὶ Πρωταγόρας ὁ Ἀβδηρίτης λέγων· “Εἴτε γάρ εἰσιν θεοί, οὐ δύναμαι περὶ αὐτῶν λέγειν, οὔτε ὁποῖοί εἰσιν δηλῶσαι· πολλὰ γάρ ἐστιν τὰ κωλύοντά με”; τὰ γὰρ περὶ Εὐημέρου τοῦ ἀθεωτάτου περισσὸν ἡμῖν καὶ λέγειν. πολλὰ γὰρ περὶ θεῶν τολμήσας φθέγξασθαι ἔσχατον καὶ τὸ ἐξόλου μὴ εἶναι θεούς, ἀλλὰ τὰ πάντα αὐτοματισμῷ διοικεῖσθαι βούλεται.

For after they had said that these are gods, they And Plato, who spoke so much of the unity of God and of the soul of man, asserting that the soul is immortal, is not he himself afterwards found, inconsistently with himself, to maintain that some souls pass into other men, and that others take their departure into irrational animals? How can his doctrine fail to seem dreadful and monstrous—to those at least who have any judgment—that he who was once a man shall afterwards be a wolf, or a dog, or an ass, or some other irrational brute? Pythagoras, too, is found venting similar nonsense, besides his demolishing providence.

Πλάτων δέ, ὁ τοσαῦτα εἰπὼν περὶ μοναρχίας θεοῦ καὶ ψυχῆς ἀνθρώπου, φάσκων ἀθάνατον εἶναι τὴν ψυχήν, οὐκ αὐτὸς ὕστερον εὑρίσκεται ἐναντία ἑαυτῷ λέγων, τὰς μὲν ψυχὰς μετέρχεσθαι εἰς ἑτέρους ἀνθρώπους, ἐνίων δὲ καὶ εἰς ἄλογα ζῶα χωρεῖν; πῶς οὐ δεινὸν καὶ ἀθέμιτον δόγμα αὐτοῦ τοῖς γε νοῦν ἔχουσι φανήσεται, ἵνα ὅ ποτε ἄνθρωπος πάλιν ἔσται λύκος ἢ κύων ἢ ὄνος ἢ ἄλλο τι ἄλογον κτῆνος; τούτῳ ἀκόλουθα καὶ Πυθαγόρας εὑρίσκεται φλυαρῶν, πρὸς τῷ καὶ πρόνοιαν ἐκκόπτειν.

Which of them, then, shall we believe?Philemon, the comic poet, who says,—

Τίνι οὖν αὐτῶν πιστεύσωμεν, Φιλήμονι τῷ κωμικῷ λέγοντι·

“Good hope have they who praise and serve the gods; ”

   Οἱ γὰρ θεὸν σέβοντες ἐλπίδας καλὰς

They have it unto salvation

   ἔχουσιν εἰς σωτηρίαν,

or those whom we have mentioned—Euhemerus, and Epicurus, and Pythagoras, and the others who deny that the gods are to be worshipped, and who abolish providence? Concerning God and providence, Ariston said:—

ἢ οἷς προειρήκαμεν Εὐημέρῳ καὶ Ἐπικούρῳ καὶ Πυθαγόρᾳ καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἀρνουμένοις εἶναι θεοσέβειαν καὶ πρόνοιαν ἀναιροῦσιν. περὶ μὲν οὖν θεοῦ καὶ προνοίας Ἀρίστων ἔφη·

“Be of good courage: God will still preserve And greatly help all those who so deserve.

   Θάρσει, βοηθεῖν πᾶσι μὲν τοῖς ἀξίοις

If no promotion waits on faithful men,

   εἴωθεν ὁ θεός, τοῖς δὲ τοιούτοις σφόδρα.

Say what advantage goodness offers then.

   εἰ μὴ πάρεσται προεδρία τις κειμένη

’Tis granted—yet I often see the just

   τοῖς ζῶσιν ὡς δεῖ, τί πλέον ἐστὶν εὐσεβεῖν;

Faring but ill, from ev’ry honour thrust;

   εἴη γὰρ οὕτως, ἀλλὰ καὶ λίαν ὁρῶ

While they whose own advancement is their aim,

   τοὺς εὐσεβῶς μὲν ἑλομένους διεξάγειν

Oft in this present life have all they claim.

   πράττοντας ἀτόπως, τοὺς δὲ μηδὲν ἕτερον ἢ

But we must look beyond, and wait the end,

   τὸ λυσιτελὲς τὸ κατ' αὐτοὺς μόνον,

That consummation to which all things tend.

   ἐντιμοτέραν ἔχοντες ἡμῶν διάθεσιν.

’Tis not, as vain and wicked men have said,

   ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος· ἀλλὰ δεῖ πόρρω βλέπειν

By an unbridled destiny we’re led:

   καὶ τὴν ἁπάντων ἀναμένειν καταστροφήν.

It is not blinded chance that rules the world,

   οὐχ ὃν τρόπον γὰρ παρ' ἐνίοις ἴσχυσέ τις

Nor uncontrolled are all things onward hurled.

   δόξα κακοήθης τῷ βίῳ τ' ἀνωφελής,

The wicked blinds himself with this belief;

   φορά τις ἔστ' αὐτόματος ἢ βραβεύεται

But be ye sure, of all rewards, the chief

   ὡς ἔτυχε· ταῦτα γὰρ πάντα κρίνουσιν ἔχειν

Is still reserved for those who holy live;

   ἐφόδια πρὸς τὸν ἴδιον οἱ φαῦλοι τρόπον.

And Providence to wicked men will give

   ἔστιν δὲ καὶ τοῖς ζῶσιν ὁσίως προεδρία,

Only the just reward which is their meed,

   καὶ τοῖς πονηροῖς ὡς προσῆκ' ἐπιθυμία·

And fitting punishment for each bad deed.”

   χωρὶς προνοίας γίνεται γὰρ οὐδὲ ἕν.

And one can see how inconsistent with each other are the things which others, and indeed almost the majority, have said about God and providence. For some have absolutely cancelled God and providence; and others, again, have affirmed God, and have avowed that all things are governed by providence. The intelligent hearer and reader must therefore give minute attention to their expressions;

ὁπόσα τε καὶ ἄλλοι καὶ σχεδόν γε οἱ πλείους εἶπον περὶ θεοῦ καὶ προνοίας, ὁρᾶν ἔστιν πῶς ἀνακόλουθα ἀλλήλοις ἔφασαν· οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὸ ἐξόλου θεὸν καὶ πρόνοιαν εἶναι ἀνεῖλον, οἱ δ' αὖ συνέστησαν θεὸν καὶ πάντα προνοίᾳ διοικεῖσθαι ὡμολόγησαν. τὸν οὖν συνετὸν ἀκροατὴν καὶ ἀναγινώσκοντα προσέχειν ἀκριβῶς τοῖς λεγομένοις δεῖ,

as also Simylus said

καθὼς καὶ ὁ Σιμύλος ἔφη·

: “It is the custom of the poets to name by a common designation

   Κοινῶς ποιητὰς ἔθος ἐστὶν καλεῖν,

the surpassingly wicked and the excellent;

   καὶ τοὺς περιττοὺς τῇ φύσει καὶ τοὺς κακούς·

we therefore must discriminate.”

   ἔδει δὲ κρίνειν.

As also Philemon says:

καθάπερ ἐν τόπῳ τινι καὶ ὁ Φιλήμων·

“A senseless man who sits and merely hears is a troublesome feature;

   Χαλεπὸν ἀκροατὴς ἀσύνετος καθήμενος·

for he does not blame himself, so foolish is he.”

   ὑπὸ γὰρ ἀνοίας οὐχ ἑαυτὸν μέμφεται.

We must then give attention, and consider what is said, critically inquiring into what has been uttered by the philosophers and the poets.

χρὴ οὖν προσέχειν καὶ νοεῖν τὰ λεγόμενα κριτικῶς ἐξετάζοντα τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν φιλοσόφων καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ποιητῶν εἰρημένα.

chap. viii.—wickedness attributed to the gods by heathen writers

 

For, denying that there are gods, they again acknowledge their existence, and they said they committed grossly wicked deeds. And, first, of Jove the poets euphoniously sing the wicked actions. And Chrysippus, who talked a deal of nonsense, is he not found publishing that Juno had the foulest intercourse with Jupiter? For why should I recount the impurities of the so-called mother of the gods, or of Jupiter Latiaris thirsting for human blood, or the castrated Attis; or of Jupiter, surnamed Tragedian, and how he defiled himself, as they say, and now is worshipped among the Romans as a god? I am silent about the temples of Antinous, and of the others whom you call gods. For when related to sensible persons, they excite laughter.

8. Ἀρνούμενοι γὰρ θεοὺς εἶναι πάλιν ὁμολογοῦσιν αὐτοί, καὶ τούτους πράξεις ἀθέσμους ἐπιτελεῖν ἔφασαν. καὶ πρώτου γε Διὸς οἱ ποιηταὶ εὐφωνότερον ᾄδουσι τὰς χαλεπὰς πράξεις. Χρύσιππος δέ, ὁ πολλὰ φλυαρήσας, πῶς οὐχὶ εὑρίσκεται σημαίνων τὴν Ἥραν στόματι μιαρῷ συγγίνεσθαι τῷ Διΐ; τί γάρ μοι καταλέγειν τὰς ἀσελγείας τῆς μητρὸς θεῶν λεγομένης ἢ Διὸς τοῦ Λατεαρίου διψῶντος αἵματος ἀνθρωπείου, ἢ Ἄττου τοῦ ἀποκοπτομένου, ἢ ὅτι ὁ Ζεὺς ὁ καλούμενος Τραγῳδός, κατακαύσας τὴν ἑαυτοῦ χεῖρα, ὥς φασιν, νῦν παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις θεὸς τιμᾶται; σιγῶ τὰ Ἀντινόου τεμένη καὶ τὰ τῶν λοιπῶν καλουμένων θεῶν. καὶ γὰρ ἱστορούμενα τοῖς συνετοῖς καταγέλωτα φέρει.

They who elaborated such a philosophy regarding either the non-existence of God, or promiscuous intercourse and beastly concubinage, are themselves condemned by their own teachings. Moreover, we find from the writings they composed that the eating of human flesh was received among them; and they record that those whom they honour as gods were the first to do these things.

Ἤτοι οὖν περὶ ἀθεότητος αὐτοὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἰδίων δογμάτων ἐλέγχονται οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα φιλοσοφήσαντες, ἢ καὶ περὶ πολυμιξίας καὶ ἀθέσμου κοινωνίας· ἔτι μὴν καὶ ἀνθρωποβορία παρ' αὐτοῖς εὑρίσκεται δι' ὧν συνέγραψαν γραφῶν, καὶ πρώτους γε οὓς τετιμήκασιν θεοὺς ταῦτα πεπραχότας ἀναγράφουσιν.

chap. ix.—christian doctrine of god and his law

 

Now we also confess that God exists, but that He is one, the creator, and maker, and fashioner of this universe; and we know that all things are arranged by His providence, but by Him alone. And we have learned a holy law; but we have as lawgiver Him who is really God, who teaches us to act righteously, and to be pious, and to do  good.

9. Ἡμεῖς δὲ καὶ θεὸν ὁμολογοῦμεν, ἀλλ' ἕνα, τὸν κτίστην καὶ ποιητὴν καὶ δημιουργὸν τοῦδε τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου, καὶ προνοίᾳ τὰ πάντα διοικεῖσθαι ἐπιστάμεθα, ἀλλ' ὑπ' αὐτοῦ μόνου, καὶ νόμον ἅγιον μεμαθήκαμεν, ἀλλὰ νομοθέτην ἔχομεν τὸν ὄντως θεόν, ὃς καὶ διδάσκει ἡμᾶς δικαιοπραγεῖν καὶ εὐσεβεῖν καὶ καλοποιεῖν.

And concerning piety1 He says, “Thou shalt have no other gods before me. Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of anything that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth: thou shalt not bow down thyself to them, nor serve them: for I am the Lord thy God.”2

Καὶ περὶ μὲν εὐσεβείας λέγει· “Οὐκ ἔσονταί σοι θεοὶ ἕτεροι πλὴν ἐμοῦ. οὐ ποιήσεις σεαυτῷ εἴδωλον οὐδὲ παντὸς ὁμοίωμα ὅσα ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω ἢ ὅσα ἐν τῇ γῇ κάτω ἢ ὅσα ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς. οὐ προσκυνήσεις αὐτοῖς, οὐδὲ μὴ λατρεύσεις αὐτοῖς· ἐγὼ γάρ εἰμι κύριος ὁ θεός σου.”

And of doing good He said: “Honour thy father and thy mother; that it may be well with thee, and that thy days may be long in the land which I the Lord God give thee.”

Περὶ δὲ τοῦ καλοποιεῖν ἔφη· “Τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα σου, ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται καὶ ἵαν μακροχρόνιος ἔσῃ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἧς ἐγὼ δίδωμί σοι κύριος ὁ θεός.”

Again, concerning righteousness: “Thou shalt not commit adultery. Thou shalt not kill. Thou shalt not steal. Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy neighbour. Thou shalt not covet thy neighbour’s wife, thou shalt not covet thy neighbour’s house, nor his land, nor his man-servant, nor his maid-servant, nor his ox, nor his beast of burden, nor any of his cattle, nor anything that is thy neighbour’s. Thou shalt not wrest the judgment of the poor in his cause.3 From every unjust matter keep thee far. The innocent and righteous thou shalt not slay; thou shalt not justify the wicked; and thou shalt not take a gift, for gifts blind the eyes of them that see and pervert righteous words.”

Ἔτι περὶ δικαιοσύνης· “Οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις, οὐ ψευδομαρτυρήσεις κατὰ τοῦ πλησίον σου μαρτυρίαν ψευδῆ, οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ πλησίον σου, οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ τὸν ἀγρὸν αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ τὴν παιδίσκην αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ τοῦ βοὸς αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ τοῦ ὑποζυγίου αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ παντὸς κτήνους αὐτοῦ, οὔτε ὅσα ἐστὶν τῷ πλησίον σου. οὐ διαστρέψεις κρῖμα πένητος ἐν κρίσει αὐτοῦ, ἀπὸ παντὸς ῥήματος ἀδίκου διαποστήσει, ἀθῷον καὶ δίκαιον οὐκ ἀποκτενεῖς, οὐ δικαιώσεις τὸν ἀσεβῆ καὶ δῶρα οὐ λήψῃ· τὰ γὰρ δῶρα ἀποτυφλοῖ ὀφθαλμοὺς βλεπόντων καὶ λυμαίνεται ῥήματα δίκαια.”

Of this divine law, then, Moses, who also was God’s servant, was made the minister both to all the world, and chiefly to the Hebrews, who were also called Jews, whom an Egyptian king had in ancient days enslaved, and who were the righteous seed of godly and holy men—Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob. God, being mindful of them, and doing marvellous and strange miracles by the hand of Moses, delivered them, and led them out of Egypt, leading them through what is called the desert; whom He also settled again in the land of Canaan, which afterwards was called Judæa, and gave them a law, and taught them these things. Of this great and wonderful law, which tends to all righteousness, the ten heads are such as we have already rehearsed.

Τούτου μὲν οὖν τοῦ θείου νόμου διάκονος γεγένηται Μωσῆς, ὁ καὶ θεράπων τοῦ θεοῦ, παντὶ μὲν τῷ κόσμῳ, παντελῶς δὲ τοῖς Ἑβραίοις, τοῖς καὶ Ἰουδαίοις καλουμένοις, οὓς κατεδουλώσατο ἀρχῆθεν βασιλεὺς Αἰγύπτου, τυγχάνοντας σπέρμα δίκαιον ἀνδρῶν θεοσεβῶν καὶ ὁσίων, Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακώβ· ὧν ὁ θεὸς μνησθεὶς καὶ ποιήσας θαυμάσια καὶ τέρατα διὰ Μωσέως παράδοξα ἐρρύσατο αὐτούς, καὶ ἐξήγαγεν ἐκ τῆς Αἰγύπτου, ἀγαγὼν αὐτοὺς διὰ τῆς ἐρήμου καλουμένης· οὓς καὶ ἀπεκατέστησεν εἰς τὴν Χαναναίαν γῆν, μετέπειτα δὲ Ἰουδαίαν ἐπικληθεῖσαν, καὶ νόμον παρέθετο καὶ ἐδίδαξεν αὐτοὺς ταῦτα. τοῦ μὲν οὖν νόμου μεγάλου καὶ θαυμασίου πρὸς πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην ὑπάρχοντος δέκα κεφάλαια ἃ προειρήκαμεν, τοιαῦτά ἐστιν.

chap. x.—of humanity to strangers

 

Since therefore they were strangers in the land of Egypt, being by birth Hebrews from the land of Chaldæa,—for at that time, there being a famine, they were obliged to migrate to Egypt for the sake of buying food there, where also for a time they sojourned; and these things befell them in accordance with a prediction of God,—having sojourned, then, in Egypt for 430 years, when Moses was about to lead them out into the desert, God taught them by the law, saying, “Ye shall not afflict a stranger; for ye know the heart of a stranger: for yourselves were strangers in the land of Egypt.”4

10. Ἐπειδὴ οὖν προσήλυτοι ἐγενήθησαν ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ὄντες τὸ γένος Ἑβραῖοι ἀπὸ γῆς τῆς Χαλδαϊκῆς (κατ' ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ λιμοῦ γενομένης ἀνάγκην ἔσχον μετελθεῖν εἰς Αἴγυπτον σιτίων ἐκεῖ πιπρασκομένων, ἔνθα καὶ χρόνῳ παρῴκησαν· ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῖς συνέβη κατὰ προαναφώνησιν θεοῦ), παροικήσαντες οὖν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἔτεσι τετρακοσίοις καὶ τριάκοντα, ἐν τῷ τὸν Μωσῆν μέλλειν ἐξάγειν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν ἔρημον ὁ θεὸς ἐδίδαξεν αὐτοὺς διὰ τοῦ νόμου λέγων· “Προσήλυτον οὐ θλίψετε· ὑμεῖς γὰρ οἴδατε τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ προσηλύτου· αὐτοὶ γὰρ προσήλυτοι ἦτε ἐν τῇ γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ.”

chap. xi.—of repentance

 

And when the people transgressed the law which had been given to them by God, God being good and pitiful, unwilling to destroy them, in addition to His giving them the law, afterwards sent forth also prophets to them from among their brethren, to teach and remind them of the contents of the law, and to turn them to repentance, that they might sin no more. But if they persisted in their wicked deeds, He forewarned them that they should be delivered into subjection to all the kingdoms of the earth; and that this has already happened them is manifest.

11. Τὸν μὲν οὖν νόμον, τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ δεδομένον αὐτοῖς, ἐν τῷ παραβῆναι τὸν λαόν, ἀγαθὸς ὢν καὶ οἰκτίρμων ὁ θεός, μὴ βουλόμενος διαφθεῖραι αὐτούς, πρὸς τῷ δεδωκέναι τὸν νόμον ὕστερον καὶ προφήτας ἐξέπεμψεν αὐτοῖς <ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτῶν>, πρὸς <τὸ διδάσκειν καὶ ἀναμιμνήσκειν> τὰ τοῦ νόμου αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐπιστρέφειν εἰς μετάνοιαν τοῦ μηκέτι ἁμαρτάνειν· εἰ δὲ ἐπιμένοιεν ταῖς φαύλαις πράξεσιν, προανεφώνησαν <ὑποχειρίους> αὐτοὺς παραδοθῆναι <πάσαις ταῖς βασιλείαις> τῆς γῆς καὶ ὅτι ταῦτα αὐτοῖς ἤδη ἀπέβη, φανερὸν μέν ἐστιν.

Concerning repentance, then, Isaiah the prophet, generally indeed to all, but expressly to the people, says: “Seek ye the Lord while He may be found, call ye upon Him while He is near: let the wicked forsake his ways, and the unrighteous man his thoughts: and let him return unto the Lord his God, and he will find mercy, for He will abundantly pardon.”5 And another prophet, Ezekiel, says: “If the wicked will turn from all his sins that he hath committed, and keep all My statutes, and do that which is right in My sight, he shall surely live, he shall not die. All his transgressions that he hath committed, they shall not be mentioned unto him; but in his righteousness that he hath done he shall live: for I desire not the death of the sinner, saith the Lord, but that he turn from his wicked way, and live.”6 Again Isaiah: “Ye who take deep and wicked counsel, turn ye, that ye may be saved.”7 And another prophet, Jeremiah: “Turn to the Lord your God, as a grape-gatherer to his basket, and ye shall find mercy.”8

Περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς μετανοίας Ἠσαΐας ὁ προφήτης κοινῶς μὲν πρὸς πάντας, διαρρήδην δὲ πρὸς τὸν λαὸν λέγει· “Ζητήσατε τὸν κύριον, καὶ ἐν τῷ εὑρίσκειν αὐτὸν ἐπικαλέσασθε· ἡνίκα δ' ἂν ἐγγίζῃ ὑμῖν, ἀπολιπέτω ὁ ἀσεβῆς τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνὴρ ἄνομος τὰς βουλὰς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπιστραφήτω ἐπὶ κύριον τὸν θεὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐλεηθήσεται, ὅτι ἐπὶ πολὺ ἀφήσει τὰς ἁμαρτίας ὑμῶν.” καὶ ἕτερος προφήτης Ἐζεχιήλ φησιν· “Ἐὰν ἀποστραφῇ ὁ ἄνομος ἀπὸ πασῶν τῶν ἀνομιῶν ὧν ἐποίησεν καὶ φυλάξῃ τὰς ἐντολάς μου καὶ ποιήσῃ τὰ δικαιώματά μου, ζωῇ ζήσεται καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ· πᾶσαι αἱ ἀδικίαι αὐτοῦ ἃς ἐποίησεν οὐ μὴ μνησθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ ᾗ ἐποίησεν ζήσεται, ὅτι οὐ βούλομαι τὸν θάνατον τοῦ ἀνόμου, λέγει κύριος, ὡς ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς πονηρᾶς καὶ ζῆν αὐτόν.” πάλιν ὁ Ἠσαΐας· “Ἐπιστράφητε οἱ τὴν βαθεῖαν βουλὴν βουλευόμενοι καὶ ἄνομον, ἵνα σωθήσεσθε.” καὶ ἕτερος, Ἱερεμίας· “Ἐπιστράφητε ἐπὶ κύριον τὸν θεὸν ὑμῶν, ὡς ὁ τρυγῶν ἐπὶ τὸν κάρτελλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐλεηθήσεσθε.”

Many therefore, yea rather, countless are the sayings in the Holy Scriptures regarding repentance, God being always desirous that the race of men turn from all their sins.

Πολλὰ μὲν οὖν μᾶλλον δὲ ἀναρίθμητά ἐστιν τὰ ἐν ἁγίαις γραφαῖς εἰρημένα περὶ μετανοίας, ἀεὶ τοῦ θεοῦ βουλομένου ἐπιστρέφειν τὸ γένος τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπὸ πασῶν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν.

chap. xii.—of righteousness

 

Moreover, concerning the righteousness which the law enjoined, confirmatory utterances are found both with the prophets and in the Gospels, because they all spoke inspired by one Spirit of God. Isaiah accordingly spoke thus: “Put away the evil of your doings from your souls; learn to do well, seek judgment, relieve the oppressed, judge the fatherless, plead for the widow.”9 And again the same prophet said: “Loose every band of wickedness, dissolve every oppressive contract, let the oppressed go free, and tear up every unrighteous bond. Deal out thy bread to the hungry, and bring the houseless poor to thy home. When thou seest the naked, cover him, and hide not thyself from thine own flesh. Then shall thy light  break forth as the morning, and thine health shall spring forth speedily, and thy righteousness shall go before thee.”1 In like manner also Jeremiah says: “Stand in the ways, and see, and ask which is the good way of the Lord your God, and walk in it and ye shall find rest for your souls. Judge just judgment, for in this is the will of the Lord your God.”2 So also says Hosea: “Keep judgment, and draw near to your God, who established the heavens and created the earth.”3 And another, Joel, spoke in agreement with these: “Gather the people, sanctify the congregation, assemble the elders, gather the children that are in arms; let the bridegroom go forth of his chamber, and the bride out of her closet, and pray to the Lord thy God urgently that he may have mercy upon you, and blot out your sins.”4 In like manner also another, Zachariah: “Thus saith the Lord Almighty, Execute true judgment, and show mercy and compassion every man to his brother; and oppress not the widow, nor the fatherless, nor the stranger; and let none of you imagine evil against his brother in your heart, saith the Lord Almighty.”5

12. Ἔτι μὴν καὶ περὶ δικαιοσύνης, ἧς ὁ νόμος εἴρηκεν, ἀκόλουθα εὑρίσκεται καὶ τὰ τῶν προφητῶν καὶ τῶν εὐαγγελίων ἔχειν, διὰ τὸ τοὺς πάντας πνευματοφόρους ἑνὶ πνεύματι θεοῦ λελαληκέναι. ὁ γοῦν Ἠσαΐας οὕτως ἔφη· “Ἀφέλετε τὰς πονηρίας ἀπὸ τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν, μάθετε καλὸν ποιεῖν, ἐκζητήσατε κρίσιν, ῥύσασθε ἀδικούμενον, κρίνατε ὀρφανῷ καὶ δικαιώσατε χήραν.” ἔτι ὁ αὐτός· “Διάλυε, φησίν, πάντα σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας, λύε στραγγαλίας βιαίων συναλλαγμάτων, ἀπόστελλε τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει, καὶ πᾶσαν συγγραφὴν ἄδικον διάσπα, διάθρυπτε πεινῶντι τὸν ἄρτον σου καὶ πτωχοὺς ἀστέγους εἰσάγαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου· ἐὰν ἴδῃς γυμνόν, περίβαλλε, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκείων τοῦ σπέρματός σου οὐχ ὑπερόψῃ. τότε ῥαγήσεται πρώϊμον τὸ φῶς σου, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια σου ταχὺ ἀνατελεῖ καὶ προπορεύσεται ἔμπροσθέν σου ἡ δικαιοσύνη σου.” ὁμοίως καὶ Ἰερεμίας· “Στῆτε, φησίν, ἐπὶ ταῖς ὁδοῖς καὶ ἴδετε, καὶ ἐπερωτήσατε ποία ἐστὶν ἡ ὁδὸς κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἡ ἀγαθή, καὶ βαδίζετε ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν. κρίμα δίκαιον κρίνετε, ὅτι ἐν τούτοις ἐστὶν τὸ θέλημα κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν.” ὡσαύτως καὶ Ὠσηὲ λέγει· “Φυλάσσεσθε κρίμα καὶ ἐγγίζετε πρὸς κύριον τὸν θεὸν ὑμῶν, τὸν στερεώσαντα τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ κτίσαντα τὴν γῆν.” καὶ ἕτερος Ἰωὴλ ἀκόλουθα τούτοις ἔφη· “Συναγάγετε λαόν, ἁγιάσατε ἐκκλησίαν, εἰσδέξασθε πρεσβυτέρους, συναγάγετε νήπια θηλάζοντα μαστούς· ἐξελθέτω νυμφίος ἐκ τοῦ κοιτῶνος αὐτοῦ καὶ νύμφη ἐκ τοῦ παστοῦ αὐτῆς. καὶ εὔξασθε πρὸς κύριον τὸν θεὸν ὑμῶν ἐκτενῶς, ὅπως ἐλεήσῃ ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἐξαλείψει τὰ ἁμαρτήματα ὑμῶν.” ὁμοίως καὶ ἕτερος Ζαχαρίας· “Τάδε λέγει κύριος παντοκράτωρ· Κρίμα ἀληθείας κρίνετε, καὶ ἔλεος καὶ οἰκτιρμὸν ποιεῖτε ἕκαστος πρὸς τὸν πλησίον αὐτοῦ, καὶ χήραν καὶ ὀρφανὸν καὶ προσήλυτον μὴ καταδυναστεύσητε, καὶ κακίαν ἕκαστος μὴ μνησικακείτω τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν, λέγει κύριος παντοκράτωρ.”

chap. xiii.—of chastity

 

And concerning chastity, the holy word teaches us not only not to sin in act, but not even in thought, not even in the heart to think of any evil, nor look on another man’s wife with our eyes to lust after her. Solomon, accordingly, who was a king and a prophet, said: “Let thine eyes look right on, and let thine eyelids look straight before thee: make straight paths for your feet.”6 And the voice of the Gospel teaches still more urgently concerning chastity, saying: “Whosoever looketh on a woman who is not his own wife, to lust after her, hath committed adultery with her already in his heart.”7“And he that marrieth,” says [the Gospel], “her that is divorced from her husband, committeth adultery; and whosoever putteth away his wife, saving for the cause of fornication, causeth her to commit adultery.”8 Because Solomon says: “Can a man take fire in his bosom, and his clothes not be burned? Or can one walk upon hot coals, and his feet not be burned? So he that goeth in to a married woman shall not be innocent.”9

13. Καὶ περὶ σεμνότητος οὐ μόνον διδάσκει ἡμᾶς ὁ ἅγιος λόγος τὸ μὴ ἁμαρτάνειν ἔργῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ μέχρις ἐννοίας, τὸ μηδὲ τῇ καρδίᾳ ἐννοηθῆναι περί τινος κακοῦ, ἢ θεασάμενον τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἀλλοτρίαν γυναῖκα ἐπιθυμῆσαι. Σολομὼν μὲν οὖν, ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ προφήτης γενόμενος, ἔφη· “Οἱ ὀφθαλμοί σου ὀρθὰ βλεπέτωσαν, τὰ δὲ βλέφαρά σου νευέτω δίκαια· ὀρθὰς ποίει τροχιὰς σοῖς ποσίν.” ἡ δὲ εὐαγγέλιος φωνὴ ἐπιτατικώτερον διδάσκει περὶ ἁγνείας λέγουσα· “Πᾶς ὁ ἰδὼν γυναῖκα ἀλλοτρίαν πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ. καὶ ὁ γαμῶν”, φησίν, “ἀπολελυμένην ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς μοιχεύει, καὶ ὃς ἀπολύει γυναῖκα παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι.” ἔτι ὁ Σολομών φησιν· “Ἀποδήσει τις πῦρ ἐν ἱματίῳ, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ οὐ κατακαύσει; ἢ περιπατήσει τις ἐπ' ἀνθράκων πυρός, τοὺς δὲ πόδας οὐ κατακαύσει; οὕτως ὁ εἰσπορευόμενος πρὸς γυναῖκα ὕπανδρον οὐκ ἀθῳωθήσεται.”

chap. xiv.—of loving our enemies

 

And that we should be kindly disposed, not only towards those of our own stock, as some suppose, Isaiah the prophet said: “Say to those that hate you, and that cast you out, Ye are our brethren, that the name of the Lord may be glorified, and be apparent in their joy.”10 And the Gospel says: “Love your enemies, and pray for them that despitefully use you. For if ye love them who love you, what reward have ye? This do also the robbers and the publicans.”11

14. Καὶ τοῦ μὴ μόνον ἡμᾶς εὐνοεῖν τοῖς ὁμοφύλοις, ὡς οἴονταί τινες, Ἠσαΐας ὁ προφήτης ἔφη· “Εἴπατε τοῖς μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς καὶ τοῖς βδελυσσομένοις· ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν ἔστε, ἵνα τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου δοξασθῇ καὶ ὀφθῇ ἐν τῇ εὐφροσύνῃ αὐτῶν.” τὸ δὲ εὐαγγέλιον· “Ἀγαπᾶτε, φησίν, τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν καὶ προσεύχεσθε ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς. ἐὰν γὰρ ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας ὑμᾶς, ποῖον μισθὸν ἔχετε; τοῦτο καὶ οἱ λῃσταὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι ποιοῦσιν.”

And those that do good it teaches not to boast, lest they become men-pleasers. For it says: “Let not your left hand know what your right hand doeth.”12 Moreover, concerning subjection to authorities and powers, and prayer for them, the divine word gives us instructions, in order that “we may lead a quiet and peaceable life.”13 And it teaches us to render all things to all,14“honour to whom honour, fear to whom fear, tribute to whom tribute; to owe no man anything, but to love all.”

Τοὺς δὲ ποιοῦντας τὸ ἀγαθὸν διδάσκει μὴ καυχᾶσθαι, ἵνα μὴ ἀνθρωπάρεσκοι ὦσιν. “Μὴ γνώτω γάρ”, φησίν, “ἡ χείρ σου ἡ ἀριστερὰ τί ποιεῖ ἡ χείρ σου ἡ δεξιά.” ἔτι μὴν καὶ περὶ τοῦ <ὑποτάσσεσθαι ἀρχαῖς καὶ ἐξουσίαις> καὶ <εὔχεσθαι ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν> κελεύει ἡμᾶς ὁ θεῖος λόγος, <ὅπως ἤρεμον καὶ ἡσύχιον βίον διάγωμεν>. καὶ διδάσκει <ἀποδιδόναι πᾶσιν τὰ πάντα, τῷ τὴν τιμὴν τὴν τιμήν, τῷ τὸν φόβον τὸν φόβον, τῷ τὸν φόρον τὸν φόρον, μηδένι μηδὲν ὀφελεῖν ἢ μόνον τὸ ἀγαπᾶν πάντας>.

chap. xv.—the innocence of the christians defended

 

Consider, therefore, whether those who teach such things can possibly live indifferently, and be commingled in unlawful intercourse, or, most impious of all, eat human flesh, especially when we are forbidden so much as to witness shows of gladiators, lest we become partakers and abettors of murders. But neither may we see the other spectacles,15 lest our eyes and ears be defiled, participating in the utterances there sung. For if one should speak of cannibalism, in these spectacles the children of Thyestes and Tereus are eaten; and as for adultery, both in the case of men and of gods, whom they celebrate in elegant language for honours and prizes, this is made the subject of their dramas. But far be it from Christians to conceive any such deeds; for with them temperance dwells, self-restraint is practised, monogamy is observed, chastity is guarded, iniquity exterminated, sin extirpated, righteousness exercised, law administered, worship performed, God acknowledged: truth governs, grace guards, peace screens them; the holy word guides, wisdom teaches, life directs, God reigns.

15. Σκόπει τοίνυν εἰ οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα μανθάνοντες δύνανται ἀδιαφόρως ζῆν καὶ συμφύρεσθαι ταῖς ἀθεμίτοις μίξεσιν, ἢ τὸ ἀθεώτατον πάντων, σαρκῶν ἀνθρωπείων ἐφάπτεσθαι, ὅπου γε καὶ τὰς θέας τῶν μονομάχων ἡμῖν ἀπείρηται ὁρᾶν, ἵνα μὴ κοινωνοὶ καὶ συνίστορες φόνων γενώμεθα. ἀλλ' οὐδὲ τὰς λοιπὰς θεωρίας ὁρᾶν χρή, ἵνα μὴ μολύνωνται ἡμῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καὶ τὰ ὦτα, γινόμενα συμμέτοχα τῶν ἐκεῖ φωνῶν ᾀδομένων. εἰ γὰρ εἴποι τις περὶ ἀνθρωποβορίας, ἐκεῖ τὰ Θυέστου καὶ Τηρέως τέκνα ἐσθιόμενα· εἰ δὲ περὶ μοιχείας, οὐ μόνον περὶ ἀνθρώπων ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ θεῶν, ὧν καταγγέλλουσιν εὐφώνως μετὰ τιμῶν καὶ ἄθλων, παρ' αὐτοῖς τραγῳδεῖται. μακρὰν δὲ ἀπείη χριστιανοῖς ἐνθυμηθῆναί τι τοιοῦτο πρᾶξαι, παρ' οἷς σωφροσύνη πάρεστιν, ἐγκράτεια ἀσκεῖται, μονογαμία τηρεῖται, ἁγνεία φυλάσσεται, ἀδικία ἐκπορθεῖται, ἁμαρτία ἐκριζοῦται, δικαιοσύνη μελετᾶται, νόμος πολιτεύεται, θεοσέβεια πράσσεται, θεὸς ὁμολογεῖται, ἀλήθεια βραβεύει, χάρις συντηρεῖ, εἰρήνη περισκέπει, λόγος ἅγιος ὁδηγεῖ, σοφία διδάσκει, ζωὴ βραβεύει, θεὸς βασιλεύει.

Therefore, though we have much to say regarding our manner of life, and the ordinances of God, the maker of all creation, we yet consider that we have for the present reminded you of enough to induce you to study these things, especially since you can now read [our writings] for yourself, that as you have been fond of acquiring information, you may still be studious in this direction also.

Πολλὰ μὲν οὖν ἔχοντες λέγειν περὶ τῆς καθ' ἡμᾶς πολιτείας καὶ τῶν δικαιωμάτων τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ δημιουργοῦ πάσης κτίσεως, τὰ νῦν αὐτάρκως ἡγούμεθα ἐπιμεμνῆσθαι, εἰς τὸ καί σε ἐπιστῆσαι μάλιστα ἐξ ὧν ἀναγινώσκεις ἕως τοῦ δεῦρο, ἵνα ὡς φιλομαθὴς ἐγενήθης ἕως τοῦ δεῦρο οὕτως καὶ φιλομαθὴς ἔσῃ.

chap. xvi.—uncertain conjectures of the philosophers

 

But I wish now to give you a more accurate demonstration, God helping me, of the historical periods, that you may see that our doctrine is not modern nor fabulous, but more ancient and true than all poets and authors who have written in uncertainty. For some, maintaining that the world was uncreated, went into infinity;1 and others, asserting that it was created, said that already 153, 075 years had passed. This is stated by Apollonius the Egyptian. And Plato, who is esteemed to have been the wisest of the Greeks, into what nonsense did he run? For in his book entitled The Republic,2 we find him expressly saying: “For if things had in all time remained in their present arrangement, when ever could any new thing be discovered? For ten thousand times ten thousand years elapsed without record, and one thousand or twice as many years have gone by since some things were discovered by Dædalus, and some by Orpheus, and some by Palamedes.” And when he says that these things happened, he implies that ten thousand times ten thousand years elapsed from the flood to Dædalus. And after he has said a great deal about the cities of the world, and the settlements, and the nations, he owns that he has said these things conjecturally. For he says, “If then, my friend, some god should promise us, that if we attempted to make a survey of legislation, the things now said,”3 etc., which shows that he was speaking by guess; and if by guess, then what he says is not true.

16. Θέλω δέ σοι καὶ τὰ τῶν χρόνων θεοῦ παρέχοντος νῦν ἀκριβέστερον ἐπιδεῖξαι, ἵνα ἐπιγνῷς ὅτι οὐ πρόσφατος οὐδὲ μυθώδης ἐστὶν ὁ καθ' ἡμᾶς λόγος, ἀλλ' ἀρχαιότερος καὶ ἀληθέστερος ἁπάντων ποιητῶν καὶ συγγραφέων, τῶν ἐπ' ἀδήλῳ συγγραψάντων. οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὸν κόσμον ἀγένητον εἰπόντες εἰς τὸ ἀπέραντον ἐχώρησαν, ἕτεροι δὲ γενητὸν φήσαντες εἶπον ὡς ἤδη μυριάδας ἐτῶν πεντεκαίδεκα ἐληλυθέναι καὶ τρισχίλια ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε ἔτη. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ Αἰγύπτιος ἱστορεῖ. Πλάτων δέ, ὁ δοκῶν Ἑλλήνων σοφώτερος γεγενῆσθαι, εἰς πόσην φλυαρίαν ἐχώρησεν! ἐν γὰρ ταῖς Πολιτείαις αὐτοῦ ἐπιγραφομέναις ῥητῶς κεῖται· “Πῶς γὰρ ἄν, εἴ γε ἔμενε τάδε οὕτως πάντα χρόνον ὡς νῦν διακοσμεῖται, καινὸν ἀνευρίσκετό ποτε ὁτιοῦν τοῦτο; ὅτι μὲν μυριάκις μυρία ἔτη διελάνθανεν ἄρα τοὺς τότε· χίλια δ' ἀφ' οὗ γέγονεν ἢ δὶς τοσαῦτα ἔτη· τὰ μὲν ἀπὸ Δαιδάλου καταφανῆ γέγονεν, τὰ δὲ ἀπὸ Ὀρφέως, τὰ δὲ ἀπὸ Παλαμήδους.” καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν γεγενῆσθαι, τὰ μὲν μυριάκις μυρία ἔτη ἀπὸ κατακλυσμοῦ ἕως Δαιδάλου δηλοῖ. καὶ πολλὰ φήσας περὶ πολέων καὶ κατοικισμῶν καὶ ἐθνῶν, ὁμολογεῖ εἰκασμῷ ταῦτα εἰρηκέναι. λέγει γάρ· “Εἰ γοῦν, ὦ ξένε, τις ἡμῖν ὑπόσχηται θεὸς ὡς, ἂν ἐπιχειρήσωμεν <τὸ β´> τῇ τῆς νομοθεσίας σκέψει, τῶν νῦν εἰρημένων <λόγων οὐ χείρους οὐδ' ἐλάττους ἀκουσόμεθα, μακρὰν ἂν ἔλθοιμι ἔγωγε>.” δηλονότι εἰκασμῷ ἔφη· εἰ δὲ εἰκασμῷ, οὐκ ἄρα ἀληθῆ ἐστιν τὰ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ εἰρημένα.

chap. xvii.—accurate information of the christians

 

It behoved, therefore, that he should the rather become a scholar of God in this matter of legislation, as he himself confessed that in no other way could he gain accurate information than by God’s teaching him through the law. And did not the poets Homer and Hesiod and Orpheus profess that they themselves had been instructed by Divine Providence? Moreover, it is said that among your writers there were prophets and prognosticators, and that those wrote accurately: who were informed by them. How much more, then, shall we know the truth who are instructed by the holy prophets, who were possessed by4 the Holy Spirit of God! On this account all the prophets spoke harmoniously and in agreement with one another, and foretold the things that would come to pass in all the world. For the very accomplishment of predicted and already consummated events should demonstrate to those who are fond of information, yea rather, who are lovers of truth, that those things are really true which they declared concerning the epochs and eras before the deluge:5 to wit, how the years have run on since the world was created until now, so as to manifest the ridiculous mendacity of your authors, and show that their statements are not true.

17. Δεῖ οὖν μᾶλλον μαθητὴν γενέσθαι τῆς νομοθεσίας τοῦ θεοῦ, καθὼς καὶ αὐτὸς ὡμολόγηκεν ἄλλως μὴ δύνασθαι τὸ ἀκριβὲς μαθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ ὁ θεὸς διδάξῃ διὰ τοῦ νόμου. τί δέ; οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ποιηταὶ Ὅμηρος καὶ Ἡσίοδος καὶ Ὀρφεὺς ἔφασαν ἑαυτοὺς ἀπὸ θείας προνοίας μεμαθηκέναι; ἔτι μὴν μάντεις καὶ προγνώστας γεγενῆσθαι κατὰ τοὺς συγγραφεῖς, καὶ τοὺς παρ' αὐτῶν μαθόντας ἀκριβῶς συγγεγραφέναι φασίν. πόσῳ οὖν μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς τὰ ἀληθῆ εἰσόμεθα οἱ μανθάνοντες ἀπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν, τῶν χωρησάντων τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ; διὸ σύμφωνα καὶ φίλα ἀλλήλοις οἱ πάντες προφῆται εἶπον, καὶ προεκήρυξαν τὰ μέλλοντα ἔσεσθαι παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ. τοὺς γὰρ φιλομαθεῖς μᾶλλον δὲ φιλαληθεῖς δύναται αὐτὴ ἡ ἔκβασις τῶν προαναπεφωνημένων πραγμάτων καὶ ἤδη ἀπηρτισμένων ἐκδιδάσκειν ὄντως ἀληθῆ εἶναι τὰ δι' αὐτῶν κεκηρυγμένα περί τε χρόνων καὶ καιρῶν τῶν πρὸ κατακλυσμοῦ, ἀφ' οὗ ἔκτισται ὁ κόσμος ἕως τοῦ δεῦρο, ὡς συνέστηκε τὰ ἔτη, εἰς τὸ ἐπιδεῖξαι τὴν φλυαρίαν τοῦ ψεύδους τῶν συγγραφέων, ὅτι οὐκ ἀληθῆ ἐστιν τὰ δι' αὐτῶν ῥηθέντα.

chap. xviii.—errors of the greeks about the deluge

 

For Plato, as we said above, when he had demonstrated that a deluge had happened, said that it extended not over the whole earth, but only over the plains, and that those who fled to the highest hills saved themselves. But others say that there existed Deucalion and Pyrrha, and that they were preserved in a chest; and that Deucalion, after he came out of the chest, flung stones behind him, and that men were produced from the stones; from which circumstance they say that men in the mass are named “people.”6 Others, again, say that Clymenus existed in a second flood.

18. Πλάτων γάρ, ὡς προειρήκαμεν, δηλώσας κατακλυσμὸν γεγενῆσθαι, ἔφη μὴ πάσης τῆς γῆς ἀλλὰ τῶν πεδίων μόνον γεγενῆσθαι, καὶ τοὺς διαφυγόντας ἐπὶ τοῖς ὑψηλοτάτοις ὄρεσιν αὐτοὺς διασεσῶσθαι. ἕτεροι δὲ λέγουσι γεγονέναι Δευκαλίωνα καὶ Πύρραν, καὶ τούτους ἐν λάρνακι διασεσῶσθαι καὶ τὸν Δευκαλίωνα μετὰ τὸ ἐλθεῖν ἐκ τῆς λάρνακος λίθους εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω πεπομφέναι καὶ ἀνθρώπους ἐκ τῶν λίθων γεγενῆσθαι· ὅθεν φασὶν λαοὺς προσαγορεύεσθαι τὸ πλῆθος ἀνθρώπων. ἄλλοι δ' αὖ Κλύμενον εἶπον ἐν δευτέρῳ κατακλυσμῷ γεγονέναι.

From what has already been said, it is evident that they who wrote such things and philosophized to so little purpose are miserable, and very profane and senseless persons. But Moses, our prophet and the servant of God, in giving an account of the genesis of the world, related in what manner the flood came upon the earth, telling us, besides, how the details of the flood came about, and relating no fable of Pyrrha nor of Deucalion or Clymenus; nor, forsooth, that only the plains were submerged, and that those only who escaped to the mountains were saved.

Ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἄθλιοι καὶ πάνυ δυσσεβεῖς καὶ ἀνόητοι εὑρίσκονται οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα συγγράψαντες καὶ φιλοσοφήσαντες ματαίως, ἐκ τῶν προειρημένων δῆλόν ἐστιν. ὁ δὲ ἡμέτερος προφήτης καὶ θεράπων τοῦ θεοῦ Μωσῆς περὶ τῆς γενέσεως τοῦ κόσμου ἐξιστορῶν διηγήσατο τίνι τρόπῳ γεγένηται ὁ κατακλυσμὸς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ ᾧ τρόπῳ γέγονεν, οὐ Πύρραν οὔτε Δευκαλίωνα ἢ Κλύμενον μυθεύων, οὐδὲ μὴν τὰ πεδία μόνον κατακεκλύσθαι, καὶ τοὺς διαφυγόντας ἐπὶ τοῖς ὄρεσι μόνους διασεσῶσθαι.

chap. xix.—accurate account of the deluge

 

And neither does he make out that there was a second flood: on the contrary, he said that never again would there be a flood of water on the world; as neither indeed has there been, nor ever shall be. And he says that eight human beings were preserved in the ark, in that which had been prepared by God’s direction, not by Deucalion, but by Noah; which Hebrew word means in English7“rest,” as we have elsewhere shown that Noah, when he announced to the men then alive that there was a flood coming, prophesied to them, saying, Come thither, God calls you to repentance. On this account he was fitly called Deucalion.8 And this Noah had three sons (as we mentioned in the second book), whose names  were Shem, and Ham, and Japhet; and these had three wives, one wife each; each man and his wife. This man some have surnamed Eunuchus. All the eight persons, therefore, who were found in the ark were preserved.

19. Ἀλλ' οὐδὲ δεύτερον κατακλυσμὸν γεγονέναι δηλοῖ, ἀλλὰ μὲν οὖν ἔφη μηκέτι τῷ κόσμῳ κατακλυσμὸν ὕδατος ἔσεσθαι, οἷον οὔτε γέγονεν οὔτε μὴν ἔσται. ὀκτὼ δέ φησιν τὰς πάσας ψυχὰς ἀνθρώπων ἐν τῇ κιβωτῷ διασεσῶσθαι, ἐν τῇ κατασκευασθείσῃ προστάγμασι θεοῦ, οὐχ ὑπὸ Δευκαλίωνος, ἀλλ' ὑπὸ τοῦ Νῶε ἑβραϊστί, ὃς διερμηνεύεται τῇ ἑλλάδι γλώσσῃ ἀνάπαυσις, καθὼς καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λόγῳ ἐδηλώσαμεν ὡς Νῶε, καταγγέλλων τοῖς τότε ἀνθρώποις μέλλειν κατακλυσμὸν ἔσεσθαι, προεφήτευσεν αὐτοῖς λέγων· Δεῦτε, καλεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ θεὸς εἰς μετάνοιαν· διὸ οἰκείως Δευκαλίων ἐκλήθη. τούτῳ δὲ τῷ Νῶε υἱοὶ τρεῖς ἦσαν, καθὼς καὶ ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ τόμῳ ἐδηλώσαμεν, ὧν τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν Σὴμ καὶ Χὰμ καὶ Ἰάφεθ, οἷς καὶ γυναῖκες τρεῖς ἦσαν τὸ καθ' ἕνα αὐτῶν, καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ. Τοῦτον τὸν ἄνδρα ἔνιοι Εὐνοῦχον προσηγορεύκασιν. ὀκτὼ οὖν αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ ἀνθρώπων διεσώθησαν, οἱ ἐν τῇ κιβωτῷ εὑρεθέντες.

And Moses showed that the flood lasted forty days and forty nights, torrents pouring from heaven, and from the fountains of the deep breaking up, so that the water overtopped every high hill 15 cubits. And thus the race of all the men that then were was destroyed, and those only who were protected in the ark were saved; and these, we have already said, were eight. And of the ark, the remains are to this day to be seen in the Arabian mountains.

Τὸν δὲ κατακλυσμὸν ἐσήμανεν ὁ Μωσῆς ἐπὶ <ἡμέρας τεσσαράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσαράκοντα> γεγενῆσθαι, <ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τῶν καταρακτῶν> ῥυέντων καὶ πασῶν <τῶν πηγῶν τῆς ἀβύσσου βλυσάντων>, ὥστε τὸ ὕδωρ ὑψωθῆναι <ἐπάνω παντὸς ὄρους ὑψηλοῦ πεντεκαίδεκα πήχεις>. καὶ οὕτως διεφθάρη τὸ γένος πάντων τῶν τότε ἀνθρώπων, μόνοι δὲ διεσώθησαν οἱ φυλαχθέντες ἐν τῇ κιβωτῷ, οὓς προειρήκαμεν ὀκτώ· ἧς κιβωτοῦ τὰ λείψανα μέχρις τοῦ δεῦρο δείκνυται εἶναι ἐν τοῖς Ἀραβικοῖς ὄρεσιν.

This, then, is in sum the history of the deluge.

Τὰ μὲν οὖν τοῦ κατακλαυσμοῦ κεφαλαιωδῶς τοιαύτην ἔχει τὴν ἱστορίαν.

chap. xx.—antiquity of moses

 

And Moses, becoming the leader of the Jews, as we have already stated, was expelled from the land of Egypt by the king, Pharaoh, whose name was Amasis, and who, they say, reigned after the expulsion of the people 25 years and 4 months, as Manetho assumes. And after him [reigned] Chebron, 13 years. And after him Amenophis, 20 years 7 months. And after him his sister Amessa, 21 years 1 month. And after her Mephres, 12 years 9 months. And after him Methramuthosis, 20 years and 10 months. And after him Tythmoses, 9 years 8 months. And after him Damphenophis, 30 years 10 months. And after him Orus, 35 years 5 months. And after him his daughter, 10 years 3 months. After her Mercheres, 12 years 3 months. And after him his son Armais, 30 years 1 month. After him Messes, son of Miammus, 6 years 2 months. After him Rameses, 1 year 4 months. After him Amenophis, 19 years 6 months. After him his sons Thoessus and Rameses, 10 years, who, it is said, had a large cavalry force and naval equipment.

20. Ὁ δὲ Μωσῆς ὁδηγήσας τοὺς Ἰουδαίους, ὡς ἔφθημεν εἰρηκέναι, ἐκβεβλημένους ἀπὸ γῆς Αἰγύπτου ὑπὸ βασιλέως Φαραώ, οὗ τοὔνομα Τέθμωσις, ὅς, φασίν, μετὰ τὴν ἐκβολὴν τοῦ λαοῦ ἐβασίλευσεν ἔτη εἴκοσι πέντε καὶ μῆνας δ´, ὡς ὑφῄρηται Μαναιθώς. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Χεβρῶν ἔτη ιγ´. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Ἀμένωφις ἔτη κ´, μῆνας ἑπτά. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον ἡ ἀδελφὴ αὐτοῦ Ἀμέσση ἔτη κα´, μῆνας ἐννέα. μετὰ δὲ ταύτην Μήφρης ἔτη ιβ´, μῆνας θ´. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Μηφραμμούθωσις ἔτη κε´, μῆνας ι´. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Τυθμώσης ἔτη θ´, μῆνας η´. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Ἀμένωφις ἔτη λ´, μῆνας ι´. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Ὦρος ἔτη λϚ´, μῆνας πέντε. τούτου δὲ θυγάτηρ Ἀκεγχερὴς ἔτη ιβ´, μῆνα α´. μετὰ δὲ ταύτην Ῥαθῶτις ἔτη θ´. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Ἀκεγχήρης ἔτη ιβ´, μῆνας ε´. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Ἀκεγχήρης ἔτη ιβ´, μῆνας γ´. τοῦ δὲ Ἄρμαϊς ἔτη δ´, μῆνα α´. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Ῥαμέσσης ἐνιαυτόν, μῆνας δ´. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Ἀρμέσσης Μιαμμοῦ ἔτη ξϚ´ καὶ μῆνας β´. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Ἀμένωφις ἔτη ιθ´, μῆνας Ϛ´. τοῦ δὲ Σέθως καὶ Ῥαμέσσης ἔτη ξ´, οὕς φασιν ἐσχηκέναι πολλὴν δύναμιν ἱππικῆς καὶ παράταξιν ναυτικῆς κατὰ τοὺς ἰδίους χρόνους.

The Hebrews, indeed, after their own separate history, having at that time migrated into the land of Egypt, and been enslaved by the king Tethmosis, as already said, built for him strong cities, Peitho, and Rameses, and On, which is Heliopolis; so that the Hebrews, who also are our ancestors, and from whom we have those sacred books which are older than all authors, as already said, are proved to be more ancient than the cities which were at that time renowned among the Egyptians.

Οἱ μὲν Ἑβραῖοι, κατ' ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ παροικήσαντες ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ καταδουλωθέντες ὑπὸ βασιλέως ὃς προείρηται Τέθμωσις, ᾠκοδόμησαν αὐτῷ πόλεις ὀχυράς, τήν τε Πειθὼ καὶ Ῥαμεσσῆ καὶ Ὤν, ἥτις ἐστὶν Ἡλίου πόλις· ὥστε καὶ τῶν πόλεων τῶν τότε ὀνομαστῶν κατ' Αἰγυπτίους δείκνυνται προγενέστεροι οἱ Ἑβραῖοι ὄντες, οἳ καὶ προπάτορες ἡμῶν, ἀφ' ὧν καὶ τὰς ἱερὰς βίβλους ἔχομεν ἀρχαιοτέρας οὔσας ἁπάντων συγγραφέων, καθὼς προειρήκαμεν.

And the country was called Egypt from the king Sethos. For the word Sethos, they say, is pronounced “Egypt.”1 And Sethos had a brother, by name Armais. He is called Danaus, the same who passed from Egypt to Argos, whom the other authors mention as being of very ancient date.

Αἴγυπτος δὲ ἡ χώρα ἐκλήθη ἀπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως Σέθως· ὁ γὰρ Σέθως, φασίν, Αἴγυπτος καλεῖται. τῷ δὲ Σέθως ἦν ἀδελφὸς ᾧ ὄνομα Ἄρμαϊς· οὗτος Δαναὸς κέκληται ὁ εἰς Ἄργος ἀπὸ Αἰγύπτου παραγενόμενος, οὗ μέμνηται οἱ λοιποὶ συγγραφεῖς ὡς πάνυ ἀρχαίου τυγχάνοντος.

chap. xxi.—of manetho’s inaccuracy

 

And Manetho, who among the Egyptians gave out a great deal of nonsense, and even impiously charged Moses and the Hebrews who accompanied him with being banished from Egypt on account of leprosy, could give no accurate chronological statement. For when he said they were shepherds, and enemies of the Egyptians, he uttered truth indeed, because he was forced to do so. For our forefathers who sojourned in Egypt were truly shepherds, but not lepers. For when they came into the land called Jerusalem, where also they afterwards abode, it is well known how their priests, in pursuance of the appointment of God, continued in the temple, and there healed every disease, so that they cured lepers and every unsoundness. The temple was built by Solomon the king of Judæa.

21. Μαναιθὼς δὲ ὁ κατ' Αἰγυπτίους πολλὰ φλυαρήσας, ἔτι μὴν καὶ βλάσφημα εἰπὼν εἴς τε Μωσέα καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ Ἑβραίους, ὡς δῆθεν διὰ λέπραν ἐκβληθέντας ἐκ τῆς Αἰγύπτου, οὐχ εὗρεν τὸ ἀκριβὲς τῶν χρόνων εἰπεῖν. ποιμένας μὲν γὰρ αὐτοὺς εἰπὼν καὶ πολεμίους Αἰγυπτίων, τὸ μὲν ποιμένας ἄκων εἶπεν, ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας· ἦσαν γὰρ ὄντως ποιμένες οἱ προπάτορες ἡμῶν, οἱ παροικήσαντες ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, ἀλλ' οὐ λεπροί. παραγενόμενοι γὰρ εἰς τὴν γῆν τὴν καλουμένην Ἰουδαίαν, ἔνθα καὶ μεταξὺ κατῴκησαν, δηλοῦται ᾧ τρόπῳ οἱ ἱερεῖς αὐτῶν διὰ προστάγματος θεοῦ προσκαρτεροῦντες τῷ ναῷ, τότε ἐθεράπευον πᾶσαν νόσον ὥστε καὶ λεπρῶντας καὶ πάντα μῶμον ἰῶντο. ναὸν ᾠκοδόμησεν Σολομὼν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς Ἰουδαίας.

And from Manetho’s own statement his chronological error is manifest. (As it is also in respect of the king who expelled them, Pharaoh by name. For he no longer ruled them. For having pursued the Hebrews, he and his army were engulphed in the Red Sea. And he is in error still further, in saying that the shepherds made war against the Egyptians.) For they went out of Egypt, and thenceforth dwelt in the country now called Judæa, 3132 years before Danaus came to Argos. And that most people consider him older than any other of the Greeks is manifest.

 Περὶ δὲ τοῦ πεπλανῆσθαι τὸν Μαναιθὼ περὶ τῶν χρόνων ἐκ τῶν ὑπ' αὐτοῦ εἰρημένων δῆλόν ἐστιν· ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ ἐκβαλόντος αὐτούς, Φαραὼ τοὔνομα. οὐκέτι γὰρ αὐτῶν ἐβασίλευσεν· καταδιώξας γὰρ Ἑβραίους μετὰ τοῦ στρατεύματος κατεποντίσθη εἰς τὴν ἐρυθρὰν θάλασσαν. ἔτι μὴν καὶ οὓς ἔφη ποιμένας πεπολεμηκέναι τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους ψεύδεται· πρὸ ἐτῶν γὰρ λϞγ´ ἐξῆλθον ἐκ τῆς Αἰγύπτου καὶ ᾤκησαν ἔκτοτε τὴν χώραν, τὴν ἔτι καὶ νῦν καλουμένην Ἰουδαίαν, πρὸ τοῦ καὶ Δαναὸν εἰς Ἄργος ἀφικέσθαι. ὅτι δὲ τοῦτον ἀρχαιότερον ἡγοῦνται τῶν λοιπῶν κατὰ Ἕλληνας οἱ πλείους, σαφές ἐστιν.

So that Manetho has unwillingly declared to us, by his own writings, two particulars of the truth: first, avowing that they were shepherds; secondly, saying that they went out of the land of Egypt. So that even from these writings Moses and his followers are proved to be 900 or even 1000 years prior to the Trojan war.3

Ὥστε ὁ Μαναιθὼς δύο τάξεις ἄκων τῆς ἀληθείας μεμήνυκεν ἡμῖν διὰ τῶν αὐτοῦ γραμμάτων, πρῶτον μὲν ποιμένας αὐτοὺς ὁμολογήσας, δεύτερον εἰπὼν καὶ τὸ ἐξεληλυθέναι αὐτοὺς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου· ὥστε καὶ ἐκ τούτων τῶν ἀναγραφῶν δείκνυσθαι προγενέστερον εἶναι τὸν Μωσῆν καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ ἐνακοσίους ἢ καὶ χιλίους ἐνιαυτοὺς πρὸ τοῦ Ἰλιακοῦ πολέμου.

chap. xxii.—antiquity of the temple

 

Then concerning the building of the temple in Judæa, which Solomon the king built 566 years after the exodus of the Jews from Egypt, there is among the Tyrians a record how the temple was built; and in their archives writings have been preserved, in which the temple is proved to have existed 1434 years 8 months before the Tyrians founded Carthage (and this record was made by Hiram5 (that is the name of the king of the Tyrians), the son of Abimalus, on account of the hereditary friendship which existed between Hiram and Solomon, and at the same time on account of the surpassing wisdom possessed by Solomon. For they continually engaged with each other in discussing difficult problems. And proof of this exists in their correspondence, which to this day is preserved  among the Tyrians, and the writings that passed between them); as Menander the Ephesian, while narrating the history of the Tyrian kingdom, records, speaking thus: “For when Abimalus the king of the Tyrians died, his son Hiram succeeded to the kingdom. He lived 53 years. And Bazorus succeeded him, who lived 43, and reigned 17 years. And after him followed Methuastartus, who lived 54 years, and reigned 12. And after him succeeded his brother Atharymus, who lived 58 years, and reigned 9. He was slain by his brother of the name of Helles, who lived 50 years, and reigned 8 months. He was killed by Juthobalus, priest of Astarte, who lived 40 years, and reigned 12. He was succeeded by his son Bazorus, who lived 45 years, and reigned 7. And to him his son Metten succeeded, who lived 32 years, and reigned 29. Pygmalion, son of Pygmalius succeeded him, who lived 56 years, and reigned 7.1 And in the 7th year of his reign, his sister, fleeing to Libya, built the city which to this day is called Carthage.” The whole period, therefore, from the reign of Hiram to the founding of Carthage, amounts to 155 years and 8 months. And in the 12th year of the reign of Hiram the temple in Jerusalem was built. So that the entire time from the building of the temple to the founding of Carthage was 143 years and 8 months.

22. Ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τοῦ ἐν Ἰουδαίᾳ, ὃν ᾠκοδόμησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Σολομὼν μετὰ ἔτη πεντακόσια ἑξήκοντα ἓξ τῆς Αἰγύπτου ἐξοδίας τῶν Ἰουδαίων, παρὰ Τυρίοις ἀναγέγραπται ὡς ὁ ναὸς ᾠκοδόμηται, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀρχείοις αὐτῶν πεφύλακται τὰ γράμματα, ἐν αἷς ἀναγραφαῖς εὑρίσκεται γεγονὼς ὁ ναὸς πρὸ τοῦ τοὺς Τυρίους τὴν Καρχηδόνα κτίσαι θᾶττον ἔτεσιν ἑκατὸν τεσσαράκοντα τρισίν, μησὶν ὀκτώ· (ἀνεγράφη ὑπὸ Ἱερώμου τοὔνομα βασιλέως Τυρίων, υἱοῦ δὲ Ἀβειβάλου, διὰ τὸ ἐκ πατρικῆς συνηθείας τὸν Ἱέρωμον γεγενῆσθαι φίλον τοῦ Σολομῶνος, ἅμα καὶ διὰ τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν σοφίαν, ἣν ἔσχεν ὁ Σολομών. ἐν γὰρ προβλήμασιν ἀλλήλους συνεχῶς ἐγύμναζον· τεκμήριον δὲ τούτου, καὶ ἀντίγραφα ἐπιστολῶν αὐτῶν φασιν μέχρι τοῦ δεῦρο παρὰ τοῖς Τυρίοις πεφυλαγμένα· γράμματά τε ἀλλήλοις διέπεμπον.)  - καθὼς μέμνηται Μένανδρος ὁ Ἐφέσιος, ἱστορῶν περὶ τῆς Τυρίων βασιλείας, λέγων οὕτως· “Τελευτήσαντος γὰρ Ἀβειβάλου” βασιλέως Τυρίων “διεδέξατο τὴν βασιλείαν ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ Ἱέρωμος, ὃς βιώσας ἔτη πεντήκοντα τρία <ἐβασίλευσεν ἔτη τριάκοντα τέσσαρα>. τοῦτον δὲ διεδέξατο Βαλεάζωρος, βιώσας ἔτη μγ´, ὃς ἐβασίλευσεν ἔτη ιζ´. <μετὰ τοῦτον Ἀβδάστρατος, ὃς βιώσας ἔτη κθ´ ἐβασίλευσεν ἔτη θ´.> μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Μεθουάσταρτος, βιώσας ἔτη νδ´, ἐβασίλευσεν ἔτη ιβ´. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ Ἀθάρυμος, βιώσας ἔτη νη´, ἐβασίλευσεν ἔτη θ´. τοῦτον ἀνεῖλεν ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ Ἕλλης τοὔνομα, ὃς βιώσας ἔτη ν´ ἐβασίλευσεν μῆνας ὀκτώ. τοῦτον ἀνεῖλεν Ἰουθώβαλος, ἱερεὺς τῆς Ἀστάρτης, ὃς βιώσας ἔτη μ´ ἐβασίλευσεν ἔτη λβ´. τοῦτον διεδέξατο ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ Βαλέζωρος, ὃς βιώσας ἔτη με´ ἐβασίλευσεν ἔτη Ϛ´. υἱὸς δὲ τούτου Μέττηνος, βιώσας ἔτη λβ´, ἐβασίλευσεν ἔτη κθ´. τοῦτον διεδέξατο Πυγμαλίων, ὃς βιώσας ἔτη νϚ´ ἐβασίλευσεν ἔτη μζ´. ἐν δὲ τῷ ἑβδόμῳ ἔτει τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ <ἡ ἀδελφὴ αὐτοῦ> εἰς Λιβύην φυγοῦσα πόλιν ᾠκοδόμησεν τὴν μέχρι τοῦ δεῦρο Καρχηδονίαν καλουμένην. συνάγεται οὖν ὁ πᾶς χρόνος ἀπὸ τῆς Ἱερώμου βασιλείας μέχρι Καρχηδόνος κτίσεως ἔτη ρνε´, μῆνες ὀκτώ. τῷ δὲ δωδεκάτῳ ἔτει τῆς Ἱερώμου βασιλείας ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ὁ ναὸς ᾠκοδομήθη, ὥστε τὸν πάντα χρόνον γεγενῆσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ ναοῦ οἰκοδομῆς μέχρι Καρχηδόνος κτίσεως ἔτη ρμγ´, μῆνες η´.”

chap. xxiii.—prophets more ancient than greek writers

 

So then let what has been said suffice for the testimony of the Phœnicians and Egyptians, and for the account of our chronology given by the writers Manetho the Egyptian, and Menander the Ephesian, and also Josephus, who wrote the Jewish war, which they waged with the Romans. For from these very old records it is proved that the writings of the rest are more recent than the writings given to us through Moses, yes, and than the subsequent prophets. For the last of the prophets, who was called Zechariah, was contemporary with the reign of Darius.

23. Τῆς μὲν οὖν Φοινίκων καὶ Αἰγυπτίων μαρτυρίας, ὡς ἱστορήκασιν περὶ τῶν καθ' ἡμᾶς χρόνων οἱ συγγράψαντες Μαναιθὼς ὁ Αἰγύπτιος καὶ ὁ Μένανδρος ὁ Ἐφέσιος, ἔτι δὲ καὶ Ἰώσηππος ὁ ἀναγράψας τὸν Ἰουδαϊκὸν πόλεμον τὸν γενόμενον αὐτοῖς ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων, ἀρκετῶς ἤτω ἡμῖν τὰ εἰρημένα. ἐκ γὰρ τούτων τῶν ἀρχαίων δείκνυται καὶ τὰ τῶν λοιπῶν συγγράμματα ἔσχατα εἶναι τῶν διὰ Μωσέως ἡμῖν δεδομένων γραμμάτων, ἔτι μὴν καὶ τῶν μεταξὺ προφητῶν· ὁ γὰρ ὕστερος τῶν προφητῶν γενόμενος Ζαχαρίας ὀνόματι ἤκμασεν κατὰ τὴν Δαρείου βασιλείαν.

But even the lawgivers themselves are all found to have legislated subsequently to that period. For if one were to mention Solon the Athenian, he lived in the days of the kings Cyrus and Darius, in the time of the prophet Zechariah first mentioned, who was by many years the last of the prophets.2 Or if you mention the lawgivers Lycurgus, or Draco, or Minos, Josephus tells us in his writings that the sacred books take precedence of them in antiquity, since even before the reign of Jupiter over the Cretans, and before the Trojan war, the writings of the divine law which has been given to us through Moses were in existence.

Ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ νομοθέται πάντες μεταξὺ εὑρίσκονται νομοθετοῦντες. εἰ γάρ τις εἴποι Σόλωνα τὸν Ἀθηναῖον, οὗτος γέγονεν κατὰ τοὺς χρόνους Κύρου καὶ Δαρείου τῶν βασιλέων, κατὰ τὸν χρόνον Ζαχαρίου τοῦ προειρημένου προφήτου, μεταξὺ γεγενημένου πάνυ πολλοῖς ἔτεσιν· ἤτοι καὶ περὶ Λυκούργου ἢ Δράκοντος ἢ Μίνω τῶν νομοθετῶν, τούτων ἀρχαιότητι προάγουσιν αἱ ἱεραὶ βίβλοι, ὅπου γε καὶ τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ Κρητῶν βασιλεύσαντος, ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τοῦ Ἰλιακοῦ πολέμου δείκνυται προάγοντα τὰ γράμματα τοῦ θείου νόμου τοῦ διὰ Μωσέως ἡμῖν δεδομένου.

And that we may give a more accurate exhibition of eras and dates, we will, God helping us, now give an account not only of the dates after the deluge, but also of those before it, so as to reckon the whole number of all the years, as far as possible; tracing up to the very beginning of the creation of the world, which Moses the servant of God recorded through the Holy Spirit. For having first spoken of what concerned the creation and genesis of the world, and of the first man, and all that happened after in the order of events, he signified also the years that elapsed before the deluge. And I pray for favour from the only God, that I may accurately speak the whole truth according to His will, that you and every one who reads this work may be guided by His truth and favour. I will then begin first with the recorded genealogies, and I begin my narration with the first man.3

Ἵνα δὲ ἀκριβεστέραν ποιήσωμεν τὴν ἀπόδειξιν τῶν καιρῶν καὶ χρόνων, θεοῦ ἡμῖν παρέχοντος οὐ μόνον τὰ μετὰ κατακλυσμὸν ἱστοροῦντες ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ πρὸ κατακλυσμοῦ εἰς τὸ καὶ τῶν ἁπάντων κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν εἰπεῖν ἡμῖν τὸν ἀριθμόν, νυνὶ ποιησόμεθα, ἀναδραμόντες ἐπὶ τὴν ἀνέκαθεν ἀρχὴν τῆς τοῦ κόσμου κτίσεως, ἣν ἀνέγραψεν Μωσῆς ὁ θεράπων τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου. εἰπὼν γὰρ τὰ περὶ κτίσεως καὶ γενέσεως κόσμου, τοῦ πρωτοπλάστου ἀνθρώπου, καὶ τὰ τῶν ἑξῆς γεγενημένων, ἐσήμανεν καὶ τὰ πρὸ κατακλυσμοῦ ἔτη γενόμενα. ἐγὼ δ' αἰτοῦμαι χάριν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου θεοῦ, εἰς τὸ τἀληθῆ κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ πάντα ἀκριβῶς εἰπεῖν, ὅπως καὶ σὺ καὶ πᾶς ὁ τούτοις ἐντυγχάνων ὁδηγῆται ὑπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ χάριτος αὐτοῦ. ἄρξομαι δὴ πρῶτον ἀπὸ τῶν ἀναγεγραμμένων γενεαλογιῶν, λέγω δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ πρωτοπλάστου ἀνθρώπου τὴν ἀρχὴν ποιησάμενος.

chap. xxiv.—chronology from adam

 

Adam lived till he begat a son,4 230 years. And his son Seth, 205. And his son Enos, 190. And his son Cainan, 170. And his son Mahaleel, 165. And his son Jared, 162. And his son Enoch, 165. And his son Methuselah, 167. And his son Lamech, 188. And Lamech’s son was Noah, of whom we have spoken above, who begat Shem when 500 years old. During Noah’s life, in his 600th year, the flood came. The total number of years, therefore, till the flood, was 2242.

24. Ἀδὰμ ἕως οὗ ἐτέκνωσεν ἔζησεν ἔτη σλ´, υἱὸς δὲ τούτου Σὴθ ἔτη σε´, υἱὸς δὲ τούτου Ἐνῶς ἔτη ρϞ´, υἱὸς δὲ τούτου Καϊνὰν ἔτη ρο´, υἱὸς δὲ τούτου Μαλελεὴλ ἔτη ρξε´, υἱὸς δὲ τούτου Ἰάρεθ ἔτη ρξβ´, υἱὸς δὲ τούτου Ἐνὼχ ἔτη ρξε´, υἱὸς δὲ τούτου Μαθουσάλα ἔτη ρξζ´, υἱὸς δὲ τούτου Λάμεχ ἔτη ρπη´. τούτῳ δὲ υἱὸς ἐγενήθη ὁ προειρημένος Νῶε, ὃς ἐτέκνωσεν τὸν Σὴμ ὢν ἐτῶν φ´. ἐπὶ τούτου ἐγένετο ὁ κατακλυσμὸς ὄντος αὐτοῦ ἐτῶν χ´. τὰ πάντα οὖν μέχρι κατακλυσμοῦ γεγένηται ἔτη βσμβ´.

And immediately after the flood, Shem, who was 100 years old, begat Arphaxad. And Arphaxad, when 135 years old, begat Salah. And Salah begat a son when 130. And his son Eber, when 134. And from him the Hebrews name their race. And his son Phaleg begat a son when 130. And his son Reu, when 132. And his son Serug, when 130. And his son Nahor, when 75. And his son Terah, when 70. And his son Abraham, our patriarch, begat Isaac when he was 100 years old. Until Abraham, therefore, there are 3278 years.

Μετὰ δὲ τὸν κατακλυσμὸν εὐθέως ὁ Σὴμ ὢν ἐτῶν ρ´ ἐτέκνωσεν τὸν Ἀρφαξάθ, Ἀρφαξὰθ δὲ ἐτέκνωσεν Σαλὰ ὢν ἐτῶν ρλε´, ὁ δὲ Σαλὰ ἐτέκνωσεν ὢν ἐτῶν ρλ´, τούτου δὲ υἱὸς Ἕβερ ὢν ἐτῶν ρλδ´, ἀφ' οὗ καὶ τὸ γένος αὐτῶν Ἑβραῖοι προσηγορεύθησαν, τούτου δὲ υἱὸς Φαλὲγ ὢν ἐτῶν ρλ´, τούτου δὲ υἱὸς Ῥαγαῦ ὢν ἐτῶν ρλβ´, τούτου δὲ υἱὸς Σεροὺχ ὢν ἐτῶν ρλ´, τούτου δὲ υἱὸς Ναχὼρ ὢν ἐτῶν οε´, τούτου δὲ υἱὸς Θάρρα ὢν ἐτῶν ο´, τούτου δὲ υἱὸς Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατριάρχης ἡμῶν ἐτέκνωσεν τὸν Ἰσαὰκ ὢν ἐτῶν ρ´. Γίνονται οὖν μέχρι Ἀβραὰμ ἔτη γσοη´.

The fore-mentioned Isaac lived until he begat a son, 60 years, and begat Jacob. Jacob, till the migration into Egypt, of which we have spoken above, lived 130 years. And the sojourning of the Hebrews in Egypt lasted 430 years; and after their departure from the land of Egypt they spent 40 years in the wilderness, as it is called. All these years, therefore, amount to 3, 938. And at that time, Moses having died, Jesus the sun of Nun succeeded to his rule, and governed them 27 years.

Ἰσαὰκ ὁ προειρημένος ἕως τεκνογονίας ἔζησεν ἔτη ξ´, ὃς ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰακώβ· ἔζησεν ὁ Ἰακὼβ ἕως τῆς μετοικησίας τῆς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ γενομένης, ἧς ἐπάνω προειρήκαμεν, ἔτη ρλ´, ἡ δὲ παροίκησις τῶν Ἑβραίων ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἐγενήθη ἔτη υλ´, καὶ μετὰ τὸ ἐξελθεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ καλουμένῃ διέτριψαν ἔτη μ´. γίνεται οὖν τὰ πάντα ἔτη γϠλη´, ᾧ καιρῷ τοῦ Μωσέως τελευτήσαντος διεδέξατο ἄρχειν Ἰησοῦς υἱὸς Ναυῆ, ὃς προέστη αὐτῶν ἔτεσιν κζ´.

And after Jesus, when the people had transgressed the commandments of God, they served the king of Mesopotamia, by name Chusarathon, 8 years. Then, on the  repentance of the people, they had judges:

Μετὰ δὲ τὸν Ἰησοῦν τοῦ λαοῦ παραβάντος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐντολῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐδούλευσαν βασιλεῖ Μεσοποταμίας Χουσαράθων ὄνομα ἔτεσιν ὀκτώ. εἶτα μετανοήσαντος τοῦ λαοῦ κριταὶ ἐγενήθησαν αὐτοῖς.

Gothonoel, 40 years; Eglon, 18 years; Aoth, 8 years. Then having sinned, they were subdued by strangers for 20 years. Then Deborah judged them 40 years. Then they served the Midianites 7 years. Then Gideon judged them 40 years; Abimelech, 3 years; Thola, 22 years; Jair, 22 years. Then the Philistines and Ammonites ruled them 18 years. After that Jephthah judged them 6 years; Esbon, 7 years; Ailon, 10 years; Abdon, 8 years. Then strangers ruled them 40 years. Then Samson judged them 20 years. Then there was peace among them for 40 years. Then Samera judged them one year; Eli, 20 years; Samuel, 12 years.

Γοθονεὴλ ἔτεσιν τεσσαράκοντα, Ἐκλὼν ἔτεσιν ιη´, Ἀὼθ ἔτεσιν η´. ἔπειτα πταισάντων αὐτῶν ἀλλόφυλοι ἐκράτησαν ἔτεσιν κ´. ἔπειτα Δεββώρα ἔκρινεν αὐτοὺς ἔτεσιν μ´· ἔπειτα Μαδιανῖται ἐκράτησαν αὐτῶν ἔτεσιν ζ´. εἶτα Γεδεὼν ἔκρινεν αὐτοὺς ἔτεσιν μ´, Ἀβιμέλεχ ἔτεσιν γ´, Θωλὰ ἔτεσιν κγ´, Ἰαεὶρ ἔτεσιν κβ´. ἔπειτα Φυλιστιεὶμ καὶ Ἀμμανῖται ἐκράτησαν αὐτῶν ἔτεσιν ιη´. εἶτα Ἰεφθάε ἔκρινεν αὐτοὺς ἔτεσιν ἕξ, Ἐσβὼν ἔτεσιν ζ´, Αἰλὼν ἔτεσιν ι´, Ἀβδὼν ἔτεσιν η´. ἔπειτα ἀλλόφυλοι ἐκράτησαν αὐτῶν ἔτεσιν μ´. εἶτα Σαμψὼν ἔκρινεν αὐτοὺς ἔτεσιν κ´. ἔπειτα εἰρήνη ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐγένετο ἔτεσιν μ´. εἶτα Σαμηρὰ ἔκρινεν αὐτοὺς ἐνιαυτόν, Ἠλὶς ἔτεσιν κ´, Σαμουὴλ ἔτεσιν ιβ´.

chap. xxv.—from saul to the captivity

 

And after the judges they had kings, the first named Saul, who reigned 20 years; then David, our forefather, who reigned 40 years. Accordingly, there are to the reign of David [from Isaac] 496 years.

25. Μετὰ δὲ τοὺς κριτὰς ἐγένοντο βασιλεῖς ἐν αὐτοῖς, πρῶτος ὀνόματι Σαούλ, ὃς ἐβασίλευσεν ἔτη κ´, ἔπειτα Δαυὶδ ὁ πρόγονος ἡμῶν ἔτη μ´. γίνεται οὖν μέχρι τῆς τοῦ Δαυὶδ βασιλείας τὰ πάντα ἔτη υϞη´.

And after these kings Solomon reigned, who also, by the will of God, was the first to build the temple in Jerusalem; he reigned 40 years. And after him Rehoboam, 17 years; and after him Abias, 7 years; and after him Asa, 41 years; and after him Jehoshaphat, 25 years; and after him Joram, 8 years; and after him Ahaziah, 1 year; and after him Athaliah, 6 years; and after her Josiah, 40 years; and after him Amaziah, 39 years; and after him Uzziah, 52 years; and after him Jotham, 16 years; and after him Ahaz, 17 years; and after him Hezekiah, 29 years; and after him Manasseh, 55 years; and after him Amon, 2 years; and after him Josiah, 31 years; and after him Jehoahaz, 3 months; and after him Jehoiakim, 11 years. Then another Jehoiakim, 3 months 10 days; and after him Zedekiah, 11 years.

Μετὰ δὲ τούτους ἐβασιλεύει Σολομών, ὁ καὶ τὸν ναὸν τὸν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις κατὰ βουλὴν θεοῦ πρῶτος οἰκοδομήσας, δι' ἐτῶν μ´, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Ῥοβοὰμ ἔτεσιν ιζ´, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Ἀβίας ἔτεσιν ζ´, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Ἀσὰ ἔτεσιν μα´, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Ἰωσαφὰτ ἔτεσιν κε´, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Ἰωρὰμ ἔτη η´, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Ὀχοζίας ἐνιαυτόν, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Γοθολία ἔτεσιν ἕξ, μετὰ δὲ ταύτην Ἰωὰς ἔτεσιν μ´, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Ἀμεσίας ἔτεσιν λθ´, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Ὀζίας ἔτεσιν νβ´, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Ἰωαθὰμ ἔτεσιν ιϚ´, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Ἄχαζ ἔτεσιν ιζ´, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Ἐζεκίας ἔτεσιν κθ´, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Μανασσὴς ἔτεσιν νε´, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Ἀμὼς ἔτεσιν β´, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Ἰωσίας ἔτεσιν λα´, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Ὠχὰς μῆνας γ´, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Ἰωακεὶμ ἔτη ια´, ἔπειτα Ἰωακεὶμ ἕτερος μῆνας γ´ ἡμέρας ι´, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Σεδεκίας ἔτη ια´.

And after these kings, the people, continuing in their sins, and not repenting, the king of Babylon, named Nebuchadnezzar, came up into Judæa, according to the prophecy of Jeremiah. He transferred the people of the Jews to Babylon, and destroyed the temple which Solomon had built. And in the Babylonian banishment the people passed 70 years. Until the sojourning in the land of Babylon, there are therefore, in all, 4954 years 6 months and 10 days.

μετὰ δὲ τούτους τοὺς βασιλεῖς, διαμένοντος τοῦ λαοῦ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν καὶ μὴ μετανοοῦντος, κατὰ προφητείαν Ἰερεμίου ἀνέβη εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν βασιλεὺς Βαβυλῶνος, ὄνομα Ναβουχοδονόσορ. οὗτος μετῴκησεν τὸν λαὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων εἰς Βαβυλῶνα καὶ τὸν ναὸν κατέστρεψεν, ὃν ᾠκοδομήκει Σολομών. ἐν δὲ τῇ μετοικεσίᾳ Βαβυλῶνος, ὁ λαὸς ἐποίησεν ἔτη ο´. γίνεται οὖν μέχρι τῆς παροικεσίας ἐν γῇ Βαβυλῶνος τὰ πάντα ἔτη δϠνδ´ μῆνες Ϛ´ ἡμέραι ι´.

And according as God had, by the prophet Jeremiah, foretold that the people should be led captive to Babylon, in like manner He signified beforehand that they should also return into their own land after 70 years. These 70 years then being accomplished, Cyrus becomes king of the Persians, who, according to the prophecy of Jeremiah, issued a decree in the second year of his reign, enjoining by his edict that all Jews who were in his kingdom should return to their own country, and rebuild their temple to God, which the fore-mentioned king of Babylon had demolished. Moreover, Cyrus, in compliance with the instructions of God, gave orders to his own bodyguards, Sabessar and Mithridates, that the vessels which had been taken out of the temple of Judæa by Nebuchadnezzar should be restored, and placed again in the temple. In the second year, therefore, of Darius are fulfilled the 70 years which were foretold by Jeremiah.

Ὃν τρόπον δὲ ὁ θεὸς προεῖπεν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου τὸν λαὸν αἰχμαλωτισθῆναι εἰς Βαβυλῶνα, οὕτως προεσήμανεν καὶ τὸ πάλιν ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν μετὰ ο´ ἔτη. τελειουμένων οὖν ο´ ἐτῶν γίνεται Κύρος βασιλεὺς Περσῶν, ὃς κατὰ τὴν προφητείαν Ἰερεμίου δευτέρῳ ἔτει τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ ἐκήρυξεν κελεύων δι' ἐγγράφων τοὺς Ἰουδαίους πάντας, τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ ἐπιστρέφειν εἰς τὴν ἑαυτῶν χώραν καὶ τῷ θεῷ ἀνοικοδομεῖν τὸν ναόν, ὃν καθῃρήκει βασιλεὺς Βαβυλῶνος ὁ προειρημένος. πρὸς τούτοις δὲ ὁ Κύρος κατ' ἐγκέλευσιν τοῦ θεοῦ προσέταξεν Σαβεσσάρῳ καὶ Μιθριδάτῃ, τοῖς ἰδίοις σωματοφύλαξιν, τὰ σκεύη τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ληφθέντα ὑπὸ τοῦ Ναβουχοδονόσορ ἀποκομισθῆναι καὶ ἀποτεθῆναι εἰς τὸν ναόν. ἐν τῷ οὖν δευτέρῳ ἔτει Κύρου πληροῦται τὰ ο´ ἔτη, τὰ προειρημένα ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰερεμίου.

chap. xxvi.—contrast between hebrew and greek writings

 

Hence one can see how our sacred writings are shown to be more ancient and true than those of the Greeks and Egyptians, or any other historians. For Herodotus and Thucydides, as also Xenophon, and most other historians, began their relations from about the reign of Cyrus and Darius, not being able to speak with accuracy of prior and ancient times. For what great matters did they disclose if they spoke of Darius and Cyrus, barbarian kings, or of the Greeks Zopyrus and Hippias, or of the wars of the Athenians and Lacedæmonians, or the deeds of Xerxes or of Pausanias, who ran the risk of starving to death in the temple of Minerva, or the history of Themistocles and the Peloponnesian war, or of Alcibiades and Thrasybulus?

26. Ἐντεῦθεν ὁρᾶν ἔστιν πῶς ἀρχαιότερα καὶ ἀληθέστερα δείκνυται τὰ ἱερὰ γράμματα τὰ καθ' ἡμᾶς εἶναι τῶν καθ' Ἕλληνας καὶ Αἰγυπτίους, ἢ εἰ καί τινας ἑτέρους ἱστοριογράφους. ἤτοι γὰρ Ἡρόδοτος καὶ Θουκυδίδης ἢ καὶ Ξενοφῶν ἢ ὅπως οἱ ἄλλοι ἱστοριογράφοι, οἱ πλείους ἤρξαντο σχεδὸν ἀπὸ τῆς Κύρου καὶ Δαρείου βασιλείας ἀναγράφειν, μὴ ἐξισχύσαντες τῶν παλαιῶν καὶ προτέρων χρόνων τὸ ἀκριβὲς εἰπεῖν. τί γὰρ μέγα ἔφασαν εἰ περὶ Δαρείου καὶ Κύρου τῶν κατὰ βαρβάρους βασιλέων εἶπον, ἢ κατὰ Ἕλληνας Ζωπύρου καὶ Ἱππίου, ἢ τοὺς Ἀθηναίων καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων πολέμους, ἢ τὰς Ξέρξου πράξεις ἢ Παυσανίου τοῦ ἐν τῷ τεμένει τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς λιμῷ κινδυνεύσαντος διαφθαρῆναι, ἢ τὰ περὶ Θεμιστοκλέα καὶ τὸν πόλεμον τὸν Πελοποννησίων, ἢ τὰ περὶ Ἀλκιβιάδην καὶ Θρασύβουλον;

For my purpose is not to furnish mere matter of much talk, but to throw light upon the number of years from the foundation of the world, and to condemn the empty labour and trifling of these authors, because there have neither been twenty thousand times ten thousand years from the flood to the present time, as Plato said, affirming that there had been so many years; nor yet 15 times 10, 375 years, as we have already mentioned Apollonius the Egyptian gave out; nor is the world uncreated, nor is there a spontaneous production of all things, as Pythagoras and the rest dreamed; but, being indeed created, it is also governed by the providence of God, who made all things; and the whole course of time and the years are made plain to those who wish to obey the truth.1 Lest, then, I seem to have made things plain up to the time of Cyrus, and to neglect the subsequent periods, as if through inability to exhibit them, I will endeavour, by God’s help, to give an account, according to my ability, of the course of the subsequent times.

Οὐ γὰρ πρόκειται ἡμῖν ὕλη πολυλογίας, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὸ φανερῶσαι τὴν τῶν χρόνων ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου ποσότητα καὶ ἐλέγξαι τὴν ματαιοπονίαν καὶ φλυαρίαν τῶν συγγραφέων, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐτῶν οὔτε δισμυρίαι μυριάδες, ὡς Πλάτων ἔφη, καὶ ταῦτα ἀπὸ κατακλυσμοῦ ἕως τῶν αὐτοῦ χρόνων τοσαῦτα ἔτη γεγενῆσθαι δογματίζων, οὔτε μὴν ιε´ μυρίαδες καὶ γοε´ ἔτη, κατὰ προειρήκαμεν Ἀπολλώνιον τὸν Αἰγύπτιον ἱστορεῖν· οὐδὲ ἀγένητος ὁ κόσμος ἐστὶν καὶ αὐτοματισμὸς τῶν πάντων, καθὼς Πυθαγόρας καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ πεφλυαρήκασιν, ἀλλὰ μὲν οὖν γενητὸς καὶ προνοίᾳ διοικεῖται ὑπὸ τοῦ ποιήσαντος τὰ πάντα θεοῦ· καὶ ὁ πᾶς χρόνος καὶ τὰ ἔτη δείκνυται τοῖς βουλομένοις πείθεσθαι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ. μήπως οὖν δόξωμεν μέχρι Κύρου δεδηλωκέναι, τῶν δὲ μεταξὺ χρόνων ἀμελεῖν, ὡς μὴ ἔχοντες ἀποδεῖξαι, θεοῦ παρέχοντος καὶ τῶν ἑξῆς χρόνων τὴν τάξιν πειράσομαι κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν ἐξηγήσασθαι.

chap. xxvii.—roman chronology to the death of m. aurelius

 

When Cyrus, then, had reigned twenty-nine years, and had been slain by Tomyris in the country of the Massagetæ, this being in the 62d Olympiad, then the Romans began to increase  in power, God strengthening them, Rome having been founded by Romulus, the reputed child of Mars and Ilia, in the 7th Olympiad, on the 21st day of April, the year being then reckoned as consisting of ten months. Cyrus, then, having died, as we have already said, in the 62d Olympiad, this date falls 220 A.U.C., in which year also Tarquinius, surnamed Superbus, reigned over the Romans, who was the first who banished Romans and corrupted the youth, and made eunuchs of the citizens, and, moreover, first defiled virgins, and then gave them in marriage. On this account he was fitly called Superbus in the Roman language, and that is translated “the Proud.” For he first decreed that those who saluted him should have their salute acknowledged by some one else. He reigned twenty-five years.

27. Κύρου οὖν βασιλεύσαντος ἔτεσιν κη´ καὶ ἀναιρεθέντος ὑπὸ Τομύριδος ἐν Μασσαγετίᾳ, τότε οὔσης ὀλυμπιάδος ἑξηκοστῆς δευτέρας· ἔκτοτε ἤδη οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι ἐμεγαλύνοντο τοῦ θεοῦ κρατύνοντος αὐτούς, ἐκτισμένης τῆς Ῥώμης ὑπὸ Ῥωμύλου, τοῦ παιδὸς ἱστορουμένου Ἄρεως καὶ Ἰλίας, ὀλυμπιάδι ζ´, τῇ πρὸ ι´ καὶ α´ καλανδῶν Μαΐων, τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ τότε δεκαμήνου ἀριθμουμένου· τοῦ οὖν Κύρου τελευτήσαντος, ὡς ἔφθημεν εἰρηκέναι, ὀλυμπιάδι ἑξηκοστῇ καὶ δευτέρᾳ, γίνεται ὁ καιρὸς ἀπὸ κτίσεως Ῥώμης ἔτη σκ´, ᾧ καὶ Ῥωμαίων ἦρξεν Ταρκύνιος Σούπερβος τοὔνομα, ὃς πρῶτος ἐξώρισεν Ῥωμαίους τινὰς καὶ παῖδας διέφθειρεν καὶ σπάδοντας ἐγχωρίους ἐποίησεν· ἔτι μὴν καὶ τὰς παρθένους διαφθείρων πρὸς γάμον ἐδίδου. διὸ οἰκείως Σούπερβος ἐκλήθη τῇ ῥωμαϊκῇ γλώσσῃ· ἑρμηνεύεται δὲ ὑπερήφανος. αὐτὸς γὰρ πρῶτος ἐδογμάτισε τοὺς ἀσπαζομένους αὐτὸν ὑπὸ ἑτέρου ἀντασπάζεσθαι. ὃς ἐβασίλευσεν ἔτεσιν κε´.

After him yearly consuls were introduced, tribunes also and ediles for 453 years, whose names we consider it long and superfluous to recount. For if any one is anxious to learn them, he will ascertain them from the tables which Chryserus the nomenclator compiled: he was a freedman of Aurelius Verus, who composed a very lucid record of all things, both names and dates, from the founding of Rome to the death of his own patron, the Emperor Verus.

Μεθ' ὃν ἦρξαν ἐνιαύσιοι ὕπατοι, χιλίαρχοι ἢ ἀγορανόμοι ἔτεσιν υξγ´, ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα καταλέγειν πολὺ καὶ περισσὸν ἡγούμεθα. εἰ γάρ τις βούλεται μαθεῖν, ἐκ τῶν ἀναγραφῶν εὑρήσει ὧν ἀνέγραψεν Χρύσερως ὁ νομεγκλάτωρ, ἀπελεύθερος γενόμενος Μ. Αὐρηλίου Οὐήρου, ὃς ἀπὸ κτίσεως Ῥώμης μέχρι τελευτῆς τοῦ ἰδίου πάτρωνος αὐτοκράτορος Οὐήρου σαφῶς πάντα ἀνέγραψεν καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα καὶ τοὺς χρόνους.

The annual magistrates ruled the Romans, as we say, for 453 years. Afterwards those who are called emperors began in this order: first, Caius Julius, who reigned 3 years 4 months 6 days; then Augustus, 56 years 4 months 1 day; Tiberius, 22 years; then another Caius, 3 years 8 months 7 days; Claudius, 23 years 8 months 24 days; Nero, 13 years 6 months 28 days; Galba, 2 years 7 months 6 days; Otho, 3 months 5 days; Vitellius, 6 months 22 days; Vespasian, 9 years 11 months 22 days; Titus, 2 years 22 days; Domitian, 15 years 5 months 6 days; Nerva, 1 year 4 months 10 days; Trajan, 19 years 6 months 16 days; Adrian, 20 years 10 months 28 days; Antoninus, 22 years 7 months 6 days; Verus, 19 years 10 days. The time therefore of the Cæsars to the death of the Emperor Verus is 237 years 5 days. From the death of Cyrus, therefore, and the reign of Tarquinius Superbus, to the death of the Emperor Verus, the whole time amounts to 744 years.

Ἐκράτησαν οὖν Ῥωμαίων ἐνιαύσιοι, ὥς φαμεν, ἔτεσιν υξγ´. ἔπειτα οὕτως ἦρξαν οἱ αὐτοκράτορες καλούμενοι· πρῶτος Γάϊος Ἰούλιος, ὃς ἐβασίλευσεν ἔτη γ´ μῆνας ζ´ ἡμέρας ἕξ. ἔπειτα Αὔγουστος ἔτη νϚ´ μῆνας δ´ ἡμέραν μίαν. Τιβέριος ἔτη κβ´ <μῆνας Ϛ´ ἡμέρας κϚ´>. εἶτα Γάϊος ἕτερος ἔτη γ´ μῆνας ι´ ἡμέρας ζ´. Κλαύδιος ἔτη ιγ´ μῆνας η´ ἡμέρας κ´. Νέρων ἔτη ιγ´ μῆνας ζ´ ἡμέρας κζ´. Γάλβας μῆνας ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας Ϛ´. Ὄθων μῆνας γ´ ἡμέρας ε´. Οὐϊτέλλιος μῆνας η´ ἡμέρας β´. Οὐεσπασιανὸς ἔτη θ´ μῆνας ια´ ἡμέρας κβ´. Τίτος ἔτη β´ μῆνας β´ ἡμέρας κ´. Δομετιανὸς ἔτη ιε´ ἡμέρας ε´. Νερούας ἐνιαυτὸν μῆνας δ´ ἡμέρας ι´. Τραϊανὸς ἔτη ιθ´ μῆνας ἓξ ἡμέρας ιδ´. Ἁδριανὸς ἔτη κ´ μῆνας ι´ ἡμέρας κη´. Ἀντωνῖνος ἔτη κβ´ μῆνας ζ´ ἡμέρας κϚ´. Οὐῆρος ἔτη ιθ´ ἡμέρας ι´. γίνεται οὖν ὁ χρόνος τῶν Καισάρων μέχρι Οὐήρου αὐτοκράτορος τελευτῆς ἔτη σκε´. ἀπὸ οὖν τῆς Κύρου ἀρχῆς μέχρι τελευτῆς αὐτοκράτορος Οὐήρου, οὗ προειρήκαμεν, ὁ πᾶς χρόνος συνάγεται ἔτη ψμα´.

chap. xxviii.—leading chronological epochs

 

And from the foundation of the world the whole time is thus traced, so far as its main epochs are concerned. From the creation of the world to the deluge were 2242 years. And from the deluge to the time when Abraham our forefather begat a son, 1036 years. And from Isaac, Abraham’s son, to the time when the people dwelt with Moses in the desert, 660 years. And from the death of Moses and the rule of Joshua the son of Nun, to the death of the patriarch David, 498 years. And from the death of David and the reign of Solomon to the sojourning of the people in the land of Babylon, 518 years 6 months 10 days. And from the government of Cyrus to the death of the Emperor Aurelius Verus, 744 years. All the years from the creation of the world amount to a total of 5698 years, and the odd months and days.1

28. Ἀπὸ δὲ καταβολῆς κόσμου ὁ πᾶς χρόνος κεφαλαιωδῶς οὕτως κατάγεται. ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου ἕως κατακλυσμοῦ ἐγένοντο ἔτη βσμβ´. ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ ἕως τεκνογονίας Ἀβραὰμ τοῦ προπάτορος ἡμῶν ἔτη αλϚ´. ἀπὸ δὲ Ἰσαὰκ τοῦ παιδὸς Ἀβραὰμ ἕως οὗ ὁ λαὸς σὺν Μωσῇ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ διέτριβεν ἔτη χξ´. ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Μωσέως τελευτῆς, ἀρχῆς Ἰησοῦ υἱοῦ Ναυῆ, μέχρι τελευτῆς Δαυὶδ τοῦ πατριάρχου ἔτη υϞη´. ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς τελευτῆς Δαυίδ, βασιλείας δὲ Σολομῶνος, μέχρι τῆς παροικίας τοῦ λαοῦ ἐν γῇ Βαβυλῶνος ἔτη φιη´ μῆνες Ϛ´ ἡμέραι ι´. ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Κύρου ἀρχῆς μέχρι αὐτοκράτορος Αὐρηλίου Οὐήρου τελευτῆς ἔτη ψμα´. Ὁμοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου συνάγονται τὰ πάντα ἔτη εχϞε´ καὶ οἱ ἐπιτρέχοντες μῆνες καὶ ἡμέραι.

chap. xxix.—antiquity of christianity

 

These periods, then, and all the above-mentioned facts, being viewed collectively, one can see the antiquity of the prophetical writings and the divinity of our doctrine, that the doctrine is not recent, nor our tenets mythical and false, as some think, but very ancient and true.

29. Τῶν οὖν χρόνων καὶ τῶν εἰρημένων ἁπάντων συνηρασμένων, ὁρᾶν ἔστιν τὴν ἀρχαιότητα τῶν προφητικῶν γραμμάτων καὶ τὴν θειότητα τοῦ παρ' ἡμῖν λόγου, ὅτι οὐ πρόσφατος ὁ λόγος, οὔτε μὴν τὰ καθ' ἡμᾶς, ὡς οἴονταί τινες, μυθώδη καὶ ψευδῆ ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ μὲν οὖν ἀρχαιότερα καὶ ἀληθέστερα.

For Thallus mentioned Belus, king of the Assyrians and Saturn, son of Titan, alleging that Belus with the Titans made war against Jupiter and the so-called gods in his alliance; and on this occasion he says that Gyges, being defeated, fled to Tartessus. At that time Gyges ruled over that country, which then was called Acte, but now is named Attica. And whence the other countries and cities derived their names, we think it unnecessary to recount, especially to you who are acquainted with history. That Moses, and not he only, but also most of the prophets who followed him, is proved to be older than all writers, and than Saturn and Belus and the Trojan war, is manifest. For according to the history of Thallus, Belus is found to be 322 years prior to the Trojan war. But we have shown above that Moses lived somewhere about 900 or 1000 years before the sack of Troy.

Καὶ γὰρ Βήλου τοῦ Ἀσσυρίων βασιλεύσαντος καὶ Κρόνου τοῦ Τιτᾶνος Θάλλος μέμνηται, φάσκων τὸν Βῆλον πεπολεμηκέναι σὺν τοῖς Τιτᾶσι πρὸς τὸν Δία καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ θεοὺς λεγομένους, ἔνθα φησίν, “Καὶ Ὤγυγος ἡττηθεὶς ἔφυγεν εἰς Ταρτησσόν, τότε μὲν τῆς χώρας ἐκείνης Ἀκτῆς κληθείσης, νυνὶ δὲ Ἀττικῆς προσαγορευομένης, ἧς Ὤγυγος τότε ἦρξεν.” καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς δὲ χώρας καὶ πόλεις ἀφ' ὧν τὰς προσωνυμίας ἔσχον, οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον ἡγούμεθα καταλέγειν, μάλιστα πρὸς σὲ τὸν ἐπιστάμενον τὰς ἱστορίας. ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἀρχαιότερος ὁ Μωσῆς δείκνυται ἁπάντων συγγραφέων (οὐκ αὐτὸς δὲ μόνος ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ πλείους μετ' αὐτὸν προφῆται γενόμενοι) καὶ Κρόνου καὶ Βήλου καὶ τοῦ Ἰλιακοῦ πολέμου, δῆλόν ἐστιν. κατὰ γὰρ τὴν Θάλλου ἱστορίαν ὁ Βῆλος προγενέστερος εὑρίσκεται τοῦ Ἰλιακοῦ πολέμου ἔτεσι τκβ´. ὅτι δὲ πρός που ἔτεσι Ϡ´ ἢ καὶ α προάγει ὁ Μωσῆς τῆς τοῦ Ἰλίου ἁλώσεως, ἐν τοῖς ἐπάνω δεδηλώκαμεν.

And as Saturn and Belus flourished at the same time, most people do not know which is Saturn and which is Belus. Some worship Saturn, and call him Bel or Bal, especially the inhabitants of the eastern countries, for they do not know who either Saturn or Belus is. And among the Romans he is called Saturn, for neither do they know which of the two is more ancient—Saturn or Bel.

Τοῦ δὲ Κρόνου καὶ τοῦ Βήλου συνακμασάντων ὁμόσε, οἱ πλείους οὐκ ἐπίστανται τίς ἐστιν ὁ Κρόνος ἢ τίς ὁ Βῆλος. ἔνιοι μὲν σέβονται τὸν Κρόνον καὶ τοῦτον αὐτὸν ὀνομάζουσι Βὴλ καὶ Βάλ, μάλιστα οἱ οἰκοῦντες τὰ ἀνατολικὰ κλίματα, μὴ γινώσκοντες μήτε τίς ἐστιν ὁ Κρόνος μήτε τίς ἐστιν ὁ Βῆλος. παρὰ δὲ Ῥωμαίοις Σατοῦρνος ὀνομάζεται· οὐδὲ γὰρ αὐτοὶ γινώσκουσιν τίς ἐστιν αὐτῶν, πότερον ὁ Κρόνος ἢ ὁ Βῆλος.

So far as regards the commencement of the Olympiads, they say that the observance dates from Iphitus, but according to others from Linus, who is also called Ilius.

Ἡ μὲν οὖν ἀρχὴ τῶν ὀλυμπιάδων ἀπὸ Εἰφίτου, φασίν, ἔσχηκεν τὴν θρησκείαν, κατὰ δέ τινας ἀπὸ Αἵμονος, ὃς καὶ Ἠλεῖος ἐπεκλήθη. ὁ μὲν οὖν ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἐτῶν καὶ ὀλυμπιάδων ὡς ἔχει τὴν τάξιν, ἐν τοῖς ἐπάνω δεδηλώκαμεν.

The order which the whole number of years and Olympiads holds, we have shown above. I think I have now, according to my ability, accurately discoursed both of the godlessness of your practices,2 and of the whole number of the epochs of history. For if even a chronological error has been committed by us, of, e.g., 50 or 100, or even 200 years, yet  not of thousands and tens of thousands, as Plato and Apollonius and other mendacious authors have hitherto written. And perhaps our knowledge of the whole number of the years is not quite accurate, because the odd months and days are not set down in the sacred books.1

Τῆς μὲν οὖν ἀρχαιότητος τῶν παρ' ἡμῖν πραγμάτων καὶ τῶν χρόνων τὸν πάντα ἀριθμὸν κατὰ τὸ δύνατον οἶμαι τὰ νῦν ἀκριβῶς εἰρῆσθαι. εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἔλαθεν ἡμᾶς χρόνος, εἰ τύχοι εἰπεῖν ἔτη ν´ ἢ ρ´ ἢ καὶ ς´, οὐ μέντοι μυριάδες ἢ χιλιάδες ἐτῶν, καθὼς προειρήκασιν Πλάτων καὶ Ἀπολλώνιος καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ψευδῶς ἀναγράψαντες. ὅπερ ἡμεῖς τὸ ἀκριβὲς ἴσως ἀγνοοῦμεν, ἁπάντων τῶν ἐτῶν τὸν ἀριθμόν, διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀναγεγράφθαι ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς βίβλοις τοὺς ἐπιτρέχοντας μῆνας καὶ ἡμέρας.

But so far as regards the periods we speak of, we are corroborated by Berosus,2 the Chaldæan philosopher, who made the Greeks acquainted with the Chaldæan literature, and uttered some things concerning the deluge, and many other points of history, in agreement with Moses; and with the prophets Jeremiah and Daniel also, he spoke in a measure of agreement. For he mentioned what happened to the Jews under the king of the Babylonians, whom he calls Abobassor, and who is called by the Hebrews Nebuchadnezzar. And he also spoke of the temple of Jerusalem, how it was desolated by the king of the Chaldæans, and that the foundations of the temple having been laid the second year of the reign of Cyrus, the temple was completed in the second year of the reign of Darius.

Ἔτι δὲ περὶ ὧν φαμεν χρόνων συνᾴδει καὶ Βήρωσος, ὁ παρὰ Χαλδαίοις φιλοσοφήσας καὶ μηνύσας Ἕλλησιν τὰ χαλδαϊκὰ γράμματα, ὃς ἀκολούθως τινὰ εἴρηκεν τῷ Μωσεῖ περί τε κατακλυσμοῦ καὶ ἑτέρων πολλῶν ἐξιστορῶν. ἔτι μὴν καὶ τοῖς προφήταις Ἰερεμίᾳ καὶ Δανιὴλ σύμφωνα ἐκ μέρους εἴρηκεν· τὰ γὰρ συμβάντα τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως Βαβυλωνίων, ὃν αὐτὸς ὀνομάζει Ναβοπαλάσσαρον, κέκληται δὲ παρὰ Ἑβραίοις Ναβουχοδόνοσορ. μέμνηται καὶ περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ὡς ἠρημῶσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Χαλδαίων βασιλέως, καὶ ὅτι, Κύρου τὸ δεύτερον ἔτος βασιλεύσαντος τοῦ ναοῦ τῶν θεμελίων τεθέντων, Δαρείου πάλιν βασιλεύσαντος τὸ δεύτερον ἔτος ὁ ναὸς ἐπετελέσθη.

chap. xxx.—why the greeks did not mention our histories

 

But the Greeks make no mention of the histories which give the truth: first, because they themselves only recently became partakers of the knowledge of letters; and they themselves own it, alleging that letters were invented, some say among the Chaldæans, and others with the Egyptians, and others again say that they are derived from the Phœnicians. And secondly, because they sinned, and still sin, in not making mention of God, but of vain and useless matters. For thus they most heartily celebrate Homer and Hesiod, and the rest of the poets, but the glory of the incorruptible and only God they not only omit to mention, but blaspheme; yes, and they persecuted, and do daily persecute, those who worship Him. And not only so, but they even bestow prizes and honours on those who in harmonious language insult God; but of those who are zealous in the pursuit of virtue and practise a holy life, some they stoned, some they put to death, and up to the present time they subject them to savage tortures. Wherefore such men have necessarily lost the wisdom of God, and have not found the truth.

30. Τῶν δὲ τῆς ἀληθείας ἱστοριῶν Ἕλληνες οὐ μέμνηνται, πρῶτον μὲν διὰ τὸ νεωστὶ αὐτοὺς τῶν γραμμάτων τῆς ἐμπειρίας μετόχους γεγενῆσθαι καὶ αὐτοὶ ὁμολογοῦσιν φάσκοντες τὰ γράμματα εὑρῆσθαι, οἱ μὲν παρὰ Χαλδαίων, οἱ δὲ παρὰ Αἰγυπτίων, ἄλλοι δ' αὖ ἀπὸ Φοινίκων· δεύτερον ὅτι ἔπταιον καὶ πταίουσιν περὶ θεοῦ μὴ ποιούμενοι τὴν μνείαν ἀλλὰ περὶ ματαίων καὶ ἀνωφελῶν πραγμάτων. οὕτως μὲν γὰρ καὶ Ὁμήρου καὶ Ἡσιόδου καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ποιητῶν φιλοτίμως μέμνηνται, τῆς δὲ <τοῦ ἀφθάρτου> καὶ μόνου <θεοῦ δόξης> οὐ μόνον ἐπελάθοντο ἀλλὰ καὶ κατελάλησαν· ἔτι μὴν καὶ τοὺς σεβομένους αὐτὸν ἐδίωξαν καὶ τὸ καθ' ἡμέραν διώκουσιν. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ <τοῖς εὐφώνως ὑβρίζουσι τὸν θεὸν ἆθλα καὶ τιμὰς τιθέασιν>, τοὺς δὲ σπεύδοντας πρὸς ἀρετὴν καὶ ἀσκοῦντας βίον ὅσιον, οὓς μὲν ἐλιθοβόλησαν, οὓς δὲ ἐθανάτωσαν, καὶ ἕως τοῦ δεῦρο ὠμοῖς αἰκισμοῖς περιβάλλουσιν. διὸ οἱ τοιοῦτοι ἀναγκαίως ἀπώλεσαν τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν οὐχ εὗρον.

If you please, then, study these things carefully, that you may have a compendium3 and pledge of the truth.[3]

Εἰ οὖν βούλει, ἀκριβῶς ἔντυχε τούτοις, ὅπως σχῇς σύμβουλον καὶ ἀρραβῶνα τῆς ἀληθείας.

 

 

 

 


 

1 [Acts 11:26. Note this as from an Antiochian, glorying in the name of Christian.]

2 Εὔχρηστος, punning on the name Christian. [Comp cap xii., infra. So Justin, p. 164, vol. i., this series. But he also puns on his own name, “beloved of God,” in the text φορῶ τὸ Θεοφιλὲς ὄνομα τοῦτο, κ.τ.λ.]

3 Literally, “your man;” the invisible soul, as the noblest pat of man, being probably intended.

4 The techincal word for a disease of the eye, like cataract.

1 The translation here follows the Hamburg editor, others read, “If Father, I say everything.”

2 Maranus observes that Theophilus means to indicate the difference between God’s chastisement of the righteous and His punishment of the wicked.

3 [Kaye’s Justin, p. 173.]

4 The reference here is not to the Holy Spirit, but to that vital power which is supposed to be diffused throughout the universe. Comp. book ii. 4.

5 Literally, “propagation.”

1 Job 9:9

2 Ps. 135:7.

3 Ps 33:6.

4 i.e., in the resurrection.

1 [Foot-baths. A reference to Amasis, and his story in Heredotus, ii. 172. See Rawlinson’s Version and Notes, vol. ii. p. 221, ed. Appletons, 1859. See also Athanagoras, infra, Embassy, cap. xxvi.]

2 [The fable of Echo and her shameful gossip may serve for an example.]

3 Prov. 24:21, 22. The Greek of Theophilus has “honour” instead of “fear.”

4 “The argumentation of this chapter depends on the literal meaning which Theophilus attaches to Christos, the Anointed One; and he plays on this meaning, and also on the similarity of pronunciation between χρηστός, ‘useful,ˇ0’ and χριστός, ‘anointed.ˇ0’ ”—Donaldson.

5 [Not material oil probably, for it is not mentioned in such Scriptures as Acts 8:17, 19:6, Heb. 6:2; but the anointing (1 John 2:20) of the Holy Ghots. As a symbol, oil was used at an early period, however; and the Latins are not slow to press this in favour of material oil in the chrism, or confirmation.]

6 [This is the famous challenge which affords Gibbon (cap. xv.) a most pleasing opportunity for his cavils. But our author was not asserting that the dead was raised in his day, but only that they should be at the las day.]

1 [Ps. 119:130. Note this tribute to the inspired Scriptures and their converting power; I might almost say their sacramental energy, referring to John 6:63.]

2 [Rev. 19:10. I cannot reconcile what Scripture says of itself with the modern refinements as to the human and divine element, while fully admitting that there are such elements, intermixed and interpenetrated mutually, beyond all power of dissection by us. I prefer the childlike docility of the Fathers.]

3 Rom. 2:7.

4 1 Cor. 2:9.

5 Rom. 2:8, 9.

[1] Theophilus of Antioch. (1885). Theophilus to Autolycus. In A. Roberts, J. Donaldson, & A. C. Coxe (Eds.), & M. Dods (Trans.), Fathers of the Second Century: Hermas, Tatian, Athenagoras, Theophilus, and Clement of Alexandria (Entire) (Vol. 2, pp. 89–93). Christian Literature Company.

1 The words “by some and placed in” are omitted in some editions, but occur in the best mss.

1 This is according to the Benedictine reading: the reading of Wolf, “nature is left to itself,” is also worthy of consideration.

2 That is, the existence of God as sole first principle.

3 Literally, “subject-matter.”

4 Il., xiv. 201.

5 Hesiod, Theog., 74.

6 Theog., 104.

1 [Theog., 116–133. S.]

2 The Benedictine editor proposes to read these words after the first clause of c. 7. We follow the reading of Wolf and Fell, who understand the pyramids to be referred to.

3 Aristoph., Av., 694. A wind-egg being one produced without impregnation, and coming to nothing.

4 The Dionysian family taking its name from Dionysus or Bacchus.

1 The following lines are partly from the translation of Hughes.

2 Oedipus Rex, line 978.

3 Il., xx. 242.

4 This verse is by Plutarch hesitatingly attributed to Pindar. The expression, “Though you swim in a wicker basket,” was proverbial.

5 Literally, “in fancy and error.”

6 Wolf perfers πνευματόφοροι, carried or borne along by the Spirit. [Kaye’s Justin M., p. 180, comparing this view of the inspiration of prophets, with those of Justin and Athenagoras.]

1 ἐνδιάθτον. [Here the Logos is spoken of in the entire spirit of the Nicene Council. Ps. 45:1 is a favourite text against Arius; and (Advs. Judaeos. b. ii. 3) Cyprian presses it against the Jews, which shows that they accepted the Hebrew and the LXX. In a mystical sense.]

2 Literally, belching or vomiting. [The refrence is to Ps. 45. where the LXX. read ἐξηρεύξατο ἡ καρδία μου λόγον ἀγαθὸν, and the Latin ερυχτάιτ χορ μευμ βονυμ́ ερβυμ; i.e., “My heart hath breathed forth a glorious Word.” The well-chosen language of the translator (emitted) is degraded by his note.]

3 Prov. 8:27. Theophilus reads with the Septuagint, “I was with Him, putting things into order,” instead of “I was by Him as one brought up with Him.” [here the Logos is the σοφία as with the Fathers generally; e.g. Cyprian, Advs Judaeis, book ii. 2. But see cap. xv. p. 101, infra.]

4 That is, the first principle, whom he has just shown to be the Word.

5 In the Greek version of Gen. 1:1, the word “created” stands before “God.”

6 Theophilus, therefore, understands that when in the first verse it is said that God created the earth, it is meant that he created the matter of which the earth is formed.

7 The words, “and light was; and God saw that light, that it was good,” are omitted in the two best mss. And in some editions; but they seem to be necessary, and to have fallen out by the mistake of transcribers.

1 Luke 18:27.

1 [See book i. cap. v., supra, note 2; also, the important remark of Kaye, Justin Martyr, p. 179.]

2 This follows the Benedictine reading. Other editors, as Humphrey, read [φωτὸς] τὼπον, “resembling light.”

3 Isa. 40:22.

4 Following Wolf’s rendering.

5 Or, suitably arranged and appointed it.

6 Literally, synagogues.

7 [The ports and happy havens beautifully contrasted with rocks and shoals and barren or inhospitable isles.]

8 [The ports and happy havens beautifully contrasted with rocks and shoals and barren or inhospitable isles.]

9 That is, as the Benedictine edition suggests, when they have filled them with unsuspecting passengers.

1 Following Wolf’s reading.

2 Τριάδος. [The earliest use of this word “Trinity.” It seems to have been used by this writer in his lost works, also; and, as a learned friends suggests, the use he makes of it is familiar. He does not lug it in as something novel: “types of the Trinity,” he says, illustrating an accepted word, not introducing a new one.]

3 [An eminent authority says, “It is certain, that, according to the notions of Theophilus, God, His Word, and His wisdom constitute a Trinity; and it should seem a Trinity of persons.” He notes that the title σοφία, is here assigned to the Holy Spirit, although he himself elsewhere gives this title to the Son (book ii. cap. x., supra), as is more usual with the Fathers.” Consult Kaye’s Justin Martyr, p. 157. Ed. 1853.]

4 i.e., wandering stars.

5 [Note the solid truth that God is not the author of evil, and the probable suggestion that all nature sympathized with man’s transgression. Rom. 8:22.]

1 Gen. 2:4, 5.

2 Gen. 2:7. [The Hebrew must not be overlooked: “the breath of lives,” spiraculum vitarum; on which see Bartholinus, in Delitzsch, System of Bib. Psychol., p. 27. Also, Luther’s Trichotomy, ibid., p. 460. With another work of similar character I am only slightly acquainted, but, recall with great satisfaction a partial examination of it when it first appeared. I refer to The Tripartite Nature of Man, by the Rev J. B. Heard, M.A. 3d ed. Edinburgh, 1871, T. & T. Clark.]

3 [But compare Tatian (cap. xiii. p. 70), and the note of the Parisian editors in margin (p. 152), where they begin by distinctions to make him orthodox, but at last accuse him of downright heresy. Ed. Paris, 1615.]

1 Theophilus reads, “It shall watch thy head, and thou shalt watch his heel.”

2 Or, “by thy works.”

3 Gen. 2:8–3:19. [See Justin M., Dial., cap. lvi. p. 223, vol. 1. this series.]

4 The annotators here warn us against supposing that “person” is used as it was afterwards employed in discussing the doctrine of the Trinity, and show that the word is used in its original meaning, and with reference to an actor taking up a mask and personating a character.

5 Προφορικός, the term used of the Logos as manifested; the Word as uttered by the Father, in distinction from the Word immanent in Him. [Theophilus is the first author who distinguishes between the Logos ἐνδιάθετος (cap. x, supra) and the Logos προφορικός; the Word internal, and the Word emitted. Kaye’s Justin, p. 171.]

6 John 1:1.

7 That is, being produced by generation, not by creation.

8 The Benedictine editor remarks: “Women bring forth with labour and pain as the punishment awarded to sin: they forget the pain, that the propagation of the race may not be hindered.”

1 Gen. 2:8.

2 In the Greek the word is, “work” or “labour,” as we also speak of working land.

3 [“Pulchra, si quis ea recte utatur,” is the rendering of the Paris translators. A noble motto for a college.]

4 [No need of a long argument here, to show, as some editors have done, that our author calls Adam an infant, only with reference to time, not physical development. He was but a few days old.]

1 [A noble sentence: ἐλεύθερον γὰρ καὶ αὐτεξούσιον ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον.]

2 Apparently meaning, that God turns death, which man brought on himself by disobedience, into a blessing.

3 Gen. 2:24. [Kaye justly praises our author’s high estimate of Christian marriage. See his Justin M., p. 128.]

4 Referring to the bacchanalian orgies in which “Eva” was shouted, and which the Fathers professed to believe was an unintentional invocation of Eve, the authoress of all sin.

5 Gen. 4:1, 2.

6 [He speaks of the aeconomy of the narative; τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῆς ἐξηγήσεως. Kaye’s Justin, p. 175.]

1 Fell remarks, “Blood shed at once coagulates, and does not easily enter the earth.” [On the field of Antietam, after the battle, I observed the blood flaked upon the soil, not absorbed by it.]

2 Il., xx. 216. But Homer refers only to Troy.

3 [Of the founder of Christian chronology this must be noted.]

4 But the Benedictine editor understands the words to mean, that the succeeding kings were in like manner called Pharaoh.

1 Theophilus spells some of the names differently from what they are given in our text. For Tidal he has Thargal; for Bera, Ballas; for Birsha, Barsas; for Shinab, Senaar; for Shemeber, Hymoor. Kephalac is taken to be a corruption for Balak, which in the previous sentence is inserted by many editors, though it is not in the best mss..

2 [St. Paul seems to teach us that the whole story of Melchisedek is a “similitude,” and that the one Great High Priest of our profession appeared to Abraham in that character, as to Joshua in another, the “Captain of our salvation” (Heb. 7:1–3; Josh. 5:13–15). We need a carefully digested work on the apparitions of the Word before His incarnation, or the theophanies of the Old Testament.]

3 [Certainly a striking etymon, “Salem of the priest.” But we can only accept it as a beautiful play upon words.]

4 Proving the antiquity of Scripture, by showing that no recent occurrences are mentioned in it. Wolf, however, gives another reading, which would be rendered, “understand whether those things are recent which we utter on the authority of the holy prophets.”

1 [Comp. book i. cap. xiv., supra. p. 93.]

2 Benedictine editor proposes “they.”

3 Literally, “a nod.”

4 Prov. 4:25.

5 Cf. Deut. 4:19.

6 Isa. 42:5.

7 Isa. 45:12.

8 Isa. 40:28.

9 Jer. 10:12, 13.

10 Jer. 51:17, 18.

11 Ps. 14:1, 3.

12 Hab. 2:18.

1 Mal. 4:1.

2 Isa. 30:30.

3 Prov. 3:8.

4 Ps. 51:8.

5 Od., xi. 222.

6 Il., xvi. 856.

7 xxiii. 71.

8 Hos. 14:9.

9 We have adopted the reading of Wolf in the text. The reading of the mss. is, “He who desires to learn should desire to learn.” Perhaps the most satisfactory emendation if that of Heumann, who reads φιλομυθεῖν instead of φιλομαθεῖν: “He who desires to learn should also desire to discuss subjects, and hold conversations on them.” In this case, Theophilus most probably borrows his remark from Aristotle, Metaphysic. i. c. 2.

[2] Theophilus of Antioch. (1885). Theophilus to Autolycus. In A. Roberts, J. Donaldson, & A. C. Coxe (Eds.), & M. Dods (Trans.), Fathers of the Second Century: Hermas, Tatian, Athenagoras, Theophilus, and Clement of Alexandria (Entire) (Vol. 2, pp. 94–110). Christian Literature Company.

1 While in Egypt, Pythagoras was admitted to the penetralia of the temples and the arcana of religion.

1 Viz., in the first book to Autolycus.

2 [The body of Christ is human flesh. If, then, it had been the primitive doctrine, that the bread and wine cease to exist in the Eucharist, and are changed into natural flesh and blood, our author could not have resented this charge as “most barbarous and impious.”

3 It was not Cambyses, but Astyages, who did this; see Herod. i. 119.

4 Not in the first, but the fifth book of the Republic, p. 460.

5 Minos.

6 As this sentence cannot be intelligibly rendered without its original in Plato, we subjoin the latter: “As for those youths who excel either in war or other pursuits, they ought both to have other rewards and prizes given them; and specially this, of being allowed the freest intercourse with women, that, at the same time, under this pretext the greatest number of children may spring from such parents.”

7 [This statement reflects light upon some passages of Hermas, and shows with what delicacy he has reproved the gross vices with which Christians could not escape familiarity.]

1 αύτοματισμῷ

1 Or, right worship.

2 Ex. 20:3.

3 Ex. 23:6.

4 Ex. 22:21.

5 Isa. 55:6.

6 Ezek. 18:21.

7 Isa. 31:6.

8 Jer. 6:9.

9 Isa. 1:16, 17.

1 Isa. 58:6.

2 Jer. 6:16.

3 Hos. 12:6.

4 Joel 2:16.

5 Zech. 7:9, 10.

6 Prov. 4:25.

7 Matt. 5:28.

8 Matt. 5:32.

9 Prov. 6:27–29.

10 Isa. 66:5.

11 Matt. 5:44, 46.

12 Matt. 6:3.

13 1 Tim. 2:2.

14 Rom. 13:7, 8.

15 At the theatres. [N.B.—Let the easy Christians of our age be reminded of this warning; frequenting, as they do, plays and operas equally defiling, impure in purport often, even when not gross in language.]

1 i.e., tracing back its history through an infinate duration.

2 The following quotation is not from the Republic, but from the third book of the Laws, p. 676.

3 Plato goes on to say, that if he had this pledge of divine assistance, he would go further in his speculation; and therefore Theophilus argues that what he said without this assistance he felt to be unsafe.

4 Literally, “contained.”

5 [See supra, book i. cap. 14, p. 93, the author’s account of his own conversion.]

6 λαός, from λᾶας, stone.

7 Literally, in Greek, ἀνάπαυσις.

8 Deucalion, from Δεῦτε, come, and καλἐω, I call.

1 Or, reading ὀ γᾶρ Σέθως, “Sethos is also called Egyptus.”

2 The Benedictine editor shows that this should be 393 years.

3 The correct date would be about 400 years.

4 Others read 134 years.

5 Literally, Hieromus.

1 In this register it seems that the number of years during which each person lived does not include the years of his reign.

2 But the meaning here is obscure in the original. Malachi was much later than Zechariah.

3 [Usher, in his Annals, honours our author as the father of Christian chronology, p. 3. Paris, 1673.]

4 i.e., till he begat Seth. [A fragment of the Chronicon of Julius Africanus, a.d. 232, is given in Routh’s Reliquiae, tom. ii. p. 238, with very rich annotations. pp. 357–509]

1 [Usher notes this as affirmed in general terms only, and qualified afterwards, in cap. xxix, infra, note 1, p. 121.]

1 [As Verus died a.d. 169, the computation of our author makes the creation, b.c. 5529. Hales, who says b.c. 5411, inspires us with great respect for Theophilus, by the degree of accuracy he attained, using (the LXX.) the same authority as his base. Slight variations in the copies used in his day might have led, one would think, to greater discrepancies.]

2 Another reading gives, “both of the antiquity of our religion.”

1 [Usher quotes this concession as to the ἀκριβεία or minute delicacy he could not attain. Ut supra, p. 119, note 1.]

2 Berosus flourished in the reign of Alexander the Great.

3 Otto prefers σύμβουλον instead of σύμβολον, on the authority of one ms. The sense then is, “that you may have a counsellor and pledge of the truth,”—the counsellor and pledge of the truth being the book written by Theophilus for Autolycus. [This has been supposed to mean, “that you may have a token and pledge (or earnest) of the truth,” i.e., in Christian baptism. Our author uses St. Paul’s word (ἀῤῥαβῶν ), “the earnest of the spirit,” as in 2 Cor. 1:22, and Eph. 1:14.]

[3] Theophilus of Antioch. (1885). Theophilus to Autolycus. In A. Roberts, J. Donaldson, & A. C. Coxe (Eds.), & M. Dods (Trans.), Fathers of the Second Century: Hermas, Tatian, Athenagoras, Theophilus, and Clement of Alexandria (Entire) (Vol. 2, pp. 111–121). Christian Literature Company.

 

 



xcxxcxxc  F ” “ This Webpage was created for a workshop held at Saint Andrew's Abbey, Valyermo, California in 1998....x....   “”.